Sri Garga-samhita
Chapter Thirteen Sri Uddhavagamana The Arrival of Sri Uddhava
Verse text
sri-bahulacva uvaca
agre cakara kim karyam
mathurayam yaduttamah
nivasayitva sva-jnatin
vadaitan muni-sattama
Synonyms
sri-bahulacva uvaca
—
Sri Bahulacva said
;
agre
—
before
;
cakara
—
did
;
kim
—
what?
;
karyam
—
duty
;
mathurayam
—
in Mathura
;
yaduttamah
—
the best of the Yadavas
;
nivasayitva
—
giving homes
;
sva-jnatin
—
to His relatives
;
vada
—
please tell
;
etat
—
that
;
muni-sattama
—
O best of sages.
Translation
Sri Bahulacva said: After He gave homes in Mathura to His relatives, what did Lord Krsna do then? O best of sages, please tell me that.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
paripurnatamah saksad
bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah
sasmara gokulam dinam
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
paripurnatamah
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
saksat
—
directly
;
bhagavan
—
the Lord
;
bhakta
—
to the devotees
;
vatsalah
—
affectionate
;
sasmara
—
remembered
;
gokulam
—
Gokula
;
dinam
—
poor
;
gosa-gopala-sagkulam
—
filled with cows and cowherd people.
Translation
gosa-gopala-sagkulam
Sri Narada said: Then the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, remembered unhappy Gokula, filled with cows and cowherd people.
Verse text
ekadahuya rahasi
sakhayam bhaktam uddhavam
uvaca bhagavan devah
prema-gadgadaya gira
Synonyms
ekada
—
one day
;
ahuya
—
calling
;
rahasi
—
in private
;
sakhayam
—
His friend
;
bhaktam
—
and devotee
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
uvaca
—
said
;
bhagavan
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
devah
—
the Lord
;
prema-gadgadaya
—
choked up
;
gira
—
with words.
Translation
One day, calling His devotee and friend Uddhava to a private room, the Supreme Personality of Godhead spoke with words choked with emotion.
Verse text
sri-bhagavan uvaca
gaccha cighram vrajam he sakhe sundaram
sri-lata-kunja-punjadibhir manditam
gopa-gopi-ganair gokulam sagkulam
Synonyms
sri-bhagavan uvaca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
gaccha
—
go
;
cighram
—
at once
;
vrajam
—
to Vraja
;
he
—
O
;
sakhe
—
friend
;
sundaram
—
beautiful
;
sri-lata-kunja-pu 24jadibhih
—
with many beautiful forests and flowering vines
;
manditam
—
decorated
;
caila
—
Govardhana Hill
;
krsna
—
the Yamuna
;
prabha
—
glory
;
caru
—
beautiful
;
vrndavanam
—
Vrndavana
;
gopa-gopi-ganaih
—
with many gopas and gopis
;
gokulam
—
Gokula
;
sagkulam
—
filled.
Translation
caila-krsna-prabha-caru-vrndavanam
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Friend, please go at once to beautiful Vraja, which is decorated with many beautiful forest groves and flowering vines, which has beautiful Vrndavana forest glorious with Govardhana Hill and the Yamuna, and which is filled with gopas and gopis.
Verse text
eka-patram tu nandaya vai diyatam
va dvitiyam yacoda-kare caiva bhoh
va trtiyam tv idam radhikayai sakhe
tatra gatva hi tan-mandiram sundaram
Synonyms
eka-patram
—
one letter
;
tu
—
indeed
;
nandaya
—
to Nanda
;
vai
—
indeed
;
diyatam
—
should be given
;
va
—
or
;
dvitiyam
—
a second
;
yacoda-kare
—
in Yacoda's hand
;
ca
—
and
;
eva
—
inded
;
bhoh
—
Oh
;
va
—
or
;
trtiyam
—
a third
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idam
—
this
;
radhikayai
—
to Radha
;
sakhe
—
O friend
;
tatra
—
there
;
gatva
—
having gone
;
hi
—
inded
;
tan-mandiram
—
to the palace
;
sundaram
—
beautiful.
Translation
There please give a letter to King Nanda. Place a second letter in Yacoda's hand. Then, O friend, go to Radha's beautiful palace and give a letter to Radha.
Verse text
va caturtham sakhibhyah cicubhyah cubham
kaucalam diyatam patram evam prthak
gopikanam catebhyac ca yuthebhya
unmohitanam ca deyani patrani ca
Synonyms
va
—
or
;
caturtham
—
a fourth
;
sakhibhyah
—
to the friends
;
cicubhyah
—
boys
;
cubham
—
beautiful
;
kaucalam
—
auspicious
;
diyatam
—
should be given
;
patram
—
letter
;
evam
—
thus
;
prthak
—
one
;
gopikanam
—
of the gopis
;
catebhyah
—
to hundreds
;
ca
—
and
;
yuthebhya
—
groups
;
unmohitanam
—
bewildered with love
;
ca
—
and
;
deyani
—
should be given
;
patrani
—
many letters
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Give a fourth splendid and auspicious letter to My childhood gopa friends. Give letters to each of the hundreds of groups of gopis bewildered with love for Me.
Verse text
me pita nanda-rajo ghrni man-mana
me ca mata yacoda smaraty acu mam
vakya-vrndaih cubhair niti-vit tvam tayor
me param pritim arad dvayor avaha
Synonyms
me
—
My
;
pita
—
father
;
nanda-rajah
—
King Nanda
;
ghrni
—
kind
;
man-mana
—
his mind fixed on Me
;
me
—
My
;
ca
—
and
;
mata
—
mother
;
yacoda
—
Yacoda
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
acu
—
at once
;
mam
—
Me
;
vakya-vrndaih
—
with many words
;
cubhaih
—
beautiful
;
niti-vit
—
wise
;
tvam
—
you
;
tayoh
—
of them
;
me
—
and
;
param
—
great
;
pritim
—
love
;
arat
—
near
;
dvayoh
—
both
;
avaha
—
bring.
Translation
My kind father, King Nanda, places all his thoughts on Me. My mother, Yacoda, always thinks of Me. You are expert in speaking many graceful words. Please carry My love to them.
Verse text
mat-priya radhika mad-viyogatura
manyate mam vina kham jagan mohatah
mad-viyogadhim asya mad-uktaih padair
mocaya tvam bhavan daksino vak-pathe
Synonyms
mat
—
My
;
priya
—
beloved
;
radhika
—
Radha
;
mad-viyogatura
—
overcome with separation fropm Me
;
manyate
—
thinks
;
mam
—
of Me
;
vina
—
without
;
kham
—
sky
;
jagat
—
the universe
;
mohatah
—
from bewilderment
;
mad-viyogadhim
—
tormented in My absence
;
asya
—
of Her
;
mad-uktaih
—
with My words
;
padaih
—
with words
;
mocaya
—
please release
;
tvam
—
you
;
bhavan
—
you
;
daksinah
—
expert
;
vak-pathe
—
in the path of words.
Translation
Radha, My beloved, is tortured by My absence. In My absence She thinks the entire world is a great expanse of empty sky. Speak My words to Her and free Her from Her suffering in My absence. You are expert in walking on the path of eloquent words.
Verse text
gopa-balah sudamadayo mat-priya
mam sakhayam vina te 'pi mohaturah
dehi tesam sukham mitra-vac chri-vraje
sv-alpa-kalena tatragamisyamy aham
Synonyms
gopa-balah
—
the gopa boys
;
sudamadayah
—
headed by Sudama
;
mat-priya
—
dear to Me
;
mam
—
to Me
;
sakhayam
—
friend
;
vina
—
without
;
te
—
they
;
api
—
also
;
mohaturah
—
bewildered
;
dehi
—
give
;
tesam
—
of the them
;
sukham
—
happiness
;
mitra-vat
—
like a friend
;
sri-vraje
—
in beautiful Vraja
;
sv-alpa-kalena
—
in a little time
;
tatra
—
there
;
agamisyami aham
—
I will come.
Translation
The gopa boys are also very dear to Me. Without Me, their friend, they are bewildered and unhappy. As a friend does, make them happy. Very soon I will return to beautiful Vraja.
Verse text
gopika mad-viyogadhi-vegatura
man-manaskac ca mat-prapta-dehasavah
ya mad-arthe ca santyakta-lokabalas
tah katham natra mantrin bibharmi svatah
Synonyms
gopikah
—
the gopis
;
mad-viyogadhi-vegatura
—
tortured by My absence
;
man-manaskah
—
their thoughts fixed on Me
;
ca
—
and
;
mat-prapta
—
placed in Me
;
deha
—
their bodies
;
asavah
—
and life
;
ya
—
who
;
mad-arthe
—
for My sake
;
ca
—
and
;
santyakta
—
renounced
;
loka
—
the world
;
abalah
—
women
;
tah
—
they
;
katham
—
how?
;
na
—
not
;
atra
—
here
;
mantrin
—
O counselor
;
bibharmi
—
I maintain
;
svatah
—
personally.
Translation
The gopis are tortured by My absence. Their thoyghts are fixed on Me. Their bodies and lives are dedicated to Me. For My sake they have renounced the entire world. Counselor, how can I not protect and maintain them?
Verse text
ta asun tyaktum atrodyata uddhava
yabhir adyapi krcchrair ghrtac casavah
mad-viyogadhim asam mad-uktaih padair
mocaya tvam bhavan daksino vak-pathe
Synonyms
tah
—
they
;
asun
—
life
;
tyaktum
—
to abandon
;
atra
—
here
;
udyata
—
about
;
uddhava
—
O Uddhava
;
yabhih
—
by whom
;
adya
—
now
;
api
—
even
;
krcchraih
—
with difficulty
;
ghrtah
—
held
;
ca
—
and
;
asavah
—
life
;
mad-viyogadhim
—
the torment of being separated from Me
;
asam
—
of them
;
mad-uktaih
—
with My words
;
padaih
—
with words
;
mocaya
—
release
;
tvam
—
you
;
bhavan
—
you
;
daksinah
—
expert
;
vak-pathe
—
on the path of words.
Translation
O Uddhava, they are on the verge of giving up their lives. It is very difficult for them to remain alive. Speak My words to them and free them from their suffering in My absence. You are expert in walking on the path of eloquent words.
Verse text
yena purvam vrajad agato 'ham sakhe
tam ratham sacva-sutam ranad-ghantikam
me ca sarupyam adyaiva pitambaram
vaijayantim sahasra-cchadam pagkajam
kundale divya-ratna-prabha-mandite
koti-balarka-diptam manim kaustubham
me maha-nadini caru-vamcim cubham
puspa-yuktam ca yastim jagan-mohinim
candanam sundaram divya-gandhavrtam
barha-malladi-vesam kvanan-nupuram
maulim evam grhanaggade uddhava
gaccha gacchacu cadyaiva mad-vakyatah
Synonyms
yena
—
by which
;
purvam
—
before
;
vrajat
—
from Vraja
;
agatah
—
come
;
aham
—
I
;
sakhe
—
O friend
;
tam
—
you
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
sa
—
with
;
acva
—
horses
;
sutam
—
and charioteer
;
ranad-ghantikam
—
with tinkling bells
;
me
—
of Me
;
ca
—
and
;
sarupyam
—
the same form
;
adya
—
now
;
eva
—
indeed
;
pitambaram
—
yellow garments
;
vaijayantim
—
a vaijayanti garland
;
sahasra-cchadam pagkajam
—
a thousand-petal lotus. kundale divya-ratna-prabha-mandite koti-balarka-diptam manim kaustubham me maha-nadini caru-vamcim cubham puspa-yuktam ca yastim jagan-mohinim candanam sundaram divya-gandhavrtam barha-malladi-vesam kvanan-nupuram maulim evam grhanaggade uddhava gaccha gacchacu cadyaiva mad-vakyatah
Translation
Take the chariot on which I left Vraja, decorate it with tinkling bells, take a charioteer and horses, take a form like My own, take My yellow garments, vaijayanti garland, thousand-petal lotus, splendid jewel earrings, Kaustubha jewel more glorious than millions of rising suns, beautiful flute filled with sweet music, flower-decorated stick that charms all the worlds, beautiful, splendidly fragrant sandal paste, ornaments of jasmine flowers and peacock feathers, tinkling anklets, crown, and armlets, and then go at once, go now, on My word, to Vraja.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
ity ukta uddhava cighram
namaskrtya krtanjalih
krsnam pradaksini-krtya
ratharudho vrajam yayau
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
ukta
—
addressed
;
uddhava
—
Uddhava
;
cighram
—
at once
;
namaskrtya
—
offering obeisances
;
krtanjalih
—
with folded hands
;
krsnam
—
Lord Krsna
;
pradaksini-krtya
—
circumambulating
;
ratharudhah
—
riding on a chariot
;
vrajam
—
to Vraja
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
Hearing these words, with folded hands Uddhava bowed before Lord Krsna, circumambulated Him, and at once rode on a chariot to Vraja.
Verse text
koticah kotico gavah
yatra yatra manoharah
Synonyms
koticah
—
millions
;
koticah
—
and miullions
;
gavah
—
cows
;
yatra
—
where
;
yatra
—
where
;
manoharah
—
beautiful
;
cveta-parvata
—
white mountains
;
sagkaca
—
splendid
;
divya-bhusana-bhusitah
—
decorated with splendid ornaments.
Translation
cveta-parvata-sagkaca
divya-bhusana-bhusitah
Wherever he went in Vraja there were millions and millions of beautiful cows glorious as great white mountains and decorated with splendid ornaments.
Verse text
payasvinyas tarunyac ca
cila-rupa-gunair yutah
sa-vatsah pita-pucchac ca
vrajantyo bhavya-murtikah
Synonyms
payasvinyah
—
full of milk
;
tarunyah
—
young
;
ca
—
and
;
cila-rupa-gunaih
—
virtuous
;
yutah
—
endowed
;
sa-vatsah
—
with calves
;
pita-pucchah
—
yellow tails
;
ca
—
and
;
vrajantyah
—
going
;
bhavya-murtikah
—
beautiful forms.
Translation
They were young, virtuous, full of milk, and accompanied by their calves. They were beautiful and their tails were yellow.
Verse text
hema-tulya hema-crggyo
hara-malah sphurat-prabhah
Synonyms
ghanta-manjita-jhagkarah
—
with tinkjling bells and ornamnets
;
kigkini-jala-manditah
—
decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments
;
hema-tulya
—
like gold
;
hema-crggyah
—
with gold horns
;
hara-malah
—
with necklaces and garlands
;
sphurat-prabhah
—
splendid.
Translation
ghanta-manjita-jhagkarah
kigkini-jala-manditah
They were deocrated with networks of tinkling bells and ornaments and with garlands and necklaces. Their bodies and horns were like gold.
Verse text
patalah haritas tamra
pitah cyama vicitritah
dhumrah kokila-varnac ca
yatra gavas tv anekadha
Synonyms
patalah
—
pink
;
haritah
—
green
;
tamra
—
brown
;
pitah
—
yellow
;
cyama
—
black
;
vicitritah
—
different colors
;
dhumrah
—
smokey
;
kokila-varnah
—
the color of cuckoos
;
ca
—
and
;
yatra
—
where
;
gavah
—
cows
;
tv
—
indeed
;
anekadha
—
many.
Translation
Some cows were pink, some green, some brown, some multi-colored, some yellow, some smoke-colored, and some the color of cuckoos.
Verse text
samudra-vad dugdha-dac ca
kuragga-vad vilagghadbhir
go-vatsair manditah cubhah
Synonyms
samudra-vat
—
like an ocean
;
dugdha-dah
—
giving milk
;
ca
—
and
;
taruni-kara-citritah
—
decorated with girls' handprints
;
kuragga-vat
—
like deer
;
vilagghadbhih
—
leaping
;
go-vatsaih
—
with calves
;
manditah
—
decorated
;
cubhah
—
beautiful and auspicious.
Translation
taruni-kara-citritah
They were decorated with pictures of girls' handprints. They gave milk that was like an ocean. They were decorated with calves leaping like deer.
Verse text
itas tatac calantac ca
go-ganesu maha-vrsah
yatra dharma-dhurandharah
Synonyms
itas tatah
—
here and there
;
calantah
—
going
;
ca
—
and
;
go-ganesu
—
among the cows
;
maha-vrsah
—
great bulls
;
dirgha
—
long
;
kandhara
—
shoulders
;
crgga
—
horns
;
adhyah
—
opulent
;
yatra
—
where
;
dharma-dhurandharah
—
carrying the principles of religion.
Translation
dirgha-kandhara-crggadhya
Wandering here and there among the cows were great bulls with broad shoulders and long horns, bulls bearing the principles of religion.
Verse text
gopala vetra-hastac ca
cyama-vamci-dharah parah
krsna-lilah pragayanto
ragair madana-mohanaih
Synonyms
gopala
—
gopas
;
vetra-hastah
—
with stick in hand
;
ca
—
and
;
cyama-vamci-dharah
—
holding black flutes
;
parah
—
great
;
krsna
—
of Lord Krsna
;
lilah
—
pastimes
;
pragayantah
—
singing
;
ragaih
—
with ragas
;
madana-mohanaih
—
charming Kamadeva.
Translation
There were many gopas playing black flutes and, with melodies that could charm Kamadeva himself, singing of Lord Krsna's pastimes
Verse text
durat tam agatam viksya
jnatva krsnam vrajarbhakah
ucuh parasparam te vai
Synonyms
durat
—
from far away
;
tam
—
him
;
agatam
—
coming
;
viksya
—
seeing
;
jnatva
—
understanding
;
krsnam
—
Krsna
;
vrajarbhakah
—
the boys of Vraja
;
ucuh
—
said
;
parasparam
—
among themselves
;
te
—
they
;
vai
—
indeed
;
krsna-darcana-lalasah
—
yearning to see Krsna.
Translation
krsna-darcana-lalasah
Seeing Uddhava coming, and thinking he was Krsna Himself, the gopa boys, eager to see Krsna, spoke among among themselves.
Verse text
sri-gopa ucuh
nanda-sunuh kilayati
sakha yo 'yam na samcayah
megha-cyamah pita-vasah
sragvi kundala-manditah
Synonyms
sri-gopa ucuh
—
the gopas said
;
nanda-sunuh
—
Nanda's son
;
kila
—
indeed
;
ayati
—
comes
;
sakha
—
friend
;
yah
—
who
;
ayam
—
He
;
na
—
not
;
samcayah
—
doubt
;
megha-cyamah
—
dark as a cloud
;
pita-vasah
—
with yellow garments
;
sragvi
—
garlanded
;
kundala-manditah
—
decorated with earrings.
Translation
The gopas said: Nanda's son is coming. It is our friend Krsna. There is no doubt of it. He is dark as a monsoon cloud. He wears yellow garments. He is decorated with earrings and a garland.
Verse text
kaustubhi kundali bibhrat
tad eva mukutam bibhrat
Synonyms
kaustubhi
—
kaustubha
;
kundali
—
earrings
;
bibhrat
—
carrying
;
sahasra-dala-pagkajam
—
a thousand petal lotus
;
tat
—
that
;
eva
—
indeed
;
mukutam
—
crown
;
bibhrat
—
wearing
;
koti-martanda-sannibham
—
splendid as a million suns.
Translation
sahasra-dala-pagkajam
koti-martanda-sannibham
He wears earrings and a Kastubha jewel. He holds a thousand-petal lotus. He wears a crown splendid as millions of suns.
Verse text
ta evacva rathah so 'yam
balo nasti rathe casminn
ekaki nanda-nandanah
Synonyms
te
—
they
;
eva
—
indeed
;
acvah
—
horses
;
rathah
—
chariot
;
sah
—
He
;
ayam
—
He
;
kigkini-jala-manditah
—
decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments
;
balah
—
Balarama
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
rathe
—
on the chariot
;
ca
—
and
;
asmin
—
in this
;
ekaki
—
alone
;
nanda-nandanah
—
Krsna.
Translation
kigkini-jala-manditah
These are the same horses. It is the same chariot decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments. Balarama is not on it. Nanda's son has come alone.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
evam vadanto gopalah
cridamadya videha-rat
krsnakrtim krsna-sakham
ayayuh sarvato ratham
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadantah
—
saying
;
gopalah
—
the gopas
;
cridamadya
—
headed by Sridama
;
videha-rat
—
O king of Videha
;
krsna
—
of Lord Krsna
;
akrtim
—
the form
;
krsna-sakham
—
Lord Krsna's friend
;
ayayuh
—
came
;
sarvatah
—
from everywhere
;
ratham
—
the chariot.
Translation
Sri Narada said: O king of Videha, speaking in this way, the gopas headed by Sridama surrounded the chariot Krsna's friend, whose form was like Krsna's.
Verse text
krsno nastiti vadatah
ko 'yam saksat tad-akrtih
tan namaskrtyaupagavih
parirabhyavadat pathi
Synonyms
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
iti
—
thus
;
vadatah
—
saying
;
kah
—
who?
;
ayam
—
he
;
saksat
—
directly
;
tad-akrtih
—
His form
;
tan
—
to them
;
namaskrtya
—
bowing
;
aupagavih
—
Uddhava
;
parirabhya
—
embracing
;
avadat
—
spoke
;
pathi
—
on the path.
Translation
The gopas said, "He is not Krsna. Who is he? His form is like Krsna's." Then, in the middle of the road, Uddhava bowed before the gopas and embraced them all.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
grhana patram cridaman
krsna-dattam na samcayah
cokam ma kuru gopalaih
kucaly aste harih svayam
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
grhana
—
take
;
patram
—
this letter
;
cridaman
—
O Sridama
;
krsna-dattam
—
given by Krsna
;
na
—
not
;
samcayah
—
doubt
;
cokam
—
lament
;
ma
—
don't
;
kuru
—
do
;
gopalaih
—
with gopas
;
kucali
—
welfare
;
aste
—
is
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
svayam
—
Himself.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: O Sridama, please take this letter. Krsna gave it. Of this there is no doubt. Don't lament. Krsna takes a personal interest in the welfare of the gopas.
Verse text
yadavanam mahat karyam
krtvatha sa-balah prabhuh
hrasva-kalena catrapi
bhagavan agamisyati
Synonyms
yadavanam
—
of the Yadavass
;
mahat
—
great
;
karyam
—
deed
;
krtva
—
doing
;
atha
—
then
;
sa-balah
—
with Balarama
;
prabhuh
—
the Lord
;
hrasva
—
short
;
kalena
—
time
;
ca
—
and
;
atra
—
here
;
api
—
also
;
bhagavan
—
the Lord
;
agamisyati
—
will return.
Translation
After He has fulfilled His responsibilities to the Yadavas, Lord Krsna and Balarama will quickly erturn to Vraja.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
pathitva tad-dhasta-patram
cridamadya vrajarbhakah
bhrcam acruni muncantah
prahur gadgadaya gira
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
pathitva
—
after reading
;
tad-dhasta-patram
—
the letter in his hand
;
cridamadya
—
headed by Sridama
;
vrajarbhakah
—
the boys of Vraja
;
bhrcam
—
greatly
;
acruni
—
tears
;
mu 24cantah
—
shedding
;
prahuh
—
said
;
gadgadaya
—
choked with emotion
;
gira
—
with words.
Translation
Sri Narada said: After reading the letter in their hands, the boys of Vraja burst into tears. Then, their voices choked with emotion, they spoke.
Verse text
sri-gopa ucuh
pantheti nirmohini nanda-sunau
tanur vibhutic ca dhanam balam ca
sarva dhiyah krsnam rte vraje nah cunyam prajatam hi jagat samastam
Synonyms
sri-gopah ucuh
—
the gopas said
;
pantha
—
O traveller
;
iti
—
thus
;
nirmohini
—
free from illusion
;
nanda-sunau
—
Nanda's son
;
tanuh
—
the body
;
vibhutih
—
opulence
;
ca
—
and
;
dhanam
—
wealth
;
balam
—
strength
;
ca
—
and
;
sarva
—
all
;
dhiyah
—
intelligence
;
krsnam
—
Krsna
;
rte
—
without
;
vraje
—
in Vraja
;
nah
—
of us
;
cunyam
—
void
;
prajatam
—
born
;
hi
—
indeed
;
jagat
—
the universe
;
samastam
—
all.
Translation
The gopas said: O traveler, Krsna's body, opulence, wealth, strength, intelligence are never thwarted or bewildered. For us people of Vraja, to be without Krsna is to live in a world that is a desert.
Verse text
ksano yugatvam va ghati maha-mate
prayati manvantaratam vrajaukasam
yamac ca kalpam ca dinam vina harim
viyoga-duhkhair dvi-parardhatam gatam
Synonyms
ksanah
—
a second
;
yugatvam
—
the status of a yuga
;
va
—
or
;
ghati
—
a half-hour
;
maha-mate
—
O noble-hearted one
;
prayati
—
attains
;
manvantaratam
—
the status of a manvantara
;
vrajaukasam
—
of the people of Vraja
;
yamah
—
three hours
;
ca
—
and
;
kalpam
—
a kalpa
;
ca
—
and
;
dinam
—
day
;
vina
—
without
;
harim
—
Krsna
;
viyoga-duhkhaih
—
with the suffering of separation
;
dvi-parardhatam
—
a lifetime of Brahma
;
gatam
—
attains.
Translation
O noble-hearted one, for the people of Vraja suffering in Krsna's absence, a moment has become a yuga, a half-hour has become a manvantara, three hours has become a kalpa, and a day has become a lifetime of Brahma.
Verse text
ahar-nicam tam na hi vismaramahe
dusta ghati sa prayayau yaya hi sah
mano harann uddhava no vanaukasam
vayasya-bhavena sada krtagasam
Synonyms
ahar-nicam
—
day and night
;
tam
—
that
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vismaramahe
—
we forget
;
dusta
—
wicked
;
ghati
—
half-hour
;
sa
—
that
;
prayayau
—
goes
;
yaya
—
by which
;
hi
—
inbdeed
;
sah
—
He
;
manah
—
the mind
;
harann
—
stealing
;
uddhava
—
O Uddhava
;
nah
—
of us
;
vanaukasam
—
the people of Vraja
;
vayasya-bhavena
—
with friendship
;
sada
—
always
;
krtagasam
—
sinners.
Translation
Day and night we cannot forget Him. The treacherous half-hours pass, but He does not return. O Uddhava, He has stolen all the thoughts of the people of Vraja. Thinking He was just our friend, we must have offended Him again and again.
.pa
Chapter Fourteen Sri Nanda-rajoddhava-melana The Meeting of King Nanda and Uddhava
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
evam prema-bharan gopan
uvaca prema-samyukta
uddhavo gata-vismayah
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
prema-bharan
—
great love
;
gopan
—
the gopas
;
sri-krsna
—
of Sri Krsna
;
virahaturan
—
tormented with separation
;
uvaca
—
said
;
prema-samyukta
—
filled with love
;
uddhavah
—
Uddhava
;
gata-vismayah
—
not astonished.
Translation
chri-krsna-virahaturan
Sri Narada said: Uddhava, who dearly loved Lord Krsna, was not surprised to hear all this. Then he spoke to the gopas, who were overcome with love for Krsna and were tornmented by His absence.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
aham sri-krsna-daso 'smi
tat-priyas tad-rahaskarah
bhavatam kucalam drastum
presito harina tvaram
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
aham
—
I
;
sri-krsna-dasah
—
Sri Krsna's servant
;
asmi
—
am
;
tat-priyah
—
dear to Him
;
tad-rahaskarah
—
His confiant
;
bhavatam
—
of you
;
kucalam
—
auspiciousness
;
drastum
—
to sxee
;
presitah
—
sent
;
harina
—
by Krsna
;
tvaram
—
quickly.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: I am Sri Krsna's servant. i am His close friend. He sent me here to see if you were happy.
Verse text
purim gatvatha haraye
nivedya viraham tu vah
tam prasannam karisyami
tad-agghrau netra-varibhih
Synonyms
purim
—
to the city
;
gatva
—
having gone
;
atha
—
then
;
haraye
—
to Krsna
;
nivedya
—
speaking
;
viraham
—
separation
;
tu
—
indeed
;
vah
—
of you
;
tam
—
Him
;
prasannam
—
pleased
;
karisyami
—
I will do
;
tad-agghrau
—
His feet
;
netra-varibhih
—
with tears.
Translation
I will return to Mathura City, tell Lord Krsna how you suffer in His absence, and soften His heart by placing my tears at His feet.
Verse text
natva harim hi bhavatam
samipam he vrajaukasah
agamisyamy aham cighram
capatho na mrsa mama
Synonyms
natva
—
boweing
;
harim
—
to Krsna
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhavatam
—
of you
;
samipam
—
near
;
he
—
O
;
vrajaukasah
—
people of Vraja
;
agamisyami
—
will return
;
aham
—
I
;
cighram
—
quickly
;
capathah
—
of the promise
;
na
—
not
;
mrsa
—
false
;
mama
—
of me.
Translation
O people of Vraja, I will bow down before Lord Krsna and then I will quickly bring Him to you. My promise will not become false.
Verse text
yuyam prasanna bhavata
ma cokam kurutatha vai
asmin vraje 'pi gopala
draksyatha sri-patim harim
Synonyms
yuyam
—
you
;
prasanna
—
pleased
;
bhavata
—
be
;
ma
—
don't
;
cokam
—
lament
;
kuruta
—
do
;
atha
—
then
;
vai
—
indeed
;
asmin
—
in this
;
vraje
—
Vraja
;
api
—
even
;
gopala
—
Gopas
;
draksyatha
—
will see
;
sri-patim
—
the husband of the goddess of fortune
;
harim
—
Lord Krsna.
Translation
Be happy. Don't lament. O gopas, in this land of Vraja you will again see Sri Krsna, the husband of the goddess of fortune.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
evam acvasya gopalan
ratha-stho yadu-nandanah
cridamadyaic ca gopalaih
sahito harsa-puritah
viveca nanda-nagaram
surye sindhu-gate sati
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
acvasya
—
comforting
;
gopalan
—
the gopas
;
ratha-sthah
—
on the chariot
;
yadu-nandanah
—
the descendent of Yadu
;
cridamadyaih
—
headed by Sridama
;
ca
—
and
;
gopalaih
—
the gopas
;
sahitah
—
with
;
harsa-puritah
—
filled with joy
;
viveca
—
entered
;
nanda-nagaram
—
Nanda's village
;
surye
—
as the sun
;
sindhu-gate sati
—
was setting in the west.
Translation
Sri Narada said: In this way Uddhava comforted the gopas. Then, as the sun was setting in the west, cheerful Uddhava, accompanied by Sridama and the gopas, entered Nanda's village.
Verse text
agatam hy uddhavam crutva
nanda-rajo maha-matih parirabhya muda cighram pujayam asa harsitah
Synonyms
agatam
—
come
;
hi
—
indeed
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
crutva
—
hearing
;
nanda-rajah
—
King Nanda
;
maha-matih
—
noble-hearted
;
parirabhya
—
embracing
;
muda
—
joyfully
;
cighram
—
at once
;
pujayam asa
—
worshiped
;
harsitah
—
happy.
Translation
Hearing that he had come, King Nanda happily embraced and worshiped Uddhava.
Verse text
kacipu-stham sthitam cantam
uddhavam krta-bhojanam
kacipu-stho nanda-rajah
praha gadgadaya gira
Synonyms
kacipu-stham
—
on a cushion
;
sthitam
—
seated
;
cantam
—
peaceful
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
krta-bhojanam
—
havign eaten
;
kacipu-sthah
—
on the cushion
;
nanda-rajah
—
King Nanda
;
praha
—
said
;
gadgadaya
—
choked
;
gira
—
with words.
Translation
When Uddhava was comfortably seated on a soft cushion and fed a nice meal, King Nanda, also seated on a cushion, spoke many words choked with emotion.
Verse text
sri-nanda uvaca
kaccit sakha me puri curasena
aste sva-putaih kucali maha-mate
kamse mrte yadava-puggavanam
jatam sakhe saukhyam atah param bhuvi
Synonyms
sri-nanda uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
kaccit
—
something
;
sakha
—
friend
;
me
—
ofg me
;
puri
—
in the towen
;
curasena
—
SuraSENA
;
aste
—
IS
;
sva-putraih
—
with his own sons
;
kucali
—
happy
;
maha-mate
—
O noble-hearted one
;
kamse
—
now that Kamsa
;
mrte
—
is dead
;
yadava-puggavanam
—
of the best of the Yadavas
;
jatam
—
born
;
sakhe
—
O friend
;
saukhyam
—
happiness
;
atah param
—
then
;
bhuvi
—
on the earth.
Translation
Sri Nanda said: O noble-hearted one, are my friend Surasena and his sons happy in Mathura City? Now that Kamsa is dead the Yadavas must be very happy.
Verse text
kaccit kadacit sa-balo hi madhavah
smaraty asau va jananim yacomatim
gopala-govardhana-go-ganan vrajam
vrndavanam va pulinam taragginim
Synonyms
kaccit
—
whether?
;
kadacit
—
sometimes
;
sa-balah
—
with Balarama
;
hi
—
indeed
;
madhavah
—
Krsna
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
asau
—
He
;
va
—
or
;
jananim
—
mother
;
yacomatim
—
Yascoda
;
gopala-govardhana-go-ganan
—
the cows, gopas, and Govardhana Hill
;
vrajam
—
Vraja
;
vrndavanam
—
Vrndavana
;
va
—
or
;
pulinam
—
the shore
;
taragginim
—
of the Yamuna.
Translation
Do Krsna and Balarama sometimes remember Their mother, Yacoda? Do They remember the gopas, the cows, Vraja, Govardhana Hill, Vrndavana forest, and the shore of the Yamuna?
Verse text
ha daiva kasmin samaye sva-nandanam
bimbadharam sundaram ambujeksanam
draksyamy aham mandira-catvarajire
'rbhakair luthantam sa-balam muhur muhuh
Synonyms
ha
—
O
;
daiva
—
destiny
;
kasmin
—
at what?
;
samaye
—
time
;
sva-nandanam
—
own son
;
bimbadharam
—
bimba fruit lips
;
sundaram
—
handsome
;
ambujeksanam
—
lotus eyes
;
draksyami
—
will see
;
aham
—
I
;
mandira-catvarajire
—
in the courtyard
;
arbhakaih
—
with the boys
;
luthantam
—
rolling about
;
sa-balam
—
with Balarama
;
muhuh
—
again
;
muhuh
—
and again.
Translation
O destiny, when will I see my handsome, lotus-eyed, bimba-lip son playing again and again in the courtyard with Balarama and the boys?
Verse text
kunjo nikunjo yamuna maha-nadi
govardhano 'ranyam idam vanani
grhair lata-vrksa-gavam ganaih saha
vina mukundam visavat tv idam jagat
Synonyms
kunjo nikunjah
—
the forest groves
;
yamuna
—
the Yamuna
;
maha-nadi
—
the great river
;
govardhanah
—
Govardhana
;
aranyam
—
forest
;
idam
—
the
;
vanani
—
the forests
;
grhaih
—
with homes
;
lata-vrksa-gavam
—
of trees, vines, and cvows
;
ganaih
—
multitudes
;
saha
—
with
;
vina
—
without
;
mukundam
—
Krsna
;
visavat
—
like poison
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idam
—
this
;
jagat
—
world.
Translation
Without Krsna the groves and gardens, the great Yamuna river, Govardhana Hill, this forest, the other forests, our homes, the cows, trees, and flowering vines, and this entire universe are flooded with poison.
Verse text
dhig jivanam me cayanam ca bhojanam
krsnam vina padma-dalayateksanam
candram vina bhumi-tale cakoravaj
jivami tasyagamanacaya bhrcam
Synonyms
dhik
—
fie
;
jivanam
—
life
;
me
—
my
;
cayanam
—
sleeping
;
ca
—
and
;
bhojanam
—
eating
;
krsnam
—
Krsna
;
vina
—
without
;
padma
—
lotus
;
dala
—
petal
;
ayata
—
large
;
iksanam
—
eyes
;
candram
—
moon
;
vina
—
without
;
bhumi-tale
—
on the earth
;
cakoravat
—
like a cakora bird
;
jivami
—
I live
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
agamana
—
the return
;
acaya
—
with the hope
;
bhrcam
—
great.
Translation
This life of eating and sleeping without Krsna, whose eyes are like great lotus petals. is wretched and miserable. I am like a cakora bird that cannot see the moon. I stay alive only by hoping that Krsna will return.
Verse text
hartum bhuvo bharam ativa daivataih
samprarthitam purnatamam maha-mate
jatam satam raksana-tat-param svayam
manye hi krsnam sa-balam parat param
Synonyms
hartum
—
to do
;
bhuvah
—
of the earth
;
bharam
—
the burden
;
ativa
—
great
;
daivataih
—
by Brahma
;
samprarthitam
—
requested
;
purnatamam
—
most perfect
;
maha-mate
—
O noble-hearted one
;
jatam
—
born
;
satam
—
of the devotees
;
raksana-tat-param
—
for the protection
;
svayam
—
own
;
manye
—
I think
;
hi
—
certainly
;
krsnam
—
Krsna
;
sa-balam
—
with Balarama
;
parat
—
than the greatest
;
param
—
greater.
Translation
I think that Lord Krsna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, and that, requested by the demigod Brahma, He has come here with Balarama to protect the devotees and remove the earth's burden.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
samsmrtya samsmrtya harim parecam
babhuva tusnim nava-nanda-rajah
ciro nidhayapy upabarhane sve
hy utkantha-romancita-vihvalaggah
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
samsmrtya
—
remembering
;
samsmrtya
—
and remembering
;
harim
—
Krsna
;
parecam
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
babhuva
—
became
;
tusnim
—
silence
;
nava-nanda-rajah
—
King Nanda
;
cirah
—
head
;
nidhaya
—
placing
;
api
—
also
;
upabarhane
—
on the cushion
;
sve
—
own
;
hi
—
indeed
;
utkantha-romancita-vihvalaggah
—
the hairs of his body erect with longing.
Translation
Sri Narada said: Thinking again and again of Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, King Nanda became silent. The hairs of his body erect with his longing to see Krsna, he rested his head on a pillow.
Verse text
rajams tada krsna-sakhasya pacyatah
cayyam sa-vastram upabarhanantam
krtvardratam praggana acacala
Synonyms
sri-nanda
—
of Nanda
;
netrambuja-vari-santati
—
th etears
;
rajamh
—
O king
;
tada
—
then
;
krsna
—
of Sri Krsna
;
sakhasya
—
of the friend
;
pacyatah
—
looking
;
cayyam
—
on the couch
;
sa-vastram
—
with his cloth
;
upabarhanantam
—
at the edge of the pillow
;
krtva
—
making
;
ardratam
—
wet
;
praggane
—
- in the courtyard
;
acacala
—
walked.
Translation
sri-nanda-netrambuja-vari-santati
As Krsna's friend Uddhava looked on, King Nanda drenched the pillow, his garments, and the chair with tears from his eyes. Then Nanda went into the courtyard.
Verse text
crutvoddhavam sri-mathura-puragatam
kapatam etyacu yacomati sati
crnvanty alam svasya sutasya varnanam
Synonyms
crutva
—
hearing
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
sri-mathura-puragatam
—
had come from Mathura
;
kapatam
—
at the door
;
etya
—
coming
;
acu
—
at once
;
yacomati
—
Yacoda
;
sati
—
chaste
;
crnvanti
—
hearing
;
alam
—
greatly
;
svasya
—
own
;
sutasya
—
of the son
;
varnanam
—
the sdescription
;
sneha
—
love
;
sravat
—
flowing
;
su-stana
—
from her breasts
;
netra-pagkaja
—
and lotus eyes.
Translation
sneha-sravat-su-stana-netra-pagkaja
Hearing that Uddhava had come from Mathura City, saintly Yacoda rushed to the door. Milk flowing from her breasts and tears flowing from her lotus eyes, she overheard the description of her son.
Verse text
vihaya lajjam ghrnaya sutasya sa
papraccha sarvam kucalam tadoddhavam
aproksya vastrena drg-acru-santatim
sthite ca nande hari-bhava-vihvale
Synonyms
vihaya
—
abandoning
;
lajjam
—
shame
;
ghrnaya
—
with tenderness
;
sutasya
—
of her son
;
sa
—
she
;
papraccha
—
asked
;
sarvam
—
all
;
kucalam
—
welfare
;
tada
—
then
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
aproksya
—
sprinkling
;
vastrena
—
with garments
;
drg-acru-santatim
—
many tears
;
sthite
—
situated
;
ca
—
and
;
nande
—
Nanda
;
hari-bhava-vihvale
—
overcome with love for Krsna.
Translation
Rejecting all shyness, and overcome with love for her son, she asked Uddhava everything about Krsna's well-being. Meanwhile Nanda was overcome with love. He wept, drenching his garments with tears from his eyes.
Verse text
kvacit smarati mam krsno
nanda-rajam athapi va
bhrataram nanda-rajasya
sannandam darcanotsukam
Synonyms
sri-yacoda uvaca
—
Sri Yacoda said
;
kvacit
—
whether?
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
mam
—
me
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
nanda-rajam
—
King Nanda
;
atha
—
then
;
api
—
also
;
va
—
or
;
bhrataram
—
brother
;
nanda-rajasya
—
of King Nanda
;
sannandam
—
Sannanda
;
darcanotsukam
—
eager to see Him.
Translation
sri-yacodovaca
Sri Yacoda said: Does Krsna remember me? Does He remember King Nanda? Does He remember Nanda's brother, Sannanda, who yearns to see Him?
Verse text
nandan navopanandamc ca
vrsabhanun vrajesu sat
yesam aroham asthaya
bala-kelir vane vane
Synonyms
nandan
—
the Nandas
;
nava
—
the nine
;
upanandan
—
Upanandas
;
ca
—
and
;
vrsabhanun
—
the Vrsabhanus
;
vrajesu
—
in Vraja
;
sat
—
six
;
yesam
—
of whom
;
aroham
—
climbing
;
asthaya
—
staying
;
bala-kelih
—
childhood pastimes
;
vane
—
in forest
;
vane
—
after forest.
Translation
Does He remember the Nandas, the nine Upanandas, and the six Vrsabhanus of Vraja? Doe He remember the boys He played with in forest after forest?
Verse text
kanduka-kridaya reme
sanandam nanda-nandanah
tan gopan sneha-samyuktan
kadacit smarati svatah
Synonyms
kanduka-kridaya
—
withball-games
;
reme
—
enjoyed
;
sanandam
—
with bliss
;
nanda-nandanah
—
Krsna
;
tan
—
them
;
gopan
—
gopas
;
sneha-samyuktan
—
affectionate
;
kadacit
—
sometimes
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
svatah
—
personally.
Translation
Does He sometimes remember the affectionate gopa boys with whom He enjoyed playing ball-games?
Verse text
eko 'yam me sutah prapto
na suta bahavac ca me
so 'pi mam jananim dinam
yayau tyaktva dig-antaram
Synonyms
ekah
—
one
;
ayam
—
H
;
me
—
my
;
sutah
—
son
;
praptah
—
attained
;
na
—
not
;
suta
—
many sons
;
bahavah
—
many
;
ca
—
and
;
me
—
of me
;
sah
—
He
;
api
—
also
;
mam
—
me
;
jananim
—
mother
;
dinam
—
poor
;
yayau
—
goes
;
tyaktva
—
leaving
;
dig-antaram
—
far away.
Translation
I have only one son. I do not have many sons. Abandoning His poor mother, my son has gone away.
Verse text
aho kastam snehavatam
durnivaram maha-mate
kim karomi vina putram
katham jivami manada
Synonyms
ahah
—
O
;
kastam
—
a calamity
;
snehavatam
—
of they who love
;
durnivaram
—
cannot be stopped
;
maha-mate
—
O noble-hearted one
;
kim
—
what?
;
karomi
—
I do
;
vina
—
without
;
putram
—
son
;
katham
—
how?
;
jivami
—
I live
;
manada
—
O respectful one.
Translation
O noble-hearted one, for they who love Him, this is a great calamity. O gentle one, what will I do without my son? How can I live?
Verse text
matar mahyam dehi dadhi
matar haiyaggavam navam
evam vadan sa madhuram
hatham cakre sada grhe
Synonyms
matah
—
O mother
;
mahyam
—
to Me
;
dehi
—
give
;
dadhi
—
yogurt
;
matah
—
mother
;
haiyaggavam
—
butter
;
navam
—
fresh
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadan
—
saying
;
sah
—
He
;
madhuram
—
sweet
;
hatham
—
mischief
;
cakre
—
did
;
sada
—
always
;
grhe
—
in the house.
Translation
"Mother, give Me yogurt. Mother, give Me fresh butter." He would always speak these sweet words, and He would always do mischief in the house.
Verse text
madhyahne sa katham krsno
bhojanam kartum arhati
mamatmajo 'yam sri-krsno
jivanam vraja-vasinam vraje dhanam kule dipo mohano bala-lilaya
Synonyms
madhyahne
—
at midday
;
sa
—
He
;
katham
—
how?
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
bhojanam
—
eating
;
kartum
—
to do
;
arhati
—
able
;
mama
—
my
;
atmajah
—
son
;
ayam
—
he
;
sri-krsnah
—
Sri Krsna
;
jivanam
—
the life
;
vraja-vasinam
—
of the people of Vraja
;
vraje
—
in Vraja
;
dhanam
—
the wealth
;
kule
—
in the family
;
dipah
—
the lamp
;
mohanah
—
charming
;
bala-lilaya
—
with childhood pastimes.
Translation
How He could eat at lunchtime! My son, Sri Krsna, is the wealth of Vraja, the life of Vraja's people, and a brilliant lamp shining in His family. He is so sweet and so playful.
Verse text
lalanaih palanais tasya
dinam me ksanavad gatam
tad dinam kalpavaj jatam
vinaho nanda-nandanam
Synonyms
lalanaih
—
with caresses
;
palanaih
—
with protection
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
dinam
—
the day
;
me
—
my
;
ksanavat
—
like a moment
;
gatam
—
gone
;
tat
—
that
;
dinam
—
day
;
kalpavat
—
like a kalpa
;
jatam
—
become
;
vina
—
without
;
ahah
—
O
;
nanda-nandanam
—
Nanda's son.
Translation
Protecting and caressing Him, I thought each day was a single moment. Without Krsna my day is like a kalpa.
Verse text
vatsan varayitum krsno
grama-simni nadi-tate
na karito 'rbhakaih sardham
sa caho mathuram gatah
Synonyms
vatsan
—
the calves
;
varayitum
—
to keep
;
krsnah
—
Sri Krsna
;
grama-simni
—
within the village
;
nadi-tate
—
at the shore of the river
;
na
—
not
;
karitah
—
made
;
arbhakaih
—
the boys
;
sardham
—
with
;
sa
—
He
;
ca
—
and
;
ahah
—
O
;
mathuram
—
Mathura
;
gatah
—
went.
Translation
No longer do Krsna and the boys keep the calves on this side of the river, still close to the village. Now Krsna has gone to Mathura.
Verse text
he mohaneti durat tam
agkam nitvatha lalanam
cakara nanda-rajo 'yam
tam vina khinnatam gatah
Synonyms
he
—
O
;
mohana
—
charming boy
;
iti
—
thus
;
durat
—
from afar
;
tam
—
Him
;
agkam
—
on the lap
;
nitva
—
placing
;
atha
—
then
;
lalanam
—
caress
;
cakara
—
did
;
nanda-rajah
—
King Nanda
;
ayam
—
he
;
tam
—
Him
;
vina
—
without
;
khinnatam
—
sadness
;
gatah
—
attained.
Translation
From far away King Nanda would call "Sweet boy!", place Him on his lap, and caress Him. Without Him, Nanda is filled with sadness.
Verse text
aho damna maya baddho
nirmohinyaikada cicuh
bhande bhagni-krte dadhnah
cocami caritam ca tat
Synonyms
ahah
—
O
;
damna
—
with a rope
;
maya
—
by me
;
baddhah
—
bound
;
nirmohinya
—
careful
;
ekada
—
once
;
cicuh
—
the boy
;
bhande
—
when a pot
;
bhagni-krte
—
broken
;
dadhnah
—
of yogurt
;
cocami
—
I lament
;
caritam
—
the action
;
ca
—
and
;
tat
—
that.
Translation
One day the boy broke a yogurt pot and I carefully tied Him with a rope. Oh, how I regret that.
Verse text
tat-pragganam sarva-sabha ca mandiram
dvarac ca vithir vraja-harmya-prsthayah
cunyam samas tam mama jivanam dhig
vina mukundam visavat tv idam jagat
Synonyms
tat-pragganam
—
the courtyard
;
sarva-sabha
—
the assembly
;
ca
—
and
;
mandiram
—
the palace
;
dvarah
—
the door
;
ca
—
and
;
vithih
—
the path
;
vraja-harmya-prsthayah
—
the palaces of Vraja
;
cunyam
—
empty
;
samah
—
equal
;
tam
—
Him
;
mama
—
my
;
jivanam
—
life
;
dhig
—
alas!
;
vina
—
without
;
mukundam
—
Krsna
;
visavat
—
like poison
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idam
—
this
;
jagat
—
world.
Translation
Without Krsna the courtyard, the assembly-house, my palace, the gateway, the pathway, and all the other palaces of Vraja have become an empty desert. Krsna is my whole life. Without Him this world is like a flood of poison.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
yacoda-nandayor viksya
paramam prema-laksanam
uddhavo nitaram rajan
vismito 'bhud gata-smayah
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
yacoda-nandayoh
—
of Nanda and Yacoda
;
viksya
—
seeing
;
paramam
—
the great
;
prema
—
of love
;
laksanam
—
symptoms
;
uddhavah
—
Uddhava
;
nitaram
—
greatkly
;
rajan
—
O king
;
vismitah
—
astonished
;
abhut
—
became
;
gata-smayah
—
astonished.
Translation
Sri Narada said: O king, when he saw Nanda's and Yacoda's great love, Uddhava became filled with wonder.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
roma-matram mama tanau
jihva cej jayate tv aho
yuvayos tad api clagham
kartum nalam maha-prabhu
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
roma-matram
—
hairsd erect
;
mama
—
my
;
tanau
—
on the body
;
jihva
—
the tongue
;
cet
—
if
;
jayate
—
is born
;
tv
—
indeed
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
yuvayoh
—
of you two
;
tat
—
that
;
api
—
also
;
clagham
—
praise
;
kartum
—
to do
;
na
—
not
;
alam
—
enough
;
maha-prabhu
—
O great masters.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: You two are my masters. Even if the hairs on my body stood erect in ecstasy, my tongue would still not have the power to praise you properly.
Verse text
paripurnatame saksac
chri-krsne purusottame
idrci ca krta bhaktir
yuvabhyam prema-laksana
sagkhya-yogaic ca durlabha
cacvati yuvayoh prapta
ya bhaktih prema-laksana
Synonyms
paripurnatame
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
saksac
—
directly
;
chri-krsne
—
Sri Krsna
;
purusottame
—
the Supreme Person
;
idrci
—
like this
;
ca
—
and
;
krta
—
did
;
bhaktih
—
devotion
;
yuvabhyam
—
you both
;
prema-laksana
—
the signs of love
;
tirthatana
—
pilgrimage
;
tapah
—
austerity
;
dana
—
chrity
;
sagkhya
—
sankhya
;
yogaih
—
goga
;
ca
—
and
;
durlabha
—
dificult to attain
;
cacvati
—
eternal
;
yuvayoh
—
of you both
;
prapta
—
attained
;
ya
—
which
;
bhaktih
—
devotion
;
prema-laksana
—
characterized by love.
Translation
tirthatana-tapo-dana-
The eternal love and devotion you both feel for Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, cannot be attained by pilgrimages, austerity, charity, sagkhya, or yoga.
Verse text
ma cokam kuru re nanda
he yacode vrajecvari
patra-dvayam grhanacu
krsna-dattam na samcayah
Synonyms
ma
—
don't
;
cokam
—
lament
;
kuru
—
do
;
re
—
O
;
nanda
—
Nanda
;
he
—
O
;
yacode
—
yacoda
;
vrajecvari
—
queen of Vraja
;
patra-dvayam
—
two letters
;
grhana
—
please take
;
acu
—
at once
;
krsna-dattam
—
guiven by Krsna
;
na
—
no
;
samcayah
—
doubt.
Translation
O Nanda, don't lament. O Yacoda, O queen of Vraja, take these two letters. They are letters from Krsna. Of this there is no doubt.
Verse text
sahagrajo nanda-sunuh
kucaly aste yadoh puri
yadavanam mahat karyam
krtvatha sa-balah prabhuh
hrasva-kalena catrapi
bhagavan agamisyati
Synonyms
saha
—
with
;
agrajah
—
His elder brother
;
nanda-sunuh
—
Krsna
;
kucali
—
happy
;
aste
—
is
;
yadoh
—
of the Yadavas
;
puri
—
in the city
;
yadavanam
—
of the Yadavas
;
mahat
—
great
;
karyam
—
duty
;
krtva
—
doing
;
atha
—
then
;
sa-balah
—
with Balarama
;
prabhuh
—
the Lord
;
hrasva-kalena
—
soon
;
ca
—
and
;
atra
—
here
;
api
—
also
;
bhagavan
—
the Lord
;
agamisyati
—
will come.
Translation
Krsna and Balarama are happy in the city of the Yadavas. When Their mission is successfully completed, Krsna and Balarama will return here at once.
Verse text
paripurnatamam viddhi
sri-krsnam nanda-nandanam kamsadinam vadharthaya bhaktanam raksanaya ca
brahmana prarthitah krsno
'vatatara grhe tava
jata-matro 'dbhutam lilam
cakara sa-balo harih
Synonyms
paripurnatamam
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
viddhi
—
know
;
sri-krsnam
—
Sri Krsna
;
nanda-nandanam
—
Nanda's son
;
kamsadinam
—
beginning with Kamsa
;
vadharthaya
—
to kill
;
bhaktanam
—
of the devotees
;
raksanaya
—
for protection
;
ca
—
and
;
brahmana
—
by Brahma
;
prarthitah
—
requested
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
avatatara
—
descended
;
grhe
—
in the home
;
tava
—
of you
;
jata-matrah
—
born
;
adbhutam
—
wonderful
;
lilam
—
pastimes
;
cakara
—
did
;
sa-balah
—
with Balarama
;
harih
—
Krsna.
Translation
Know that Nanda's son, Krsna, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Requested by the demigod Brahma, and in order to protect the devotees and kill the demons led by Kamsa, He descended to your home. Since the moment of His birth, He and Balarama enjoyed many wonderful pastimes.
Verse text
cakatasya nipatanam
trnavarta-nipatac ca
Synonyms
putana
—
of Putana
;
prana-haranam
—
removing the life
;
cakatasya
—
of the cart
;
nipatanam
—
overturning
;
trnavarta
—
of Trnavarta
;
nipatah
—
the fall
;
ca
—
and
;
yamalarjuna
—
of the yamalarjuna trees
;
bha 24janam
—
the breaking.
Translation
putana-prana-haranam
yamalarjuna-bhanjanam
He drew out Putana's life, overturned the cart, made Trnavarta fall, and broke the yamalarjuna trees.
Verse text
sva-mukhe ca yacodayai
vicva-rupasya darcanam
vrndavane ca bhagavan
go-vatsamc carayan prabhuh
Synonyms
sva-mukhe
—
in His mouth
;
ca
—
and
;
yacodayai
—
to yacoda
;
vicva-rupasya
—
of the universal form
;
darcanam
—
the sight
;
vrndavane
—
in Vrndavana
;
ca
—
and
;
bhagavan
—
the Lord
;
go-vatsan
—
the cakves
;
carayan
—
herding
;
prabhuh
—
the Lord.
Translation
The Lord showed to Yacoda the universal form in His mouth. The Lord herded the calves in Vrndavana forest.
Verse text
vadham cakara gopanam
pacyatam baka-vatsayoh
aghasurasya ca vadho
dhenukasya vimardanam
Synonyms
vadham
—
the death
;
cakara
—
did
;
gopanam
—
as the gopas
;
pacyatam
—
were watching
;
baka-vatsayoh
—
of Vakasura and Vatsasura
;
aghasurasya
—
of Aghasura
;
ca
—
and
;
vadhah
—
the death
;
dhenukasya
—
of Dhenukasura
;
vimardanam
—
crushing.
Translation
As the gopas watched, He killed Bakasura, Vatsasura, Aghasura, and Dhenukasura.
Verse text
mardanam kaliyasyapi
vahni-panam cakara ha
pralambasya vadham paccad
baladevac cakara ha
Synonyms
mardanam
—
the defeat
;
kaliyasya
—
of Kaliya
;
api
—
also
;
vahni
—
the fire
;
panam
—
drinking
;
cakara
—
did
;
ha
—
indeed
;
pralambasya
—
of Pralamba
;
vadham
—
the killing
;
paccat
—
then
;
baladevah
—
Balarama
;
cakara
—
did
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
He defeated Kaliya and then he drank up the forest fire. Then Balarama killed Pralambasura.
Verse text
govardhanam samutpatya
hastenaikena lilaya
yusmakam pacyatam bibhrat
puskaram gaja-rad iva
Synonyms
govardhanam
—
Govardhana Hill
;
samutpatya
—
lifting
;
hastena ekena
—
with one hand
;
lilaya
—
playfully
;
yusmakam
—
of you
;
pacyatam
—
looking
;
bibhrat
—
holding
;
puskaram
—
a lotus
;
gaja-rad
—
the king of elephants
;
iva
—
like
Translation
As you all watched, He playfully lifted Govardhana Hill as the king of elephants lifts a lotus flower.
Verse text
cuda-manim sagkhacudaj
jahara jagatam patih
aristasya vadham krtva
kecinam nijaghana ha
Synonyms
cuda-manim
—
the crest jewel
;
sagkhacudat
—
from Sankhacuda
;
jahara
—
took
;
jagatam
—
of the universes
;
patih
—
the master
;
aristasya
—
of Arista
;
vadham
—
the death
;
krtva
—
doing
;
kecinam
—
Kesi
;
nijaghana
—
killed
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Lord Krsna, the master of the universes, frocibly took Sagkhacuda's crown jewel. Then He killed Keci and Aristasura.
Verse text
vyomasuram maha-daityam
mustina tam mamarda ha
tatha vai mathurayam tu
cakre citram maha-mate
Synonyms
vyomasuram
—
Vyomasura
;
maha-daityam
—
the great demon
;
mustina
—
with fist
;
tam
—
him
;
mamarda
—
killed
;
ha
—
indeed
;
tatha
—
then
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mathurayam
—
in Mathura
;
tu
—
indeed
;
cakre
—
did
;
citram
—
wonder
;
maha-mate
—
O noble-hearted one.
Translation
With His fist He killed the great demon Vyomasura. O noble-hearted one, in Mathura City He did many wonderful deeds.
Verse text
vikathyamanam rajakam
karenabhijaghana tam
pracandam kamsa-kodandam
madhyatas tad babhanja ha iksu-dandam yatha nagah sarvesam pacyatam nrnam
Synonyms
vikathyamanam
—
speaking badly
;
rajakam
—
a washerman
;
karena
—
with a hand
;
abhijaghana
—
killed
;
tam
—
him
;
pracandam
—
great
;
kamsa
—
of Kamsa
;
kodandam
—
the bow
;
madhyatah
—
in the middle
;
tat
—
that
;
babhanja
—
broke
;
ha
—
indeed
;
iksu-dandam
—
like sugarcane
;
yatha
—
as
;
nagah
—
an elephant
;
sarvesam
—
of all
;
pacyatam
—
watching
;
nrnam
—
the people.
Translation
With one hand He killed an insulting washerman. As everyone watched, He broke Kamsa's great bow in the middle as an elephant breaks a stalk of sugarcane.
Verse text
dvipam kuvalayapidam
nagayuta-samam bale
cunda-dande saggrhitva
patayam asa bhu-tale
Synonyms
dvipam
—
the elephant
;
kuvalayapidam
—
Kuvalayapida
;
nagayuta-samam
—
equal to ten thousand other elephants
;
bale
—
in strength
;
cunda-dande
—
the trunk
;
saggrhitva
—
grabbing
;
patayam asa
—
threw
;
bhu-tale
—
to the ground.
Translation
Grabbing the trunk of Kuvalayapida elephant, who was a strong as ten thousand other elephants, Krsna threw it to the ground.
Verse text
canuram mustikam kutam
calam tocalam eva ca
patayam asa bhu-prsthe
malla-yudhena madhavah
Synonyms
canuram
—
Canura
;
mustikam
—
Mustika
;
kutam
—
Kuta
;
calam
—
Sala
;
tocalam
—
Tosala
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
patayam asa
—
threw
;
bhu-prsthe
—
to the ground
;
malla-yudhena
—
in wrestling
;
madhavah
—
Lord Krsna.
Translation
As He wrestled with them, Lord Krsna threw Canura, Mustika, Kuta, Sala, and Tocala to the ground.
Verse text
kamsam madotkatam daityam
naga-laksa-samam bale
mancad grhitva tam krsno
bhramayitva bhujaujasa
patayam asa bhu-prsthe
kamandalum ivarbhakah
ibhopari yatha simhas
tasyopari papata sah
Synonyms
kamsam
—
Kamsa
;
madotkatam
—
wild with pride
;
daityam
—
demon
;
naga-laksa-samam
—
equal to a hundred thousand elephants
;
bale
—
in strength
;
mancat
—
from the viwewer's box
;
grhitva
—
grabbing
;
tam
—
Him
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
bhramayitva
—
whirling
;
bhujaujasa
—
with the power of His arms
;
patayam asa
—
threw
;
bhu-prsthe
—
to the ground
;
kamandalum
—
a kamandalu
;
ivarbhakah
—
like
;
ibha
—
an elephant
;
upari
—
on
;
yatha
—
as
;
simhah
—
a lion
;
tasya
—
him
;
upari
—
on
;
papata
—
fell
;
sah
—
He.
Translation
From the viewer's box Lord Krsna dragged Kamsa, who was as strong as a hundred thousand elephants, whirled around with the power of His arms, and thew him to the ground as a child throws a kamandalu. Then Krsna jumped on him as a lion jumps on an elephant.
Verse text
kamsanujamc ca kagkadin
baladevo maha-balah
mamarda mudgarenacu
mrgan vai mrga-rad iva
Synonyms
kamsanujan
—
Kamsa's younger brothers
;
ca
—
and
;
kagkadin
—
headed by Kanka
;
baladevah
—
Balarama
;
maha-balah
—
very strong
;
mamarda
—
killed
;
mudgarena
—
with a club
;
acu
—
at once
;
mrgan
—
deer
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mrga-rad
—
a lion
;
iva
—
like.
Translation
Then with a club Lord Balarama killed Kamsa's younger brothers, headed by Kagka, as a lion kills a herd of deer.
Verse text
gurave daksinam datum
samutpatya maharnave
cagkha-rupam pancajanam
nijaghana harih svayam
Synonyms
gurave
—
to His guru
;
daksinam
—
kasina
;
datum
—
to giv
;
samutpatya
—
jumping
;
maharnave
—
in the ocean
;
cagkha-rupam
—
teh form of a conch
;
pa 24cajanam
—
Pancajana
;
nijaghana
—
killed
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
svayam
—
Himself.
Translation
Then, so He could offer daksina to His guru, Lord Krsna dove into the ocean and killed Pancajana, who had the form of a conch.
Verse text
adbhutani caritrani
caitani sri-harim vina
kah karoti maha-nanda
tasmai sri-haraye namah
Synonyms
adbhutani
—
wonderful
;
caritrani
—
pastimes
;
ca
—
and
;
etani
—
these
;
sri-harim
—
Sri Krsna
;
vina
—
without
;
kah
—
who?
;
karoti
—
does
;
maha-nanda
—
O great Nanda
;
tasmai
—
to Him
;
sri-haraye
—
Sri Krsna
;
namah
—
obeisances.
Translation
Who but Krsna could perform these wonderful pastimes? O great King Nanda, I offer my respectful obesiances to Sri Krsna.
.pa
Chapter Fifteen Sri Radha-darcana Seeing Sri Radha
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
evam hi nandoddhavayor
hareh kathayatoh katham
vyatita ksanavad rajan
ksanada harsa-vardhini
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
hi
—
indeed
;
nanda
—
of Nanda
;
uddhavayoh
—
and Uddhava
;
hareh
—
of Krsna
;
kathayatoh
—
talking
;
katham
—
topics
;
vyatita
—
passed
;
ksanavat
—
like a moment
;
rajan
—
O king
;
ksanada
—
giving a festival
;
harsa-vardhini
—
increasing happiness.
Translation
Sri Narada said: O king, as they talked about Lord Krsna, Nanda and Uddhava enjoyed a great festival of happiness, and the time seemed to pass like a single moment.
Verse text
brahme muhurte cotthaya
gopyah sarva grhe grhe
dehaly-agganam alipya
dipams tatra nirupya ca
Synonyms
brahme muhurte
—
at brahma-muhutra
;
ca
—
and
;
utthaya
—
rising
;
gopyah
—
the gopis
;
sarva
—
all
;
grhe
—
in home
;
grhe
—
after home
;
dehali
—
doorway
;
agganam
—
cortyard
;
alipya
—
anointing
;
dipan
—
lamps
;
tatra
—
there
;
nirupya
—
seeing
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
In each home the gopis rose at brahma-muhurta, anointed the doorways and courtyards, arranged the lamps, . . .
Verse text
praksalya hasta-padau ca
methyam netram nidhaya ca
mamanthuh sarvato yuktah
picchilani dadhini tah
Synonyms
praksalya
—
washing
;
hasta-padau
—
hands and feet
;
ca
—
and
;
mathnyam
—
on the churning stick
;
netram
—
eye
;
nidhaya
—
placing
;
ca
—
and
;
mamanthuh
—
churned
;
sarvatah
—
completely
;
yuktah
—
engaged
;
picchilani
—
cream
;
dadhini
—
yogurt
;
tah
—
they.
Translation
. . . washed their hands and feet, looked for their churning-sticks, and began churning cream and yogurt.
Verse text
venibhyo vigata-puspah
Synonyms
netra
—
the churning rope
;
akarsa
—
pulling
;
calat
—
moving
;
bhara
—
weight
;
bhuja
—
arms
;
kagkana
—
bracelets
;
kigkinih
—
tinkling ornaments
;
venibhyah
—
braids
;
vigata
—
fallen
;
puspah
—
flowers
;
sphurat-kundala-manditah
—
decorated with glistening earrings.
Translation
netrakarsa-calad-bhara-
bhuja-kagkana-kigkinih
sphurat-kundala-manditah
As with their arms they pulled the churning-rope, their bracelets and other ornaments tinkled, their earrings glistened, and flowers fell from their braids.
Verse text
candra-mukhyah kanja-netras
citra-varnair manoharah
maggalani caritrani
gayantyah prema-samyukta
yatra tatra grhe grhe
ghose ghose cubha gavo
rambhamana itas tatah
Synonyms
candra
—
moon
;
mukhyah
—
faces
;
kanja-netrah
—
lotus eyes
;
citra-varnaih
—
with various colors
;
manoharah
—
beautiful
;
maggalani
—
auspicious
;
caritrani
—
pastimes
;
sri-krsna-baladevayoh
—
of Sri Krsna and Balarama
;
gayantyah
—
singing
;
prema-samyukta
—
with love
;
yatra
—
where
;
tatra
—
there
;
grhe
—
in home
;
grhe
—
after home
;
ghose
—
in barn
;
ghose
—
after barn
;
cubha
—
beautiful
;
gavah
—
cows
;
rambhamana
—
mooin
;
itah
—
here
;
tatah
—
and there.
Translation
sri-krsna-baladevayoh
As in every home they churned, the lotus-eyed, moon-faced, colorfully-dressed, beautiful, affectionate gopis sang with love about the auspicious pastimes of Krsna and Balarama. Then in every barn the beautiful cows began to moo.
Verse text
sarvatra gopika-gitam
dadhi-cabdena micritam
vithyam vithyam tatah crnvan
vismitac coddhavo 'bravit
Synonyms
sarvatra
—
everywhere
;
gopika-gitam
—
the gopis' song
;
dadhi-cabdena
—
with the sound of yougrt
;
micritam
—
mixed
;
vithyam
—
on path
;
vithyam
—
after path
;
tatah
—
then
;
crnvan
—
hearing
;
vismitah
—
astonished
;
ca
—
and
;
uddhavah
—
Uddhava
;
abravit
—
said.
Translation
Hearing on every path the gopis' songs and the sounds of yogurt being churned, Uddhava, filled with wonder, said:
Verse text
aho vai nanda-nagare
bhaktir nrtyati yatra ca
evam vadan bahir gramad
yayau snatum nadi-jale
Synonyms
ahah
—
Oh
;
vai
—
indeed
;
nanda-nagare
—
in nanda's village
;
bhaktih
—
devotion
;
nrtyati
—
dances
;
yatra
—
where
;
ca
—
and
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadan
—
saying
;
bahih
—
out
;
gramat
—
from the village
;
yayau
—
went
;
snatum
—
to bathe
;
nadi-jale
—
in the river water.
Translation
"Love for Krsna dances in Nanda's village." After speaking these words, Uddhava left the village to bathe in the river.
Verse text
sri-gopya ucuh
kasyayam adyatra rathah samagato
'kruro 'thava krura utagatah punah
yenaiva nito mathuram maha-purim
sri-nanda-sunur nava-kanja-locanah
Synonyms
sri-gopya ucuh
—
the gopis said
;
kasya
—
of whom?
;
ayam
—
this
;
adya
—
now
;
atra
—
here
;
rathah
—
chariot
;
samagatah
—
come
;
akrurah
—
Akrura
;
athava
—
or
;
krura
—
cruel
;
uta
—
indeed
;
agatah
—
come
;
punah
—
again
;
yena
—
by whom' eva—indeed
;
nitah
—
taken
;
mathuram
—
to Mathura
;
maha-purim
—
the great city
;
sri-nanda-sunuh
—
Sri Krsna
;
nava-ka 24ja-locanah
—
His eyes new lotus flowers.
Translation
The gopis said: Whose chariot is this? Has cruel Akrura, who took lotus-eyed Krsna to Mathura City returned?
Verse text
kasmin ku-kale janani sasarja yam
datum satam snehavatam pratapanam
kadrur yatha naga-cayam visavrtam
hantum vrtha loka-janan itas tatah
Synonyms
kasmin
—
in what?
;
ku-kale
—
bad time
;
janani
—
mother
;
sasarja
—
created
;
yam
—
whom
;
datum
—
to give
;
satam
—
of the devotees
;
snehavatam
—
loving
;
pratapanam
—
pain
;
kadruh
—
Kadru
;
yatha
—
as
;
naga-cayam
—
snakes
;
visavrtam
—
poisonous
;
hantum
—
to kill
;
vrtha
—
useless
;
loka-janan
—
the people
;
itah
—
here
;
tatah
—
and there.
Translation
At what inauspicious moment did his mother, in order to give pain to the loving devotees, give birth to Akrura? She did it as Kadru, in order randomly to kill people here and there, gave birth to the species of snakes.
Verse text
kamsartha-krt kamsa-sakho 'ti-nirghrno
so 'yam punah kim vraja-mandalam gatah
bhartur mrtasyapi hi para-laukikim
asmabhir adyaiva karisyati kriyam
Synonyms
kamsartha
—
for Kamsa's sake
;
krt
—
doing
;
kamsa-sakhah
—
friend of Kamsa
;
ati-nirghrnah
—
merciless
;
so ayam
—
he
;
punah
—
again
;
kim
—
what?
;
vraja-mandalam
—
to the circle of Vraja
;
gatah
—
gone
;
bhartuh
—
his master
;
mrtasya
—
dead
;
api
—
also
;
hi
—
indeed
;
para-laukikim
—
the next world
;
asmabhih
—
by us
;
adya
—
now
;
eva
—
indeed
;
karisyati
—
will do
;
kriyam
—
act.
Translation
Has Kamsa' cruel friend and servant, Akrura, come again to the circle of Vraja? Will he now perform his dead master Kamsa's funeral rites for us?
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
evam vadantyo vraja-gopa-vadhvah
santadya sutam ca mukhe 'ggulibhyam
papracchur arad gata-buddhim artam
tvaram vadaitat kila kasya yanam
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadantyah
—
speaking
;
vraja-gopa-vadhvah
—
the vraja-gopis
;
santadya
—
hitting
;
sutam
—
the charioteer
;
ca
—
and
;
mukhe
—
on the fice
;
aggulibhyam
—
with fingers
;
papracchuh
—
asked
;
arat
—
near
;
gata-buddhim
—
fool
;
artam
—
pained
;
tvaram
—
at once
;
vada
—
tell
;
etat
—
that
;
kila
—
indeed
;
kasya
—
of whom?
;
yanam
—
chariot.
Translation
Sri Narada said: Speaking these words, and slapping his face, the gopis asked the pained and bewildered charioteer, Whose chariot is this? Tell us at once!"
Verse text
ghana-prabham padma-dalayateksanam
krsnakrtim koti-manoja-mohanam
pitambaram satpada-saggha-sagkulam
malam dadhanam nava-vaijayantim
vamci-dharam vetra-karam manoharam
maha-manim kundala-manditanam
sri-krsna-sarupya-dharam tam uddhavam
vilokya sarva nrpa vismitas tato
vijnaya govinda-sakham yayuh purah
Synonyms
ghana-prabham
—
splendid as a monsson cloud
;
padma-dalayateksanam
—
lotus-petal eyes
;
krsnakrtim
—
a form like Sri Krsna's
;
koti-manoja
—
than millions of Kamadevas
;
mohanam
—
more charming
;
pitambaram
—
yellow garments
;
satpada-saggha-sagkulam
—
filled with bees
;
malam
—
garland
;
dadhanam
—
wearing
;
nava
—
new
;
vaijayantim
—
vaijayanti
;
sphurat-sahasra-cchada-padma
—
a splendid thousand-petal lotus
;
panim
—
in his hand
;
vamci-dharam
—
holding a flute
;
vetra-karam
—
a stick in his hand
;
manoharam
—
handsome
;
balarka-koti-dyuti
—
the splendor of millions of rising suns
;
mauli-mandanam
—
with crown and ornaments
;
maha-manim
—
great jewel
;
kundala-manditanam
—
decorated with earrings
;
gaty-akrti-sri-tanu-hasa-su-svaraih
—
with gentle laughter
;
sri-krsna-sarupya-dharam
—
having a form like Sri Krsna's
;
tam
—
him
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
vilokya
—
seeing
;
sarva
—
all
;
nrpa
—
O king
;
vismitah
—
astonished
;
tatah
—
then
;
vijnaya
—
knowing
;
govinda-sakham
—
Krsna's friend
;
yayuh
—
went
;
purah
—
in the presence.
Translation
sphurat-sahasra-cchada-padma-panim
balarka-koti-dyuti-mauli-mandanam
gaty-akrti-sri-tanu-hasa-su-svaraih
At that moment seeing Uddhava, splendid as a monsoon cloud, His eyes lotus petals, His form like Sri Krsna's, more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, dressed in yellow garments, wearing a new vaijayanti garland filled with bumblebees, holding in his hands a stick, flute, and thousand-petal lotus, wearing a crown and ornaments glorious as the rising sun, decorated with earrings and a great jewel, and gently laughing, the gopis became filled with wonder. O king, aware that this must be Sri Krsna's friend, they approached him.
Verse text
jnatvatha sandeca-haram hareh prabhoh
su-vakya-nitya paramadarena tam
guptam hi prastum kucalam satam pateh
nitvoddhavam tah kadali-vanam gatah
Synonyms
jnatva
—
knowing
;
atha
—
then
;
sandeca-haram
—
carrying a letter
;
hareh
—
of Krsna
;
prabhoh
—
Lord
;
su-vakya-nitya
—
with a sweet voice
;
paramadarena
—
with great respect
;
tam
—
that
;
guptam
—
confidential
;
hi
—
indeed
;
prastum
—
to ask
;
kucalam
—
the welfare
;
satam
—
of the devotees
;
pateh
—
of the master
;
nitva
—
bringing
;
uddhavam
—
to Uddhava
;
tah
—
to them
;
kadali-vanam
—
in a forest of banana trees
;
gatah
—
went.
Translation
Aware that he was carrying a letter from Lord Krsna, the gopis brought Uddhava to a secluded banana tree forest to ask him with sweet and respectful words about the welfare of Lord Krsna, the master of the devotees.
Verse text
yatraiva radha vrsabhanu-nandini
krsna-tate caru-nikunja-mandire
samasthita tad-virahatura bhrcam
kham manyate sa tu jagad dharim vina
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
eva
—
indeed
;
radha
—
Radha
;
vrsabhanu-nandini
—
Vrsabhanu's daughter
;
krsna-tate
—
on the shore of the Yamuna
;
caru-nikunja-mandire
—
in a beautful forest cottage
;
samasthita
—
situated
;
tad-virahatura
—
afllicted with separation
;
bhrcam
—
greatly
;
kham
—
the void
;
manyate
—
considered
;
sa
—
and
;
tu
—
indeed
;
jagat
—
the universe
;
harim
—
Lord Krsna
;
vina
—
without.
Translation
King Vrsabhanu's daughter Radha, who thought the entire universe an empty void in Lord Krsna's absence, was there, in a beautiful forest-cottage by the Yamuna's shore.
Verse text
rambha-dalaic candana-pagka-sancayam
svatah sudha-racmi-galat-sudha-cayam
etadrcam yat kadali-vanam ca tad
radha-viyoganala-varcasa bhrcam
babhuva sarvam satatam hi bhasmasat
krsnagam acatma-tanum hi raksati
Synonyms
rambha-dalaih
—
with banana leaves
;
candana-pagka-sa 24cayam
—
with sandal paste
;
spharasphurac-citala-megha-mandiram
—
with cooling clouds
;
krsna
—
of the Yamuna
;
calat
—
moving
;
caru
—
beautiful
;
taragga
—
waves
;
sikaram
—
mist
;
svatah
—
own
;
sudha-racmi-galat-sudha-cayam
—
nectar moonlight
;
etadrcam
—
like this
;
yat
—
that
;
kadali-vanam
—
banana forest
;
ca
—
and
;
tat
—
indeed
;
radha-viyoganala-varcasa
—
with the flames of Radha's feelings of separation
;
bhrcam
—
greatly
;
babhuva
—
became
;
sarvam
—
all
;
satatam
—
always
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhasmasat
—
into ashes
;
krsnagam
—
Krsna's return
;
aca
—
hope
;
atma
—
own
;
tanum
—
body
;
hi
—
indeed
;
raksati
—
protects.
Translation
spharasphurac-chitala-megha-mandiram
krsna-calac-caru-taragga-sikaram
There, in the banana-tree forest, in a cooling monsoon-cloud banana-leaf cottage anointed with sandal paste and cooled by nectar moonlight and mist from the Yamuna's graceful and restless waves, Sri Radha was burned by flames of separation from Sri Krsna. Only the hope that Sri Krsna would return kept Her alive.
Verse text
crutvoddhavam krsna-sakham samagatam
cakara radha sva-sakhibhir adaram
jalacanadyair madhuparka-maggalaih
sri-krsna krsneti muhur vadanty alam
Synonyms
crutva
—
hearing
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
krsna-sakham
—
Krsna's friend
;
samagatam
—
come
;
cakara
—
did
;
radha
—
Radha
;
sva-sakhibhih
—
with Her friends
;
adaram
—
respect
;
jalacanadyaih
—
with water, a seat, and other things
;
madhuparka-maggalaih
—
with madhuparka
;
sri-krsna
—
Sri Krsna
;
krsna
—
Krsna
;
iti
—
thus
;
muhuh
—
again and again
;
vadanti
—
saying
;
alam
—
greatly.
Translation
Hearing that Krsna's friend Uddhava had come, Radha and Her friends greeted him with great respect. She offered him a seat, water, madhuparka, and many other things. Again and again She said, "Sri Krsna! O Sri Krsna!"
Verse text
radham hi govinda-viyoga-khinnam
kuhvam yatha candra-kalam tadoddhavah
natam krcaggim krta-hasta-samputah
pradaksini-krtya jagada harsitah
Synonyms
radham
—
to Radha
;
hi
—
indeed
;
govinda-viyoga-khinnam
—
sufdfering in Krsna's separation
;
kuhvam
—
on the new moon
;
yatha
—
as
;
candra-kalam
—
the crescent moon
;
tada
—
then
;
uddhavah
—
Uddhava
;
natam
—
bowing down
;
krcaggim
—
slender
;
krta-hasta-samputah
—
with folded hands
;
pradaksini-krtya
—
circumambulating
;
jagada
—
spoke
;
harsitah
—
joyful.
Translation
Radha, tormented in separation from Lord Krsna, and now slender as the new moon, bowed before Uddhava. With folded hands Uddhava circumambulated Her and cheerfully spoke.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
sadasti krsnah paripurna-devo
radhe sada tvam paripurna-devi
sri-krsnacandrah krta-nitya-lilo
lilavati tvam krta-nitya-lila
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
sada
—
always
;
asti
—
is
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
paripurna-devah
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
radhe
—
O Radha
;
sada
—
always
;
tvam
—
You
;
paripurna-devi
—
His perfect goddess
;
sri-krsnacandrah
—
Sri Krsna
;
krta-nitya-lilah
—
enjoys eternal pastimes
;
lilavati
—
playful
;
tvam
—
You
;
krta-nitya-lila
—
enjoy transcendental pastimes.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: Eternally Sri Krsna is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eternally You are His supreme goddess. Eternally Sri Krsna enjoys transcendental pastimes. Eternally You enjoy transcendental pastimes with Him.
Verse text
krsno 'sti bhuma tvam asindira sada
brahmasti krsnas tvam asi svara sada
krsnah civas tvam ca civa civartha
visnuh prabhus tvam kila vaisnavi para
Synonyms
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
asti
—
is
;
bhuma
—
Lord Narayana
;
tvam
—
You
;
asi
—
are
;
indira
—
Goiddess Laksmi
;
sada
—
eternally
;
brahma
—
Brahma
;
asti
—
is
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
tvam
—
You
;
asi
—
are
;
svara
—
Sarasvati
;
sada
—
eternally
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
civah
—
Siva
;
tvam
—
You
;
ca
—
and
;
civa
—
Parvati
;
civartha
—
auspicious
;
visnuh
—
Lord Visnu
;
prabhuh
—
the Lord
;
tvam
—
You
;
kila
—
indeed
;
vaisnavi
—
the devotee
;
para
—
the best.
Translation
Eternally Krsna is Lord Narayana. Eternally You are Goddess Laksmi. Eternally Krsna is Lord Brahma. Eternally You are Goddess Sarasvati. Eternally Krsna is Lord Siva. Eternally You are Goddess Parvati. Eternally Krsna is the auspicious Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eternally You are His greatest devotee.
Verse text
kaumara-sargi harir adi-devata
tvam eva hi jnanamayi smrtih cubha
layambhasa kridana-tat-paro harir
yajno varaho vasudha tvam eva hi
Synonyms
kaumara-sargi
—
the father of the four Kumaras
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
adi-devata
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
jnanamayi
—
filled with knowledge
;
smrtih
—
trhe Vedas
;
cubha
—
auspicious
;
layambhasa
—
with the water of devastation
;
kridana-tat-parah
—
fond of playing
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
yajnah varahah
—
Yajna varaha
;
vasudha
—
the earth
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
Krsna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the father of the four Kumaras. You are the auspicious Sruti-castra. Krsna is Yajna Varaha, who plays on the ocean of devastation. You are the earth goddess.
Verse text
devarsi-varyo manasa harih svayam
tvam tatra saksan nija-hasta-vallaki
narayano dharma-suto narena hi
cantis tada tvam jana-canti-karini
Synonyms
devarsi-varyah
—
the best of the demigod sages
;
manasa
—
by the mind
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
tvam
—
You
;
tatra
—
there
;
saksat
—
directly
;
nija-hasta-vallaki
—
the vina in His hand
;
narayanah
—
Narayana
;
dharma-sutah
—
the son of Dharma
;
narena
—
with Nara
;
hi
—
indeed
;
cantih
—
canti
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
jana-canti-karini
—
who brings peace to the living entities.
Translation
Krsna is Narada, the best of divine sages. You are the vina in His hand. Krsna is Narayana Rsi, the son of Dharma and the companion of Nara. You are Santi, who bring peace to the living entities.
Verse text
krsnas tu saksat kapilo mahaprabhuh
siddhis tvam evasi ca siddha-sevita
dattas tu krsno 'sti maha-municvaro
radhe sada jnanamayi tvam eva hi
Synonyms
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
tu
—
indeed
;
saksat
—
directly
;
kapilah
—
Kapila
;
mahaprabhuh
—
the Lord
;
siddhih
—
Siddhi
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
asi
—
are
;
ca
—
and
;
siddha-sevita
—
served by the perfect beings
;
dattah
—
Datta
;
tu
—
indeed
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
asti
—
is
;
maha-municvarah
—
the king of the
Translation
great sages; radhe - O Radha; sada - always; j 24anamayi - filled with knowledge; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed.
Krsna is Lord Kapila. You are the mystic perfections served by the Siddhas. Krsna is Dattatreya, the king of the great sages. You are the perfection of transcendental knowledge eternally.
Verse text
yajno haris tvam kila daksina harir
urukramas tvam hi sada jayanty atah
prthur yada sarva-nrpecvaro harir
arcis tada tvam nrpa-patta-kamini
Synonyms
yajnah
—
Yajna
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
tvam
—
You
;
kila
—
indeed
;
daksina
—
Daksina
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
urukramah
—
Urukrama
;
tvam
—
You
;
hi
—
indeed
;
sada
—
eternally
;
jayanti
—
Jayanti
;
atah
—
then
;
prthuh
—
Prthu
;
yada
—
when
;
sarva-nrpecvarah
—
the master of all kings
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
arcih
—
Arci
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
nrpa-patta-kamini
—
the beautiful queen.
Translation
Krsna is Yajna. You are Daksina. Krsna is Urukrama. You are Jayanti eternally. Krsna is Prthu, the master of all kings. You are beautiful Queen Arci.
Verse text
cagkhasuram hantum abhud harir yada
matsyavataras tvam asi crutis tada
kurmo harir madara-sindhu-manthane
netri-krta tvam cubhada hi vasuki
Synonyms
cagkhasuram
—
Sagkhasura
;
hantum
—
to kill
;
abhut
—
was
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
yada
—
when
;
matsyavatarah
—
the Matsya incarnation
;
tvam
—
You
;
asi
—
are
;
crutih
—
the Vedas
;
tada
—
then
;
kurmah
—
Kurma
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
madara-sindhu-manthane
—
in churning the ocean of milk
;
netri-krta
—
the churning-rope
;
tvam
—
You
;
cubhada
—
auspicious
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vasuki
—
Vasuki.
Translation
When Krsna appeared as Matsyavatara to kill Sagkhasura, You became the Four Vedas. When, during the churning of the milk-ocean, Krsna appeared as Kurma, You became Vasuki, the auspicious churning-rope.
Verse text
dhanvantaric carti-haro harih paras
tvam ausadhi divya-sudhamayi cubhe
sri-krsnacandras tu babhuva mohini
tvam mohini tatra jagad-vimohini
Synonyms
dhanvantarih
—
Dhanvantari
;
ca
—
and
;
arti-harah
—
removing troubles
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
parah
—
Supreme
;
tvam
—
You
;
ausadhi
—
medicine
;
divya-sudhamayi
—
full of transcendental nectar
;
cubhe
—
O beautiful one
;
sri-krsnacandrah
—
Sri Krsna
;
tu
—
indeed
;
babhuva
—
became
;
mohini
—
Mohini
;
tvam
—
You
;
mohini
—
Mohini
;
tatra
—
there
;
jagad-vimohini
—
bewildering the worlds.
Translation
O beautiful one, when Krsna became Dhanvantari, the physician who cures all sufferings, You became His medicine of transcendental nectar. When Krsna became Mohini, You also became Mohini, the beautiful girl that bewilders all the worlds.
Verse text
harir nrsimhas tu nrsimha-lilaya
lila tada tvam nija-bhakta-vatsala
babhuva krsnas tu yada hi vamanah
kirtis tada tvam nija-loka-kirtita
Synonyms
harih
—
Krsna
;
nrsimhah
—
Nrsimha
;
tu
—
indeed
;
nrsimha-lilaya
—
with the pastime of Nrsimha
;
lila
—
the pastime
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
nija-bhakta
—
His own devotee
;
vatsala
—
affectionate
;
babhuva
—
became
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
tu
—
indeed
;
yada
—
when
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vamanah
—
vamana
;
kirtih
—
fame
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
nija-loka-kirtita
—
glorified by all the worlds.
Translation
When Krsna became Nrsimha You became His man-lion pastimes, which were so kind to His devotee. When Krsna became Vamana, You became His fame, which is chanted by the devotees.
Verse text
harir yada bhargava-rupa-dhrk puman
dhara kutharasya tada tvam eva hi
sri-krsnacandro raghu-vamca-candrama
yada tada tvam janakasya nandini
Synonyms
harih
—
Krsna
;
yada
—
when
;
bhargava-rupa-dhrk
—
the form of Paracurama
;
puman
—
man
;
dhara
—
the sharpness
;
kutharasya
—
of His ax
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
sri-krsnacandrah
—
Sri Krsna
;
raghu-vamca-candrama
—
the moon of the
Translation
Raghu dynasty; yada - when; tada - then; tvam - You; janakasya - of Janaka; nandini - the daughter.
When Krsna became Paracurama You became the sharpness of His ax. When Krsna became Rama, the moon of the Raghavas, You became Sita, the daughter of King Janaka.
Verse text
sri-cargga-dhanva muni-badarayano
vedanta-krt tvam kila veda-laksana
sagkarsano madhava eva vrsnisu
tvam revati brahma-bhava samasthita
Synonyms
sri-cargga-dhanva
—
holding the cargga bow
;
muni-badarayanah
—
Vyasa
;
vedanta-krt
—
the author of Vedanta
;
tvam
—
You
;
kila
—
indeed
;
veda-laksana
—
the explanations of the Vedas
;
sagkarsanah
—
Sagkarsana
;
madhava
—
Krsna
;
eva
—
indeed
;
vrsnisu
—
among the Vrsnis
;
tvam
—
You
;
revati
—
Revati
;
brahma-bhava
—
Brahma-bhava
;
samasthita
—
situated.
Translation
When Krsna, who holds the Sargga bow, becomes the sage Vyasa and writes the Vedanta-sutra, You become His commentary on the Vedas. When Krsna becomes Balarama among the Vrsnis, You become Brahma-bhava Revati.
Verse text
buddho yada kaunapa-moha-karako
buddhis tada tvam jana-moha-karini
kalki yada dharma-patir bhavisyati
haris tada tvam sukrtir bhavisyati
Synonyms
buddhah
—
Buddha
;
yada
—
when
;
kaunapa-moha-karakah
—
bewildering the atheists
;
buddhih
—
intelligence
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
jana-moha-karini
—
bwildering the people
;
kalki
—
Kalki
;
yada
—
when
;
dharma-patih
—
the master of religion
;
bhavisyati
—
will be
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
sukrtih
—
piety
;
bhavisyati
—
will be.
Translation
When Krsna becomes Buddha and bewilders the atheists, You will become the intelligence by which He bewilders them. When Krsna becomes Kalki, the master of religion, You will become His pious deeds.
Verse text
sri-krsnacandro 'sti hi candra-mandale
radhe sada candra-mukhiti candrika
sri-krsna-suryo divi surya-mandale
surya-prabha tvam paridhi-pratisthita
Synonyms
sri-krsnacandrah
—
Sri Krsna
;
asti
—
is
;
hi
—
indeed
;
candra-mandale
—
in the circle of the moon
;
radhe
—
O Radha
;
sada
—
always
;
candra-mukhi
—
moon-faced
;
iti
—
thus
;
candrika
—
moonlight
;
sri-krsna-suryah
—
the sun of Krsna
;
divi
—
in the sky
;
surya-mandale
—
in the circle of the sun
;
surya-prabha
—
the sunlight
;
tvam
—
You
;
paridhi-pratisthita
—
the effulgence.
Translation
O moon-faced Radha, Sri Krsna is a moon, and You are His moonlight eternally. Sri Krsna is a sun, and You are His sunlight eternally.
Verse text
indrah sadaste kila yadavendras
tatraiva radhe tu caci cacicvari
hiranya-reta hi harih parecvaro
hetih sada tvam hi hiranmayi para
Synonyms
indrah
—
Indra
;
sada
—
always
;
aste
—
is
;
kila
—
indeed
;
yadavendrah
—
the king of the Yadavas
;
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
radhe
—
O Radha
;
tu
—
indeed
;
caci
—
Saci
;
cacicvari
—
saintly queen
;
hiranya-reta
—
fire
;
hi
—
indeed
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
parecvarah
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
hetih
—
light
;
sada
—
always
;
tvam
—
You
;
hi
—
indeed
;
hiranmayi
—
golden
;
para
—
transcendental.
Translation
Krsna, the king of the Yadavas, is Indra, and You are His saintly queen Saci eternally. Krsna is a fire, and You are eternally His splendid light.
Verse text
sri-raja-rajo hi virajate harir
virajase tvam tu nidhau nidhicvari
ksirabdhi-rupi tu haris tvam eva hi
taraggita-ksauma-sita taraggini
Synonyms
sri-raja-rajah
—
the king pf kings
;
hi
—
indeed
;
virajate
—
shines
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
virajase
—
You shine
;
tvam
—
You
;
tu
—
indeed
;
nidhau
—
in the treasury
;
nidhicvari
—
the queen of Kuvera
;
ksirabdhi-rupi
—
the form of themilk ocean
;
tu
—
indeed
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
taraggini
—
filled with waves.
Translation
Krsna is Kuvera, and You are the queen of His treasury. Krsna is the ocean of milk, and You are the silk-white waves on the ocean of milk.
Verse text
bibhrad vapuh sarva-patir yada yada
tada tada tvam viditanurupini
jagan-mayo brahma-mayo harih svayam
jagan-mayi brahma-mayi tvam eva hi
Synonyms
bibhrat
—
manifesting
;
vapuh
—
a form
;
sarva-patih
—
the master of all
;
yada
—
when
;
yada
—
when
;
tada
—
then
;
tada
—
then
;
tvam
—
You
;
viditanurupini
—
a corresponding form
;
jagan-mayah
—
who is the universe
;
brahma-mayah
—
who is Brahman
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
svayam
—
personally
;
jagan-mayi
—
become the universe
;
brahma-mayi
—
becomes Brahman
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
Whenever Lord Krsna, the master of all, assumes another form, You follow Him and assume the form of His companion. When He is the universal form or the impersonal Brahman, You also become the universal form or the impersonal Brahman.
Verse text
athaiva so 'yam vraja-raja-nandano
jatasi radhe vrsabhanu-nandini
yabhyam krta sattva-mayi pracantaye
lila-caritrair lalitadi-lilaya
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
sah ayam
—
He
;
vraja-raja-nandanah
—
the prince of Vraja
;
jata
—
born
;
asi
—
You are
;
radhe
—
O Radha
;
vrsabhanu-nandini
—
the dauighter of King Vrsabhanu
;
yabhyam
—
by both
;
krta
—
done
;
sattva-mayi
—
transcendental goodness
;
pracantaye
—
to pacify
;
lila-caritraih
—
with transcendental pastimes
;
lalitadi-lilaya
—
with playful and charming pastimes.
Translation
Now He is the son of Vraja's king, so now You are born as Vrsabhanu's daughter. With Your charming pastimes You bring peace and happiness to Your devotees.
Verse text
krsnah svayam brahma param purano
lila tad-iccha-prakrtis tvam eva
parasparam sandhita-vigrahabhyam
namo yuvabhyam hari-radhikabhyam
Synonyms
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
svayam
—
personally
;
brahma
—
Brahman
;
param
—
Supreme
;
puranah
—
ancient
;
lila
—
pastimes
;
tad-iccha-prakrtih
—
the potency that fulfills His desires
;
tvam
—
You
;
eva
—
indeed
;
parasparam
—
together
;
sandhita-vigrahabhyam
—
wioth forms
;
namah
—
obeisances
;
yuvabhyam
—
to You
;
hari-radhikabhyam
—
Radha and Krsna.
Translation
Krsna is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, and You are His pastimes and the potency that fulfills His desires. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, Sri Sri Radha and Krsna, the Supreme, whose forms are eternal.
Verse text
grhana patram nija-natha-dattam
cokam param ma kuru radhike tvam
hrasvena kalena vidhaya karyam
tatragamisyami tad-ukta-vakyam
Synonyms
grhana
—
please take
;
patram
—
letter
;
nija-natha-dattam
—
given by Your Lord
;
cokam
—
lament
;
param
—
great
;
ma
—
don't
;
kuru
—
do
;
radhike
—
O Radha
;
tvam
—
You
;
hrasvena
—
soon
;
kalena
—
time
;
vidhaya
—
placing
;
karyam
—
duty
;
tatra
—
there
;
agamisyami
—
I will return
;
tad-ukta-vakyam
—
His words.
Translation
O Radha, please take this letter. Don't lament. Krsna said, "Soon I will finish My duties here. Then I will return."
Verse text
grhnidhvam adyaiva catani krsna-
dattani patrani su-maggalani
praty-arpitam yutha-catam ca gopyah
krsna-priyanam vraja-sundarinam
Synonyms
grhnidhvam
—
please take
;
adya
—
today
;
eva
—
indeed
;
catani
—
hundreds
;
krsna
—
by Krsna
;
dattani
—
given
;
patrani
—
letters
;
su-maggalani
—
very auspoicious
;
praty-arpitam
—
given to each
;
yutha-catam
—
hundred groups
;
ca
—
and
;
gopyah
—
gs
;
krsna-priyanam
—
dear to Krsna
;
vraja-sundarinam
—
of the beautiful girls of Vraja.
Translation
Please also take these hundred very auspicious letters, one for each of the hundred groups of beautiful girls in Vraja.
.pa
Chapter Sixteen Sri Radha-gopy-acvasana Comforting Sri Radha and the Gopis
Verse text
radha patram saggrhitva
ciro netre tatha ca hrt
nidhaya vacayitva tat
smrtva tat-pada-pagkajam
Synonyms
patram
—
the letter
;
saggrhitva
—
taking
;
cirah
—
head
;
netre
—
eyes
;
tatha
—
so
;
ca
—
and
;
hrt
—
heart
;
nidhaya
—
placing
;
vacayitva
—
reading
;
tat
—
taht
;
smrtva
—
remembering
;
tat-pada-pagkajam
—
His lotus feet.
Translation
Taking the letter, placing it over Her head, eyes, and heart, and remembering Krsna's lotus feet, Radha read the letter aloud.
Verse text
ati-prematura rajan
murcham apa param radha
yadavasya prapacyatah
Synonyms
ati-prematura
—
overcome with love
;
rajan
—
O king
;
mocayitva
—
shedding
;
acru-santatim
—
many tears
;
murcham
—
faintying
;
apa
—
attained
;
param
—
great
;
radha
—
Radha
;
yadavasya
—
as Uddhava
;
prapacyatah
—
watched.
Translation
mocayitvacru-santatim
O king, as Uddhava watched, Radha, overcome with love, shed many tears, and then fainted unconscious.
Verse text
dvaraih puspa-rasaic ca sa
arcita camarandolaih
punac caitanyatam gatah
Synonyms
kugkumaguru-patira-dvaraih
—
with kunkuma, aguru, and sandal
;
puspa-rasaih
—
with the nectar of flowers
;
ca
—
and
;
sa
—
She
;
arcita
—
worshiped
;
camara
—
camaras
;
andolaih
—
swinging
;
punah
—
again
;
caitanyatam
—
consciousness
;
gatah
—
attained.
Translation
kugkumaguru-patira-
Anointed with kugkuma, aguru, sandal, and flower-nectar, and fanned with camaras, Radha regained consciousness.
Verse text
radham kamala-locanam
viksyoddhavas tatah gopyo
mumucuc cacru-santatim
Synonyms
viyoga
—
of separataion
;
sindhu
—
into an ocean
;
sammagnam
—
plunged
;
radham
—
Radha
;
kamala-locanam
—
lotus-eyed
;
viksya
—
seeing
;
uddhavah
—
Uddhava
;
tatah
—
then
;
gopyah
—
the gopis
;
mumucuh
—
shed
;
ca
—
and
;
acru-santatim
—
many tears.
Translation
viyoga-sindhu-sammagnam
Seeing lotus-eyed Radha drowning in an ocean of despair by Lord Krsna's absence, Uddhava and the gopis shed many tears.
Verse text
tasam acru-pravahena
rajan vrndavane vane
sadyah kahlara-samyukto
jato lila-sarovarah
Synonyms
tasam
—
of them
;
acru-pravahena
—
by the stream of tears
;
rajan
—
O king
;
vrndavane
—
in Vrndavana
;
vane
—
forest
;
sadyah
—
at once
;
kahlara-samyuktah
—
with flowers
;
jatah
—
born
;
lila-sarovarah
—
Lila-sarovara.
Translation
O king, from the stream of their tears Lake Lila-sarovara, filled with many lotus flowers, was created at that moment.
Verse text
drstva pitva ca su-snatva
crutva cemam katham narah
sri-krsnam prapnuyan nrpa
Synonyms
drstva
—
seeing
;
pitva
—
drinking
;
ca
—
and
;
su-snatva
—
bathing
;
crutva
—
hearing
;
ca
—
and
;
imam
—
this
;
katham
—
narration
;
narah
—
a person
;
karma
—
of karma
;
bandha
—
from the bondage
;
vinirmuktah
—
freed
;
sri-krsnam
—
Sri Krsna
;
prapnuyat
—
attains
;
nrpa
—
O king.
Translation
karma-bandha-vinirmuktah
O king, a person who sees, drinks from, or bathes in that lake, or who listens to this story, becoms free from the bonds of karma and attains Lord Krsna.
Verse text
athoddhava-mukhac chrutva
sri-krsnagamanam punah
papracchuh kucalam sarvam
sri-krsnasya mahatmanah
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
uddhava
—
of Uddhava
;
mukhat
—
from the mouth
;
chrutva
—
jhearing
;
sri-krsna
—
of Lord Krsna
;
agamanam
—
of the return
;
punah
—
again
;
papracchuh
—
asked
;
kucalam
—
welfare
;
sarvam
—
all
;
sri-krsnasya
—
of Sri Krsna
;
mahatmanah
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
After hearing from Uddhava's mouth that Lord Krsna would return, the gopis asked about Lord Krsna's welfare.
Verse text
ananda-dam sri-vraja-raja-nandanam
draksyami kasmin samaye ghana-prabham
ghanam mayuriva samutsuka bhrcam
candram cakoriva tad-iksanotsuka
Synonyms
sri-radha uvaca
—
Sri Radha said
;
ananda-dam
—
giving bliss
;
sri-vraja-raja-nandanam
—
the prince of Vraja
;
draksyami
—
I will see
;
kasmin
—
at what
;
samaye
—
time
;
ghana-prabham
—
splendid as a monsoon cloud
;
ghanam
—
a cloud
;
mayuri
—
a peacock
;
iva
—
like
;
samutsuka
—
eager
;
bhrcam
—
greatly
;
candram
—
the moon
;
cakori
—
a cakori bird
;
iva
—
like
;
tad-iksanotsuka
—
eager to see.
Translation
sri-radhovaca
Sri Radha said: When will I see Vraja's delightful prince splendid as a monsoon cloud? I yearn to see Him as a peacock yearns to see a monsoon cloud or a cakori bird yearns to see the moon.
Verse text
kasmin ku-kale viraho babhuva me
yenaiva kau kalpa-samah ksanah ksanah
nicithiniyam dvi-parardha-helanam
karoti govinda-pada-dvayam vina
Synonyms
kasmin
—
at what?
;
ku-kale
—
wretched time
;
virahah
—
separation
;
babhuva
—
was
;
me
—
of Me
;
yena
—
by which
;
eva
—
indeed
;
kau
—
on the earth
;
kalpa-samah
—
like a kalpa
;
ksanah
—
moment
;
ksanah
—
moment
;
nicithini
—
night
;
iyam
—
the
;
dvi-parardha
—
Brahma's lifetime
;
helanam
—
mocking
;
karoti
—
does
;
govinda-pada-dvayam
—
Lord Krsna's feet
;
vina
—
without.
Translation
Since that painful time when I was separated from Him, every moment has become a kalpa. Without Krsna's feet, every night mocks the span of Brahma's life.
Verse text
kaccit kadacid vrajam agamisyati
karoti kim tatra harir vadacu me
adyaiva yatnena dhrtah kilasavah
prasahya niryanti mrsa-giraturah
Synonyms
kaccit
—
whether?
;
kadacit
—
sometime
;
vrajam
—
to Vraja
;
agamisyati
—
will return
;
karoti
—
does
;
kim
—
what?
;
tatra
—
there
;
harih
—
Krsna
;
vada
—
tell
;
acu
—
at once
;
me
—
to Me
;
adya
—
now
;
eva
—
indeed
;
yatnena
—
with care
;
dhrtah
—
held
;
kila
—
indeed
;
asavah
—
life-breath
;
prasahya
—
forcibly
;
niryanti
—
leaves
;
mrsa-gira
—
by lies
;
aturah
—
troubled.
Translation
Will Krsna return? What does He do there. Please tell Me. With a great struggle I have held onto My life-breath. If you torture it with many lies, it will quickly escape.
Verse text
drstva ksanam tvam mama hrc ca citalam
jatam prasannasmi samagate tvayi
yatha prasanna janakatmaja pura
lagka-puram vayu-sute samagate
Synonyms
drstva
—
seeing
;
ksanam
—
for a moment
;
tvam
—
you
;
mama
—
My
;
hrt
—
heart
;
ca
—
and
;
citalam
—
coolness
;
jatam
—
manifested
;
prasanna
—
satisfied
;
asmi
—
I am
;
samagate
—
attained
;
tvayi
—
you
;
yatha
—
as
;
prasanna
—
satisfied
;
janakatmaja
—
Sita-devi
;
pura
—
in ancient times
;
lagka-puram
—
to the city of Lanka
;
vayu-sute
—
when Hanuman
;
samagate
—
came.
Translation
When I first saw you My feverish heart became cool. Now that you have come, I am happy. I am happy as Sita was happy when Hanuman came to Lagka City.
Verse text
acam vidhaya nija-moha-dhanam visrjya
visrjya vakya-gaditam mathuram gato yah
tasyapi patra-likhitam hy amrtam na manye
tam canayasva kila mantra-vidam varistha
Synonyms
acam
—
hope
;
vidhaya
—
placing
;
nija-moha-dhanam
—
a wealth of illusions
;
visrjya
—
abanonding
;
visrjya
—
abandoning
;
vakya-gaditam
—
words
;
mathuram
—
to Mathura
;
gatah
—
went
;
yah
—
who
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
api
—
also
;
patra-likhitam
—
letter
;
hi
—
indeed
;
amrtam
—
nectar
;
na
—
not
;
manye
—
think
;
tam
—
Him
;
ca
—
and
;
anayasva
—
bring
;
kila
—
indeed
;
mantra-vidam
—
of couselors
;
varistha
—
O best.
Translation
I have given up all hope. I have thrown away a host of illusions. Now that He has gone to Mathura, I do not believe His words. I do not think His letter has words of nectar. O Uddhava, O best of counselors, please bring Him here.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
gatva purim tava param viraham nivedya-
thargham vidhaya nija-netra-jalena radhe
nitva harim tava purah punar agato 'smi
ma cokam adya kuru me capathas tvad-agghreh
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
gatva
—
having gone
;
purim
—
to the city
;
tava
—
of You
;
param
—
then
;
viraham
—
separation
;
nivedya
—
appealing
;
atha
—
then
;
argham
—
argha
;
vidhaya
—
offering
;
nija-netra-jalena
—
with tears from the eyes
;
radhe
—
O Radha
;
nitva
—
bringing
;
harim
—
Krsna
;
tava
—
of You
;
purah
—
in the presence
;
punah
—
again
;
agatah
—
come
;
asmi
—
I am
;
ma
—
don't
;
cokam
—
lament
;
adya
—
now
;
kuru
—
do
;
me
—
of me
;
capathah
—
the promise
;
tvad-agghreh
—
of Your feet.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: I will go to Mathura City, describe to Him how You feel in His absence, offer Him arghya with the tears from my eyes, and then, O Radha, I will bring Krsna to You. Please don't lament. I place this promise at Your feet.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
atha prasanna sri-radha
candrakantau mani cubhau
rasa-ragge candra-dattau
uddhavaya dadau nrpa
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
atha
—
then
;
prasanna
—
satisfied
;
sri-radha
—
Sri Radha
;
candrakantau
—
a candrakanti jewel
;
mani
—
jewel
;
cubhau
—
splendid
;
rasa-ragge
—
in the rasa-dance circle
;
candra-dattau
—
placed by the moon
;
uddhavaya
—
to Uddhava
;
dadau
—
gave
;
nrpa
—
O king.
Translation
Sri Narada said: O king, happy to hear this, Sri Radha gave to Uddhava two candrakanta jewels that moonlight had placed in the rasa-dance arena.
Verse text
sahasra-dala-padme dve
datte candramasa pura
uddhavaya dadau radha
prasanna bhakta-vatsala
Synonyms
sahasra-dala-padme
—
thousand petal lotuses
;
dve
—
two
;
datte
—
placed
;
candramasa
—
by moonlight
;
pura
—
before
;
uddhavaya
—
to uddhava
;
dadau
—
gave
;
radha
—
Radha
;
prasanna
—
satisfied
;
bhakta-vatsala
—
affectionate to the devotees.
Translation
Then Radha, who is kind to the devotees, happily gave Uddhava two thousand-petal lotuses that had also been created by moonlight.
Verse text
chatram simhasanam divyam
camare dve manohare
dadau tasmai hari-priya
Synonyms
chatram
—
parasol
;
simhasanam
—
throne
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
camare
—
camara
;
dve
—
two
;
manohare
—
beautiful
;
sri-krsna
—
of Sri Krsna
;
manasa
—
from the mind
;
udbhute
—
born
;
dadau
—
gave
;
tasmai
—
to him
;
hari-priya
—
Lord Krsna's beloved.
Translation
sri-krsna-manasodbhute
Then Krsna's beloved Radha gave to Uddhava a parasol, a a splendid throne, and two beautiful camaras that had been created by Lord Krsna's thoughts.
Verse text
aicvaryam jnana-sampannam
sada tava bhavisyati
Synonyms
aicvaryam
—
opulence
;
jnana-sampannam
—
with knowledge
;
sarva-decika-decikam
—
showing all places
;
krsna-samyoga-kartrtvam
—
bringing the company of Lord Krsna
;
sada
—
always
;
tava
—
of you
;
bhavisyati
—
will be.
Translation
sarva-decika-decikam
krsna-samyoga-kartrtvam
Then She said to Uddhava, "You will always have a great wealth of transcendental knowledge, knowledge that enables you to meet Lord Krsna."
Verse text
bhaktim nirguna-bhavadhyam
jnanam vijnana-sahitam
vairagyam sa dadau punah
Synonyms
bhaktim
—
devotion
;
nirguna-bhavadhyam
—
opulent with love that is beyond the modes of material nature
;
prema-laksana-samyutam
—
wityh love
;
jnanam
—
knowledge
;
vijnana-sahitam
—
with wisdom
;
vairagyam
—
renunciation
;
sa
—
She
;
dadau
—
gave
;
punah
—
again.
Translation
prema-laksana-samyutam
The She gave him devotion beyond the modes of nature, pure love for Krsna, knowledge, wisdom, and renunciation.
Verse text
cagkhacuda ca harina-
nitam cuda-manim cubham
candranana dadau tasmai
uddhavaya videha-rat
Synonyms
cagkhacuda
—
the crest-jewel
;
ca
—
and
;
harina
—
by Krsna
;
anitam
—
brought
;
cuda-manim
—
the crest jewel
;
cubham
—
beautiful
;
candranana
—
moon-faced
;
dadau
—
gave
;
tasmai
—
to him
;
uddhavaya
—
Uddhava
;
videha-rat
—
O king of Videha.
Translation
O king of Videha, then moon-faced Radha gave to Uddhava the beautiful crest-jewel Lord Krsna took from Sagkhacuda.
Verse text
tatha gopi-ganah sarve
bhusananam cayam cubham
daduh prasanna he rajann
uddhavaya mahatmane
Synonyms
tatha
—
then
;
gopi-ganah
—
the gopis
;
sarve
—
all
;
bhusananam
—
of ornaments
;
ca
—
and
;
ayam
—
this
;
cubham
—
beautiful
;
daduh
—
gave
;
prasanna
—
happy
;
he
—
O
;
rajann
—
king
;
uddhavaya
—
to Uddhava
;
mahatmane
—
noble-hearted.
Translation
Then all the gopis happily gave many ornaments to noble-hearted Uddhava.
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
crutva vacac copagaveh cubhartham
sukham gatayam kila radhikayam
ucus tam arad vraja-gopa-vadhvah
sadah-sthitam krsna-sakham prthak tah
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
crutva
—
hearing
;
vacah
—
words
;
ca
—
and
;
upagaveh
—
pf Uddhava
;
cubhartham
—
to make happy
;
sukham
—
happiness
;
gatayam
—
attained
;
kila
—
indeed
;
radhikayam
—
Radha
;
ucuh
—
said
;
tam
—
to him
;
arat
—
near
;
vraja-gopa-vadhvah
—
teh vraja-gopis
;
sadah
—
in the assembly
;
sthitam
—
situated
;
krsna-sakham
—
to Krsna's friend
;
prthak
—
specific
;
tah
—
they.
Translation
Sri Narada said: When She heard Uddhava's comforting words, Sri Radha became happy. Then the Vraja-gopis surrounded Krsna's friend Uddhava and spoke.
Verse text
sri-gopya ucuh
yac ca patra-likhitam vadacu nah
kintu tac ca harinoktam adbhutam
tvam paravara-vidam hareh sakha
mantra-vittama tadakrtir mahan
Synonyms
sri-gopya ucuh
—
the gopis said
;
yat
—
what
;
ca
—
and
;
patra-likhitam
—
letter
;
vada
—
please speak
;
acu
—
at once
;
nah
—
to us
;
kintu
—
however
;
tat
—
that
;
ca
—
and
;
harina
—
by Lord Krsna' uktam—said
;
adbhutam
—
wonderful
;
tvam
—
you
;
paravara-vidam
—
all-knowing
;
hareh
—
of Krsna
;
sakha
—
the friend
;
mantra-vittama
—
O best of counselors
;
tadakrtih
—
His form
;
mahan
—
exalted.
Translation
The gopis said: O best of counselors, You are a very important person. You know everything. Your form is like Krsna's and You are Krsna's personal friend. Please read Krsna's wonderful letter to us.
Verse text
sri-uddhava uvaca
yatha smaratha devecam
tatha yusman smaraty asau
anuvelam gopa-vadhvah
pacyato me na samcayah
Synonyms
sri-uddhava uvaca
—
Sri Uddhava said
;
yatha
—
as
;
smaratha
—
you remember
;
devecam
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
tatha
—
so
;
yusman
—
you
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
asau
—
He
;
anuvelam
—
always
;
gopa-vadhvah
—
the gopis
;
pacyatah
—
seeing
;
me
—
of me
;
na
—
not
;
samcayah
—
doubt.
Translation
Sri Uddhava said: As you remember Lord Krsna, so He always remembers you. O gopis, I have seen this myself. There is no doubt of this.
Verse text
ekada mam samahuya
smrtva yusman rahas-karah
kathayam asa sandecam
citta-stham nanda-nandanah
Synonyms
ekada
—
once
;
mam
—
me
;
samahuya
—
calling
;
smrtva
—
remembering
;
yusman
—
you
;
rahas-karah
—
in a private room
;
kathayam asa
—
told
;
sandecam
—
instruction
;
citta-stham
—
in His heart
;
nanda-nandanah
—
Krsna.
Translation
One day Lord Krsna called me to His private room and from His heart dicatated the following letter:.
Verse text
sri-bhagavan uvaca
ganesu saktam kila bandhanaya
raktam manah pumsi ca muktaye syat
mano dvayoh karanam ahur araj
jitvatha tat kau vicared asaggah
Synonyms
sri-bhagavan uvaca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
ganesu
—
for the groups
;
saktam
—
attachment
;
kila
—
indeed
;
bandhanaya
—
for bodange
;
raktam
—
affectionate
;
manah
—
the heart
;
pumsi
—
in a person
;
ca
—
and
;
muktaye
—
for liberation
;
syat
—
is
;
manah
—
the heart
;
dvayoh
—
of both
;
karanam
—
the cause
;
ahuh
—
said
;
arat
—
near
;
jitva
—
conquering
;
atha
—
then
;
tat
—
that
;
kau
—
on the earth
;
vicaret
—
considers
;
asaggah
—
without attachment.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Attraction to the modes of material nature lead to bondage, but attraction to the Supreme Personality of Godhead leads to liberation. Thus the mind may be the cause of bondage or the cause of liberation. The wise therefore control the mind and remain unattached to the world of matter.
Verse text
yada svayam brahma parat param mam
adhyatma-yogena vicaradena
janati sarvatra gatam viveki
Synonyms
yada
—
when
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
brahma
—
Brahman
;
parat
—
than the greatest
;
param
—
greater
;
mam
—
Me
;
adhyatma-yogena
—
by spiritual yoga
;
vicaradena
—
expert
;
janati
—
knows
;
sarvatra
—
everywhere
;
gatam
—
gone
;
viveki
—
wise
;
tada
—
then
;
vijahyan
—
should renounce
;
manasah
—
of the mind
;
kasayam
—
attachment to material things
;
yavat
—
as
;
ghanah
—
a cloud
;
madhya-gatah
—
in the middle
;
tad-utthitah
—
risen
;
sva-karma-rupam
—
the form of one's own karma
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
drk
—
seeing
;
prapacyati
—
sees.
Translation
tada vijahyan manasah kasayam yavad ghano madhya-gatas tad-utthitah sva-karma-rupam na hi drk prapacyati
By expertly practicing yoga, a wise person sees Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everywhere, and when he sees Me, his mind is no longer attracted to material things. As one cannot see clouds chased away by the rising sun, so he cannot see the results of his past fruitive acts.
Verse text
sthulac ca dure 'smi na tattvato 'gganas
tasmad dhi yogam kurutatra sadhanam
yat sagkhya-bhavaih kila gamyate padam
tad yoga-bhavair api gamyate svatah
Synonyms
sthulat
—
from the gross
;
ca
—
and
;
dure
—
far
;
asmi
—
I am
;
na
—
not
;
tattvatah
—
in truth
;
agganah
—
O gopis
;
tasmat
—
therefore
;
hi
—
indeed
;
yogam
—
yoga
;
kuruta
—
do
;
atra
—
here
;
sadhanam
—
method
;
yat
—
what
;
sagkhya-bhavaih
—
by sankhya-yoga
;
kila
—
indeed
;
gamyate
—
is attained
;
padam
—
state
;
tat
—
that
;
yoga-bhavaih
—
by yoga
;
api
—
also
;
gamyate
—
is attained
;
svatah
—
spontaneously.
Translation
O gopis, I am not far from this world. You should prasctice yoga. By following the paths of sagkhya or yoga, you will attain Me.
.pa
Chapter Seventeen
Sri Krsna-smarane gopi-vakya
The Gopis Describe Their Remembrance of Sri Krsna
Verse text
sri-narada uvaca
crutva sri-krsna-sandecam
prasanna gopa-vallabhah
acru-mukhyo baspa-kanthyam
ucur aupagavim nrpa
Synonyms
sri-narada uvaca
—
Sri Narada said
;
crutva
—
hearing
;
sri-krsna-sandecam
—
Sri Krsna's lketter
;
prasanna
—
happy
;
gopa-vallabhah
—
the gopis
;
acru-mukhyah
—
tears in their faces
;
baspa-kanthyam
—
tears on their necks
;
ucuh
—
said
;
aupagavim
—
to Uddhava
;
nrpa
—
O king.
Translation
Sri Narada said: O king, happy to hear Sri Krsna's letter, and tears streaming down their faces and necks, the gopis spoke.
Verse text
sri-goloka-vasinya ucuh
videcam gatavan krsnas
tykatva purva-priyan janan
tad upary alikhad yogam
aho nirmohata-balam
Synonyms
sri-goloka-vasinya ucuh
—
the residents of Sri Goloka said
;
videcam
—
to a foreign land
;
gatavan
—
gone
;
krsnah
—
Krsna
;
tykatva
—
abandoning
;
purva-priyan
—
those who were formerly dear ot Him
;
janan
—
people
;
tat
—
that
;
upari
—
above
;
alikhat
—
wrote
;
yogam
—
yoga
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
nirmohata-balam
—
the power of freedom from illusion.
Translation
The gopis from Sri Goloka said: Krsna left the people He used to love and went far away. Now He writes us a letter saying yoga makes one free from illusions.
Verse text
sri-dvara-palika ucuh
cakore glauh pagkaje 'rko
bhramare pagkajam yatha
catake ca ghanah pritim
na karoti kadacana
Synonyms
sri-dvara-palika ucuh
—
the doorkeepers said
;
cakore
—
a cakor bird
;
glauh
—
the moon
;
pagkaje
—
a lotus
;
arkah
—
the sun
;
bhramare
—
a bee
;
pagkajam
—
a lotus
;
yatha
—
as
;
catake
—
a cataka bird
;
ca
—
and
;
ghanah
—
a cloud
;
pritim
—
love
;
na
—
not
;
karoti
—
does
;
kadacana
—
ever.
Translation
The gopi doorkeepers said: As the moon never loves the cakora birds, as the sun never loves the lotuses, as the lotus never loves the bumblebees, and as the cloud never loves the cataka birds, so Lord Krsna never loved us.
Verse text
sri-crggara-prakara ucuh
candra-mitram cakoro 'sti
sakhyo vahni-kanah sada
vidhatra yad vilikhitam
tan nyunam na bhaved iha
Synonyms
sri-crggara-prakara ucuh
—
the gopi decorators said
;
candra-mitram
—
the friend of the moon
;
cakorah
—
a cakora bird
;
asti
—
is
;
sakhyah
—
friends
;
vahni-kanah
—
sparks
;
sada
—
always
;
vidhatra
—
by the creator
;
yat
—
what
;
vilikhitam
—
scratched
;
tan
—
that
;
nyunam
—
insignificant
;
na
—
not
;
bhavet
—
is
;
iha
—
here.
Translation
The gopi decorators said: O friends, cakora birds and sparks are always friendly to the moon. That is their destiny, written by fate, and it cannot be cast away.
Verse text
sri-cayyopakarika ucuh
vyadho 'pi hatva hi mrgan
smarati tvaram aturah
kataksaih sva-priyan hatva
nirmohi na smared aho
Synonyms
sri-cayyopakarika ucuh
—
the decorators of the couch said
;
vyadhah
—
a hunter
;
api
—
also
;
hatva
—
having killed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
mrgan
—
deer
;
smarati
—
remembers
;
tvaram
—
quickly
;
aturah
—
agitated
;
kataksaih
—
with sidelong glances
;
sva-priyan
—
dear to him
;
hatva
—
having killed
;
nirmohi
—
unagitated
;
na
—
not
;
smaret
—
remembers
;
ahah
—
Oh.
Translation
The gopi couch-decorators said: Killing a deer, a hunter is excited and remembers his prey. Krsna is different. He killed us with sidelong glances, but now He is peaceful and does not remember us at all.
Verse text
sri-parsadakhya ucuh
jatam viraha-jam duhkham
nanyo vetti kadacana
yatha kantaka-viddhaggo
vidvan va viddha-kantakah
Synonyms
sri-parsadakhya ucuh
—
the g associates said
;
jatam
—
manifested
;
viraha-jam
—
born from separation
;
duhkham
—
suffering
;
na
—
not
;
anyah
—
another
;
vetti
—
knows
;
kadacana
—
ever
;
yatha
—
as
;
kantaka-viddhaggah
—
limbs wounded by throns
;
vidvan
—
a wise man
;
va
—
or
;
viddha-kantakah
—
wounded by thorns.
Translation
The gopi associates said: No one else can understand how we suffer in Krsna's absence. Only a person who has been pricked by thorns can understand the pain of being pricked.
Verse text
sri-vrndavana-palika ucuh
animittam prema-saukhyam
animitto hi vetti tat
sa-nimitto na janati
rasam karmendriyam yatha
Synonyms
sri-vrndavana-palika ucuh
—
the protectors of Sri Vrndavana said
;
animittam
—
causeless
;
prema-saukhyam
—
the happiness of love
;
animittah
—
causeless
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vetti
—
knows
;
tat
—
that
;
sa-nimittah
—
with a cause
;
na
—
not
;
janati
—
knows
;
rasam
—
the taste
;
karmendriyam
—
the working senses
;
yatha
—
as.
Translation
The gopi protectors of Sri Vrndavana said: One who loves selflessly can understand selfless love. A selfish person cannot understand it, as arms and legs cannot understand the sweetness of nectar.
Verse text
sri-govardhana-vasinya ucuh
purandhri-prema-krd yo vai
sairandhri-nayako 'bhavat
cailaukobhis tu kim tasya
bahuna kathitena kim
Synonyms
sri-govardhana-vasinya ucuh
—
- the residents of Sri Govardhana said
;
purandhri
—
for the city girls
;
prema
—
love
;
krt
—
doing
;
yah
—
who
;
vai
—
indeed
;
sairandhri-nayakah
—
the lover of the maidservant
;
abhavat
—
became
;
cailaukobhih
—
by they who live on the hill
;
tu
—
indeed
;
kim
—
what?
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
bahuna
—
more
;
kathitena
—
said
;
kim
—
what?
Translation
The gopis of Govardhana Hill said: Now He loves the girls in Mathura City. Now He loves the maidservant Kubja. Why should He love the girls of Govardhana Hill? What more need we say?
Verse text
sri-kunja-vidhayika ucuh
ha madhavi-kunja-punje
sva-drg-laksmi-krto yo vai
tasyeyam cruyate katha
Synonyms
sri-kunja-vidhayika ucuh
—
the gopis that decorated the forest groves
;
ha
—
O
;
madhavi-kunja-pu 24je
—
in the groves of madhavi vines
;
gu 24jat
—
buzzing
;
matta
—
maddened
;
madhuvrate
—
bees
;
sva-drk
—
own eyes
;
laksmi
—
by the marks
;
krtah
—
done
;
yah
—
who
;
vai
—
indeed
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
iyam
—
thus
;
cruyate
—
is heard
;
katha
—
the topics.
Translation
gunjan-matta-madhuvrate
The gopis that decorate the forest groves said: We still see the marks Krsna left in the forest groves of madhavi vines and maddened buzzing bees. We still hear the stories of His pastimes.
Verse text
sri-nikunja-vasinya ucuh
vrndavane matta-milinda-punje
canaic calantam sa-balam sa-gopam
sa-godhanam nanda-sutam bhajamah
Synonyms
sri-nikunja-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis living in the forest said
;
vrndavane
—
in Vrndavana
;
matta-milinda-punje
—
filled with maddened bees
;
kalindaja-tira
—
on the Yamuna's shore
;
kadamba-kunje
—
in the kadamba forewst
;
canaih
—
slowly
;
calantam
—
walking
;
sa-balam
—
with Balarama
;
sa-gopam
—
with the gopas
;
sa-godhanam
—
with the cows
;
nanda-sutam
—
Krsna
;
bhajamah
—
we worship.
Translation
kalindaja-tira-kadamba-kunje
The gopis that stayed in the forest said: We worship Krsna who, accompanied by Balarama, the gopas, and the cows, slowly walked by the Yamuna's shore in Vrndavana's kadamba forest filled with intoxicated bees.
Verse text
sri-jahnavi-yutha uvaca
kada tathasmat-samayo bhavisyati
yatha purandhri-samayah pradrcyate
cokam param ma kuruta vrajagganah
sada na kasyapi jayah parajayah
Synonyms
sri-jahnavi-yutha uvaca
—
the group,of gopis headed by Jahnavi said
;
kada
—
when?
;
tatha
—
then
;
asmat
—
of us
;
samayah
—
the time
;
bhavisyati
—
will be
;
yatha
—
as
;
purandhri-samayah
—
the time of the city girls
;
pradrcyate
—
is seen
;
cokam
—
lament
;
param
—
great
;
ma
—
don't
;
kuruta
—
do
;
vrajagganah
—
O girls of Vraja
;
sada
—
always
;
na
—
not
;
kasyapi
—
of someone
;
jayah
—
the victor
;
parajayah
—
the defeated.
Translation
The group of gopis headed by Sri Jahnavi said: O girls of Vraja, don't lament, saying, "Now is the time for the girls of Mathura City. When will our time come?" The winner and the loser there will always be.
Verse text
sri-yamuna-yutha uvaca
vidhatur na daya kincid
yunakti viyunakti yah
bhutani sakalany eva
kridanani yatharbhakah
Synonyms
sri-yamuna-yutha uvaca
—
the group,of gopis headed by Sri Yamuna said
;
vidhatuh
—
of the creator
;
na
—
not
;
daya
—
mercy
;
kincit
—
at all
;
yunakti
—
brings together
;
viyunakti
—
separates
;
yah
—
who
;
bhutani
—
living entities
;
sakalani
—
all
;
eva
—
indeed
;
kridanani
—
toys
;
yatha
—
as
;
arbhakah
—
a child.
Translation
The group of gopis headed by Sri Yamuna said: The creator Brahma is not kind. He joins and separates the living entities like a child playing with toys.
Verse text
sri-rama-yutha uvaca
dasi tv idanim tu kulinatam gata
ku-rupini rupavati babhav aho
catur-dinair dundubhi-nada-karini
Synonyms
sri-rama-yutha uvaca
—
te group of gopis headed by Sri Rama said
;
kubja-pura
—
crooked before
;
adya
—
now
;
rju-samana-vigraha
—
straight
;
dasi
—
maidservant
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idanim
—
now
;
tu
—
indeed
;
gata
—
attained
;
ku-rupini
—
ugly
;
rupavati
—
beautiful
;
babhau
—
manifested
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
catur-dinaih
—
with four days
;
dundubhi-nada-karini
—
sounding dundubhi drums.
Translation
kubja-puradyarju-samana-vigraha
The group of gopis headed by Sri Rama said: The girl Kubja was crooked and now she is straight. She was a lowly maidservant and now she is exalted and worthy of honor. She was ugly and now she is beautiful. For her the victory drums sounded for four days.
Verse text
sri-vijaya-yutha ucuh
sada na kasyapi bhuja priyamse
sada vasanto na sada yuva syat
indro na rajyam kurute sadayam
catur-dinair manam alagkarotu
Synonyms
sri-vijaya-yutha ucuh
—
the groups headed by Vijaya said
;
sada
—
always
;
na
—
not
;
kasyapi
—
of someone
;
bhuja
—
the arms
;
priyamse
—
on the beloved's shoulder
;
sada
—
always
;
vasantah
—
springtime
;
na
—
not
;
sada
—
always
;
yuva
—
youth
;
syat
—
is
;
indrah
—
Indra
;
na
—
not
;
rajyam
—
kingdom
;
kurute
—
does
;
sada
—
always
;
ayam
—
He
;
catur-dinaih
—
with four days
;
manam
—
honor
;
alagkarotu
—
may decorate.
Translation
The groups of gopis headed by Sri Vijaya said: The arm is not on the beloved's shoulder eternally. Springtime is not eternal. Youth is not eternal. Indra does not rule his kingdom eternally. For four days Kubja was glorified.
Verse text
sri-lalita-yutha uvaca
rasabhisekam vinivarya manthara
cakara vighnam kila kosale pure
kubjaiva seyam mathura-pure gata
kubjaiva kim kim na karoti gopikah
Synonyms
sri-lalita-yutha uvaca
—
the groups of gopis headed by Sri Lalita said
;
rama
—
of Rama
;
abhisekam
—
the coronation-bathing
;
vinivarya
—
stopping
;
manthara
—
Manthara
;
cakara
—
did
;
vighnam
—
obstacle
;
kila
—
indeed
;
kosale pure
—
in Ayodhya
;
kubja
—
Kubja
;
eva
—
indeed
;
sa iyam
—
she
;
mathura-pure
—
in Mathura City
;
gata
—
gone
;
kubja
—
Kubja
;
eva
—
indeed
;
kim
—
what?
;
kim
—
what?
;
na
—
not
;
karoti
—
does
;
gopikah
—
the gopis.
Translation
The groups of gopis headed by Sri Lalita said: The girl Kubja in Mathura City had been Manthara in Ayodhya, where she stopped the coronation of Lord Ramacandra. O gopis, what offense had Kubja not committed?
Verse text
sri-vicakha-yutha uvaca
go-caranayanucarair vrajantam
prabodhayantam sva-puram viravaih
mattebha-yanam hi vidambayantam
sri-nanda-sunum na hi vismaramah
Synonyms
sri-vicakha-yutha uvaca
—
the groups of gopis headed by Sri Vicakha said
;
go-caranaya
—
for herding the cows
;
anucaraih
—
- with associates
;
vrajantam
—
walking
;
prabodhayantam
—
waking
;
sva-puram
—
His town
;
viravaih
—
with sounds
;
mattebha-yanam
—
the walking of an intocxicated elephant
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vidambayantam
—
mocking
;
sri-nanda-sunum
—
Sri Krsna
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vismaramah
—
we forget.
Translation
The groups of gopis headed by Sri Vicakha said: We have not forgotten Nanda's son, Krsna, who wakened the entire village with the great clamor He made as He went with His friends to herd the cows, His walking mocking the graceful steps of intoxicated elephants.
Verse text
sri-maya-yutha uvaca
sagkoca-vithisu pate pragrhya
prasahya dorbhyam hrdaye nidhaya
anyonyam akarsana-harsa-bhitir
grhan harim tam hi kada nayamah
Synonyms
sri-maya-yutha uvaca
—
the groups of gopis headed by Sri Maya said
;
sagkoca-vithisu
—
on the narrow path
;
pate
—
gone
;
pragrhya
—
taking
;
prasahya
—
forcibly
;
dorbhyam
—
with both arms
;
hrdaye
—
on the heart
;
nidhaya
—
placing
;
anyonyam
—
together
;
akarsana
—
pulling
;
bhitih
—
fear
;
grhan
—
to the homes
;
harim
—
Krsna
;
tam
—
Him
;
hi
—
indeed
;
kada
—
when?
;
nayamah
—
we lead.
Translation
The groups of gopis headed by Sri Maya said: When will we ambush Krsna on the narrow path and with both arms forcibly hold Him to our hearts? When, happy and frightened, will we take Him to our homes?
Verse text
sri-asta-sakhya ucuh
viksya nanda-sutam agga sundaram
netram adya na jagad vipacyati
nanda-raja-tanaye purim sthite
kim bhavisyati vadacu nas tvaram
Synonyms
sri-asta-sakhyah ucuh
—
the eight gopi friends said
;
viksya
—
seeing
;
nanda-sutam
—
Krsna
;
agga
—
O noble one
;
sundaram
—
handsome
;
netram
—
the eye
;
adya
—
now
;
na
—
not
;
jagat
—
the universe
;
vipacyati
—
sees
;
nanda-raja-tanaye
—
on Krsna
;
purim
—
the city
;
sthite
—
situated
;
kim
—
what?
;
bhavisyati
—
will be
;
vada
—
please tell
;
acu
—
at once
;
nah
—
to us
;
tvaram
—
quickly.
Translation
The eight gopi friends said: Today our eyes see only the handsome son of King Nanda and they cannot see anything of the material world. Now that Krsna is in Mathura City, what will happen next? O gentle Uddhava, please tell us at once.
Verse text
sri-sodaca-sakhya ucuh
venu-nada-madhura-dhvanim vane
sannicamya kusumesu-vardhanam
crotra-yugmam iha nah crnoti no
vicva-gitam uta va yacah param
Synonyms
sri-sodaca-sakhya ucuh
—
the sixteen gopi friends said
;
venu-nada-madhura-dhvanim
—
the sweet sound of the flute
;
vane
—
in the forest
;
sannicamya
—
hearing
;
kusumesu-vardhanam
—
increasing amorous desires
;
crotra-yugmam
—
ears
;
iha
—
here
;
nah
—
of us
;
crnoti
—
hear
;
nah
—
not
;
vicva-gitam
—
the son of the world
;
uta
—
indeed
;
va
—
or
;
yacah
—
fame
;
param
—
great.
Translation
The sixteen gopi friends said: When they hear the sweet musaic of Krsna's flute in the forest, our ears cannot hear any other music in the entire world. Our ears do not think any other music is sweet and glorious.
Verse text
sri-dvatrimcat-sakhya ucuh
pritya sva-mitram hi ripum nayena
lubdham dhanaic ca dvijam adarena
gurum pranamai rasikam rasena
nirmohinam kena vaci-karoti
Synonyms
sri-dvatrimcat-sakhya ucuh
—
the thirty-two gopi freinds said
;
pritya
—
- with love
;
sva-mitram
—
own friend
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ripum
—
enemy
;
nayena
—
by leading
;
lubdham
—
greedy
;
dhanaih
—
with wealth
;
ca
—
also
;
dvijam
—
a brahmana
;
adarena
—
with respect
;
gurum
—
a guru
;
pranamai
—
bow
;
rasikam
—
nectarean
;
rasena
—
with nectar
;
nirmohinam
—
not bewildered
;
kena
—
by what?
;
vaci-karoti
—
bring under control.
Translation
The thirty-two gopi friends said: With love one makes a friend into a submissive servant. With superior logic one makes a friend into a submissive servant. With money one makes a greedy miser into a submissive servant. With worship and honor one makes a brahmana into a submissive servant. With bowing down again and again one makes a guru into a submissive servant. With beautiful things sweet as nectar one makes a person searching after nectar into a submissive servant. With what does one make a person who can never be bewildered into a submissive servant?
Verse text
sri-cruti-rupa ucuh
yaj-jagaradisu bhavesu param hy ahetur
hetusvid asya vicaranti gunac ca yena
naitad vicanti mahad-indriya-deva-sagghas
tasmai namo 'gnim iva vistrta-visphuliggah
Synonyms
sri-cruti-rupa ucuh
—
the gopis that had been Personified Vedas said
;
yaj-jagaradisu
—
beginning with wakefulness
;
bhavesu
—
in the states of being
;
param
—
supreme
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ahetuh
—
causeless
;
hetusvit
—
cause
;
asya
—
of Him
;
vicaranti
—
consider
;
gunah
—
the modes
;
ca
—
and
;
yena
—
by whom
;
na
—
not
;
etat
—
this
;
vicanti
—
enter
;
mahat
—
mahat-tattva
;
indriya
—
senses
;
deva
—
demigods
;
sagghah
—
groups
;
tasmai
—
to Him
;
namah
—
obeisances
;
agnim
—
fire
;
iva
—
like
;
vistrta-visphuliggah
—
sparks.
Translation
The gopis that had been Personified Vedas said: We offer our respectful obeisances to Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is the cause of wakefulness, dream, and sleep, but nothing outside of Himself is the cause of Him. Pushed by Him, the modes of material nature act. The mahat-tattva, senses, and demigods have no power over Him. He is a blazing fire and all things that exist are sparks from Him.
Verse text
sri-rsi-rupa ucuh
naivecitum prabhur ayam balinam baliyan
maya na cabda uta no visayi-karoti
tad brahma purnam amrtam paramam pracantam
cuddham parat parataram caranam gatah smah
Synonyms
sri-rsi-rupa ucuh
—
the gopis that had been sages said
;
na
—
not
;
eva
—
indeed
;
icitum
—
to dominate
;
prabhuh
—
the Lord
;
ayam
—
He
;
balinam
—
of the strong
;
baliyan
—
the strongest
;
maya
—
illusion
;
na
—
not
;
cabda
—
sound
;
uta
—
indeed
;
nah
—
not
;
visayi-karoti
—
brings into the range pf perception
;
tat
—
that
;
brahma
—
Brahman
;
purnam
—
perfect
;
amrtam
—
eternal
;
paramam
—
supreme
;
pracantam
—
peaceful
;
cuddham
—
pure
;
parat
—
than the greatest
;
parataram
—
greater
;
caranam
—
shelter
;
gatah
—
attain
;
smah
—
we.
Translation
The gopis that had been sages said; The strongest of the strongcannot defeat Him. Material illusion cannot bewilder Him. The Vedas cannot bring Him within their grasp. He is the perfect, complete, eternal, sweet, peaceful, and pure Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest. We take shelter of Him.
Verse text
sri-devaggana ucuh
aveca-purna-sahitac ca parasya yasya
sargadayah kila bhavanti tam eva krsnam
purnat param tu paripurnatamam natah smah
Synonyms
sri-devaggana ucuh
—
the gopis that had been demigoddesses said
;
amca
—
amsa
;
amcakamcaka
—
amsamsa
;
kala
—
kala
;
adi
—
beginning
;
avatara
—
incarnations
;
vrndaih
—
with multitudes
;
aveca
—
avesa
;
purna
—
purna
;
sahitah
—
with
;
ca
—
and
;
parasya
—
of the Supreme
;
yasya
—
of whom
;
sargadayah
—
beginning with creation
;
kila
—
indeed
;
bhavanti
—
are
;
tam
—
to Him
;
eva
—
indeed
;
krsnam
—
Krsna
;
purnat
—
than the most perfect
;
param
—
more perfect
;
tu
—
indeed
;
paripurnatamam
—
the most perfect
;
natah
—
bowing down
;
smah
—
we are.
Translation
amcamcakamcaka-kalady-avatara-vrndair
The gopis that had been demigoddesses said: The amca, amcamca, kala, aveca, purna, and other incarnations of Godhead come from Him. The creation, maintenance, and destruction of the material universes come from Him. We bow down before Him, Sri Krsna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, more perfect than the perfect.
Verse text
sri-yajna-sita ucuh
criman-nikunja-latika-kusumakaro 'yam
sri-radhika-hrdaya-kantha-vibhusano 'yam
sri-rasa-mandala-patir vraja-mandaleco
brahmanda-mandala-mahi-paripalako 'yam
Synonyms
sri-yajna-sita ucuh
—
the Yajna-sitas said
;
criman-nikunja-latika-kusumakarah
—
a forest garden of flowering vines
;
ayam
—
He
;
sri-radhika
—
of Sri Radha
;
hrdaya
—
on the heart
;
kantha
—
and neck
;
vibhusanah
—
the ornament
;
ayam
—
He
;
sri-rasa-mandala-patih
—
the master of the rasa-dance circle
;
vraja-mandalecah
—
the master of the circle of Vraja
;
brahmanda-mandala-mahi-paripalakah
—
the maintainer of the circle of all the universes
;
ayam
—
He.
Translation
The Yajna-sitas said; He stays in a beautiful forest garden of flowering vines. He is an ornament on Sri Radha's neck and heart. He is the master of the circle of Vraja. He is the master of the rasa-dance circle. He is the protector of the circle of the universes.
Verse text
sri-rama-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh
yo gopika-sakala-yutham alancakara
vrndavanam ca nija-pada-rajobhir adrim
yah sarva-loka-vibhavaya babhuva bhumau
tam bhuri-lilam uragendra-bhujam bhajamah
Synonyms
sri-rama-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been residents of Rama-Vaikuntha said
;
yah
—
who
;
gopika-sakala-yutham
—
all the groups of gopis
;
ala 24cakara
—
decorates
;
vrndavanam
—
Vrndavana
;
ca
—
and
;
nija-pada-rajobhih
—
with the dust of His feet
;
adrim
—
the hill
;
yah
—
who
;
sarva-loka-vibhavaya
—
for the gl
;
babhuva
—
was
;
bhumau
—
on the earth
;
tam
—
Him
;
bhuri-lilam
—
enjoying transcendental pastimes
;
bhujam
—
His arms
;
bhajamah
—
we worship.
Translation
The gopis that had been residents of Rama-Vaikuntha said: We worship Lord Krsna, whose arms are like two snake-kings, who decorated Vrndavana, Govardhana Hill, and all the gopis with the dust of His feet, and who to show His glories to all the worlds enjoyed many transcendental pastimes on the earth.
Verse text
sri-cvetadvipa-sakhi-jana ucuh
yatha cilindhram cicur acramo gajah
sva-puskarenaiva ca puskaram girim
dhrtva babhau sri-vraja-raja-nandanah
krpakaro 'sau na hi vismrtah kvacit
Synonyms
sri-cvetadvipa-sakhi-jana ucuh
—
the gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune on Svetadvipa said
;
yatha
—
as
;
cilindhram
—
a mushroom
;
cicuh
—
boy
;
acramah
—
shelter
;
gajah
—
elephant
;
sva-puskarena
—
with a lotus
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
puskaram
—
a lotus
;
girim
—
hill
;
dhrtva
—
holding
;
babhau
—
manifested
;
sri-vraja-raja-nandanah
—
the prince of Vraja
;
krpakarah
—
kind
;
asau
—
He
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vismrtah
—
forgotten
;
kvacit
—
ever.
Translation
The gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune on Svetadvipa said: We have not forgotten compassionate Sri Krsna, the prince of Vraja, who, as a child lifts a mushroom or an elephant lifts a lotus in its tongue, lifted Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
sri-urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh
cyama-varnamaye netre
jagac chyamam vipacyatah
na dvaitam drcyate yasam
tabhih kim yoga-sevanam
Synonyms
sri-urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been residents of Urdhva-Vaikuntha said
;
cyama-varnamaye
—
black
;
netre
—
eyes
;
jagac-chyamam
—
black
;
vipacyatah
—
seeing
;
na
—
not
;
dvaitam
—
different
;
drcyate
—
is seen
;
yasam
—
of whom
;
tabhih
—
by them
;
kim
—
what?
;
yoga-sevanam
—
practice of yoga.
Translation
The gopis that had been residents of Urdhva-Vaikuntha said: When the eyes are covered with darkness they see the entire universe is dark. In that darkness, the eyes can clearly see that everything is all one and there is no duality. What use do we have for this darkness of impersonalist yoga?
Verse text
sri-lokacala-vasinya ucuh
sneha-paco drdho chinno
na cchinno harina vina
chittva tam mathuram pragan
naga-pasam yatha khagah
Synonyms
sri-lokacala-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been residents of Lokacala said
;
sneha
—
of love
;
pacah
—
the rope
;
drdhah
—
firm
;
chinnah
—
broken
;
na
—
not
;
cchinnah
—
broken
;
harina
—
by Krsna
;
vina
—
without
;
chittva
—
breaking
;
tam
—
that
;
mathuram
—
to Mathura
;
pragan
—
went
;
naga-pasam
—
snake-noose
;
yatha
—
as
;
khagah
—
Garuda.
Translation
The gopis that had been residents of Lokacala said: Only Krsna can cut the noose of love. No one but Him can cut it. As Garuda cuts a noose of snakes, Krsna should have cut the noose of our love before He went to Mathura City.
Verse text
sri-ajita-padacrita ucuh
krsne lagnam netra-yugmam
dhavad daca-dicantaram
aho na lagnam kutrapi
padma-lagno yatha hy alih
Synonyms
sri-ajita-padacrita ucuh
—
the gopis that had taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet said
;
krsne
—
on Lord Krsna
;
lagnam
—
resting
;
netra-yugmam
—
eyes
;
dhavat
—
running
;
daca-dicantaram
—
in the ten directions
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
na
—
not
;
lagnam
—
resting
;
kutrapi
—
anywhere
;
padma-lagnah
—
resting on a lotus
;
yatha
—
as
;
hi
—
indeed
;
alih
—
a bee.
Translation
The gopis that had taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet said: Not going anywhere else in the ten directions, our eyes rest on Krsna as a bumblebee rests on a lotus.
Verse text
sri-sakhya ucuh
karpanyena yaco hanti
krudha guna-ganodayam
dhanani vyasanair lokah
kapatenaiva mitratam
Synonyms
sri-sakhya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been friends of ther goddess of fortune said
;
karpanyena
—
by being in a pitiable condition
;
yacah
—
fame
;
hanti
—
kills
;
krudha
—
by anger
;
guna-ganodayam
—
virtues
;
dhanani
—
wealth
;
vyasanaih
—
by calamities
;
lokah
—
the world
;
kapatena
—
by treachery
;
eva
—
indeed
;
mitratam
—
friendship.
Translation
The gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune said: Being in a wretched condition destroys one's fame. Anger destroys virtues. Misfortune destroys wealth. Treachery destroys friendship.
Verse text
sri-maithila ucuh
dhanam dattva tanum rakset
tanum dattva trapam vyadhat
dhanam tanum trapam dadyan
mitra-karyartham eva hi
Synonyms
sri-maithila ucuh
—
the gopis that had been the women of Mithila said
;
dhanam
—
wealth
;
dattva
—
giving
;
tanum
—
body
;
rakset
—
should protect
;
tanum
—
body
;
dattva
—
giving
;
vyadhat
—
gives
;
dhanam
—
wealth
;
tanum
—
body
;
trapam
—
modesty
;
dadyat
—
may guve
;
mitra-karyartham
—
for friendship
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
The gopis that had been the women of Mithila said: By paying money one may protect his body, and by renouncing this body one may preserve his good reputation. For the sake of a friend one may give away his money, body, and good reputation.
Verse text
sri-kaucala ucuh
na ko 'pi janati viyoga-jam dasam
jivam vina vaktum alam na sapi hi
bhuyad uro-bana-bhinnam aran
mabhut kadapi priya-viprayojanam
Synonyms
sri-kaucala ucuh
—
the gopis that had been women of Kocala said
;
na
—
not
;
ko 'pi
—
anyone
;
janati
—
knows
;
viyoga-jam
—
born of separation
;
dasam
—
condition
;
jivam
—
life
;
vina
—
without
;
vaktum
—
to speak
;
alam
—
greatly
;
na
—
no
;
sapi
—
any woman
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhuyat
—
may be
;
uro-bana-bhinnam
—
her chest pierced by an arrow
;
aran
—
near
;
ma
—
not
;
abhut
—
may be
;
kadapi
—
ever
;
priya-viprayojanam
—
separation from the beloved.
Translation
The gopis that had been women of Kocala said: Only a person whose heart has been broken by the arrow of separation can understand or describe the sufferings of a lover separated from the beloved.
Verse text
sri-ayodhya-pura-vasinya ucuh
krtva niracam vinidhaya cacam
jagama cacam mathura-purasya
yogam ca tasyopari calikhan no
nirmohinam cittam aho vicitram
Synonyms
sri-ayodhya-pura-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been the women of Ayodhya said
;
krtva
—
having done
;
niracam
—
hopelessness
;
vinidhaya
—
placing
;
ca
—
and
;
acam
—
hope
;
jagama
—
went
;
ca
—
and
;
acam
—
in the direction
;
mathura-purasya
—
of Mathura City
;
yogam
—
meeting
;
ca
—
and
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
upari
—
over
;
ca
—
and
;
alikhant
—
wrote
;
nah
—
not
;
nirmohinam
—
of the peaceful
;
cittam
—
the heart
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
vicitram
—
wonderful.
Translation
The gopis that had been the women of Ayodhya said: First He gave us no hope, then He gave us hope, then he went to Mathura City. Now He writes that we will meet again. Are not the hearts of they who do not love wonderful to see?
Verse text
sri-pulindika ucuh
enam varam kartum ativa vihvalam
samagatam curpanakham pura vane
yah karayam asa virupinim balat
saumitrina tena tu vah krpa katham
Synonyms
sri-pulindika ucuh
—
the gopis that had been Pulindas said
;
enam
—
Him
;
varam
—
beloved
;
kartum
—
to make
;
ativa
—
very
;
vihvalam
—
agitated
;
samagatam
—
attained
;
curpanakham
—
Surpanakha
;
pura
—
before
;
vane
—
in the forest
;
yah
—
who
;
karayam asa
—
made
;
virupinim
—
disfigured
;
balat
—
forcibly
;
saumitrina
—
by Laksmana
;
tena
—
by Him
;
tu
—
indeed
;
vah
—
of you
;
krpa
—
the mercy
;
katham
—
how?
Translation
The gopis that had been Pulindas said: When Surpanakha fell in love with Him and yearned to marry Him, He made Laksmana disfigure her. He was not kind then. Why should He be kind now?
Verse text
sri-sutala-vasinya ucuh
bhaktam balim satya-param ca bhur idam
nitva balim yah kupito babandha ha
aho katham tasya karoti sevanam
maya-bator vamana-rupa-dharinah
Synonyms
sri-sutala-vasinya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been the women of Sutalaloka said
;
bhaktam
—
devotee
;
balim
—
Bali
;
satya-param
—
truthful
;
ca
—
and
;
bhuh
—
earth
;
idam
—
this
;
nitva
—
bringing
;
balim
—
offering
;
yah
—
who
;
kupitah
—
angry
;
babandha
—
bound
;
ha
—
indeed
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
katham
—
how?
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
karoti
—
does
;
sevanam
—
service
;
maya-batoh
—
pretending to be a small brahmana boy
;
vamana-rupa-dharinah
—
manifesting the form of Lord Vamana.
Translation
The gopis that had been the women of Sutalaloka said: When the sincere devotee Bali Maharaja offered Him the entire world, Krsna became angry and tightly bound Bali with many ropes. That is the result of worshiping Him. Why would anyone worship this person, who deviously pretended to be a brahmacari?
Verse text
sri-jalandharya ucuh
purati-kastam pragate 'surottame
kayadhave bhakta-vare tato hy ayam
bhutva nrsimhah krtavan sahayam
aho para nisthurata pradrcyate
Synonyms
sri-jalandharya ucuh
—
the gopis that had been Jalandharis said
;
pura
—
previously
;
ati-kastam
—
great calamity
;
pragate
—
attained
;
asurottame
—
the great demon
;
kayadhave
—
to Prahlada
;
bhakta-vare
—
the great devotee
;
tatah
—
then
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ayam
—
He
;
bhutva
—
becoming
;
nrsimhah
—
Nrsimha
;
krtavan
—
did
;
sahayam
—
help
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
para
—
great
;
nisthurata
—
cruelty
;
pradrcyate
—
is seen.
Translation
The gopis that had been Jalandharis said: When the great demon Hiranyakacipu tortured the great devotee Prahlada, Krsna appeared as Nrsimha, saved Prahlada, and was very cruel to Hiranyakacipu.
Verse text
sri-bhumi-gopya ucuh
aho 'ti-nirmohi-janasya citram
param caritram gaditum na yogyam
mukhena canyad dhrdi bhavyam anyad
devo na janati kuto manusyah
Synonyms
sri-bhumi-gopya ucuh
—
the Bhumi-gopis said
;
ahah
—
Oh
;
ati-nirmohi-janasya
—
of one who is peaceful
;
citram
—
wonderful
;
param
—
great
;
caritram
—
activities
;
gaditum
—
to speak
;
na
—
not
;
yogyam
—
proper
;
mukhena
—
with the mouth
;
ca
—
and
;
anyat
—
another
;
hrdi
—
in the heart
;
bhavyam
—
will be
;
anyat
—
another
;
devah
—
the demigod
;
na
—
not
;
janati
—
understands
;
kutah
—
where?
;
manusyah
—
humans.
Translation
The Bhumi-gopis said: No one can describe with his mouth or understand with his heart the surprising activities of Krsna, who is never bewildered by feelings of love. If even the great demigods cannot understand His activities, how can mere human beings understandthem?
Chapter Eighteen
Śrī Gopī-vākye Uddhavāgamana
Uddhava Hears the Gopīs' Words and Returns to Mathurā
Verse text
śrī-barhiṣmatī-bhavā ūcuḥ
aho layābdhau kṛpayā harir yaṁ
uddhṛtya vārāha-tanur mahātmā
tam anvadhāvad dhṛta-siṣjinī-śaro
bhūtvā dayāluḥ pṛthur ādi-rājaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-barhiṣmatī-bhavā ūcuḥ
—
the gopīs that had been the women of Barhiṣmatī-pura said: ahaḥ—Oh
;
layābdhau
—
on the ocean of devastation
;
kṛpayā
—
with mercy
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
yam
—
whom
;
uddhṛtya
—
lifting
;
vārāha-tanuḥ
—
the form of Varāha
;
mahātmā
—
great soul
;
tam
—
her
;
anvadhāvat
—
following
;
dhṛta-siṣjinī-śaraḥ
—
placing the arrow to the bowstring
;
bhūtvā
—
doing
;
dayāluḥ
—
merciful
;
pṛthuḥ
—
Pṛthu
;
ādi-rājaḥ
—
the great king.
Translation
The gopīs that had been the women of Barhiṣmatī-pura said: Kṛṣṇa was Varāha, who rescued the earth from the waters of devastation. Kṛṣṇa was the great and merciful king Pṛthu who, placing an arrow on His bowtsring, protected the earth.
Verse text
śrī-latā-gopya ūcuḥ
svayaṁ sudhāṁ vā na vibhajya pūrvaṁ
dhanvantarir viśva-bhiṣāṅ mahātmā
tad-baddha-vaireṣu surāsureṣu
bhūtvātha yoṣit pradadau kali-priyaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-latā-gopya ūcuḥ
—
the gopīs that had been flowering vines said
;
svayam
—
personally
;
sudhām
—
nectar
;
vā
—
or
;
na
—
not
;
vibhajya
—
distributing
;
pūrvam
—
before
;
dhanvantariḥ
—
Dhanvantari
;
viśva-bhiṣāk
—
the doctor of the universe
;
mahātmā
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
tad-baddha-vaireṣu
—
inimical
;
surāsureṣu
—
demigods and demons
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
atha
—
then
;
yoṣit
—
a woman
;
pradadau
—
gave
;
kali-priyaḥ
—
fond of quarreling.
Translation
The gopīs that had been flowering vines said: In ancient times Kṛṣṇa became Dhanvantari, the universal physician who brought, but did not distribute, nectar. When the demigods and demons quarreled, Kṛṣṇa, who sometimes likes a quarrel, became the girl Mohinī and gave the nectar to the demigods.
Verse text
śrī-nāgendra-kanyā ūcuḥ
athecchatīm enam aho varaṁ hariḥ
samāgatāṁ śūrpaṇakhāṁ mahāvane
cakāra saumitra-sakhaḥ kurūpiṇīṁ
aho kṛtaṁ tasya tayā kim apriyam
Synonyms
śrī-nāgendra-kanyā ūcuḥ
—
the snakes princesses said
;
atha
—
then
;
icchatīm
—
desiring
;
enam
—
Him
;
ahaḥ
—
indeed
;
varam
—
husband
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
samāgatām
—
approached
;
śūrpaṇakhām
—
Surpanakha
;
mahāvane
—
in Mahāvana
;
cakāra
—
did
;
saumitra-sakhaḥ
—
trhe friend of Lakṣmaṇa
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
kṛtam
—
did
;
tasya
—
of Him
;
tayā
—
by her
;
kim
—
what?
;
apriyam
—
not dear.
Translation
The gopīs that had been snake-princesses said: When Kṛṣṇa was Rāmacandra, and Śūrpaṇakhā wished to marry Him, Rāmacandra, the friend of Lakṣmaṇa, disfigured her. What bad thing did she do to deserve that punishment?
Verse text
śrī-samudra-kanyā ūcuḥ
nityaṁ gṛha-śataṁ yānti
dātrī duḥkhaṁ sukhaṁ janān
svīyā kathaṁ suśīlā ca
caṣcalāsmin kathaṁ sthitā
Synonyms
śrī-samudra-kanyā ūcuḥ
—
the daughters of the ocean said
;
nityam
—
always
;
gṛha-śatam
—
a hundred homes
;
yānti
—
goes
;
dātrī
—
the giver
;
duḥkham
—
sufferinbgs
;
sukham
—
happiness
;
janān
—
to the people
;
svīya
—
own
;
katham
—
how?
;
suśīlā
—
good
;
ca
—
and
;
caṣcalā
—
restless
;
asmin
—
in this
;
katham
—
how?
;
sthitā
—
situated.
Translation
The gopīs that had been daughters of the ocean said: Why does Kṛṣṇa's saintly beloved, the goddess of fortune, bring happiness or suffering to hundreds of homes every day? Why, even though she is rstless and fickle, does she always stay by His side?
Verse text
śrī-apsara ūcuḥ
asya prītyā karṇa-nāse
gate vai rāvaṇa-svasuḥ
tyajantu vārtāṁ tenāpi
bhavatīnāṁ kṛpā kṛtā
Synonyms
śrī-apsara ūcuḥ
—
te gopīs that had been apsarās said
;
asya
—
of Him
;
pritya
—
with love
;
karṇa-nāse
—
ears and nose
;
gate
—
gone
;
vai
—
indeed
;
rāvaṇa-svasuḥ
—
Surpanakha
;
tyajantu
—
may abanond
;
vārtām
—
news
;
tena
—
by Him
;
api
—
also
;
bhavatīnām
—
of you all
;
kṛpā
—
mercy
;
kṛtā
—
done.
Translation
The gopīs that had been apsarās said: Śūrpaṇakhā lovingly approached Him and He responded by cutting off her ears and nose. Kṛṣṇa is not kind.
Verse text
śrī-divyā ūcuḥ
sarveśvaro baliṁ nītvā
baliṁ baddhvā dayā-paraḥ
adhaḥ kṣipan mukti-nāthas
citraṁ tat kathayābhavat
Synonyms
śrī-divyā ūcuḥ
—
the divya-gopīs said
;
sarveśvaraḥ
—
the master of all
;
balim
—
offering
;
nītvā
—
bringing
;
balim
—
Bali
;
baddhvā
—
binding
;
dayā-paraḥ
—
kind
;
adhaḥ
—
below
;
kṣipan
—
throwing
;
mukti-nāthaḥ
—
the master of liberation
;
citram
—
wonderful
;
tat
—
that
;
kathayā
—
with the story
;
abhavat
—
was.
Translation
The divya-gopīs said: Even though Kṛṣṇa is the merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead, He tied up Bali Mahārāja, who was making an offering to Him. Even though Kṛṣṇa is the master that gives liberation, He threw Bali down to the lower worlds. This is all very surprising.
Verse text
śrī-ādivyā ūcuḥ
śatarūpā-yutaṁ śāntaṁ
tapasy antaṁ manuṁ purā
daityair badhaṁ gataṁ paścād
rarakṣāsau dayā-nidhiḥ
Synonyms
śrī-ādivyā ūcuḥ
—
the ādivya-gopīs said
;
śatarūpāyutam
—
wuth Śatarūpā
;
śāntam
—
peaceful
;
tapasi
—
ausperity
;
antam
—
end
;
manum
—
Manu
;
purā
—
before
;
daityaiḥ
—
by the demons
;
badham
—
stopped
;
gatam
—
gone
;
paścāt
—
after
;
rarakṣa
—
protected
;
asau
—
He
;
dayā-nidhiḥ
—
an ocean of mercy.
Translation
The ādivya-gopīs said: Kṛṣṇa protected Manu and Śatarūpā when, as they were peacefully performing austerities, the demons attacked them.
Verse text
śrī-sattva-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
pūrvaṁ kaṣṭa-gataṁ bhaktaṁ
dhruvaṁ kāyādhavaṁ ca vai
paścād rarakṣa kṛpayā
na pūrvaṁ dīna-vatsalaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-sattva-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
—
the sattva-vṛtti-gopīs said
;
pūrvam
—
before
;
kaṣṭa-gatam
—
suffering
;
bhaktam
—
devotee
;
dhruvam
—
Dhruva
;
kāyādhavam
—
Prahlāda
;
ca
—
and
;
vai
—
indeed
;
paścāt
—
then
;
rarakṣa
—
protected
;
kṛpayā
—
with mercy
;
na
—
not
;
pūrvam
—
before
;
dīna-vatsalaḥ
—
kind to the distressed.
Translation
The sattva-vṛtti-gopīs said: Although Kṛṣṇa, who is kind to the distressed, protected Dhruva and Prahlāda from many calamities, now He will not protect us..
Verse text
śrī-rajo-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
barīṣāṇāṁ satāṁ hariḥ
satyaṁ parīkṣan pradadau
punar bhāgavatīṁ śriyam
Synonyms
śrī-rajo-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
—
the rajo-vṛtti-gopīs said
;
rukmāṅgada
—
Rukmangada
;
hariścandra
—
Hariscandra
;
ambarīṣāṇām
—
and Ambarisa
;
satām
—
devotees
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
satyam
—
true
;
parīkṣan
—
seeing
;
pradadau
—
gave
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
bhāgavatīm
—
of the Lord
;
śriyam
—
opulence.
Translation
rukmāṅgada-hariścandrām-
The rajo-vṛtti-gopīs said: When He saw that they were His sincere devotees, Lord Kṛṣṇa gave His own transcendental opulences to Rukmāṅgada, Hariścandra, and Ambarīṣa.
Verse text
śrī-tamo-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
vṛndā yena chalaṁ prāptā
chalinā balinā purā
chalamayyā balinyādyā
kubjayā chalito hy ayam
Synonyms
śrī-tamo-vṛttaya ūcuḥ
—
the tamo-vṛtti gopīs said
;
vṛndā
—
Vrnda
;
yena
—
by whom
;
chalam
—
trick
;
prāptā
—
attained
;
chalinā
—
by a trick
;
balinā
—
by Bali
;
purā
—
before
;
chalamayyā
—
treacerous
;
balinyādyā
—
headed by Balini
;
kubjayā
—
by Kubjā
;
chalitaḥ
—
cheated
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ayam
—
He.
Translation
The tamo-vṛtti gopīs said: Kṛṣṇa cheated many others in the past. He cheated Bali Mahārāja and He also cheated Kubjā.
Verse text
kṛpāṇī hy ekato vakrā
ghātayantī janān bahūn
kim u kubjā tri-vakrā ca
śrī-kṛṣṇena tri-bhaṅginā
Synonyms
kṛpāṇī
—
a dagger
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ekataḥ
—
by one
;
vakrā
—
crooked
;
ghātayanti
—
struck
;
janān
—
people
;
bahūn
—
many
;
kim
—
what?
;
u
—
indeed
;
kubjā
—
Kubjā
;
tri-vakrā
—
crooked in three places
;
ca
—
and
;
śrī-kṛṣṇena
—
by Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
tri-bhaṅginā
—
bent in three places.
Translation
A single crooked sword can kill many straight people. Why, then, would Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself bent in three places, not cheat Kubjā, who was also crooked in three places?
Verse text
paśyantīnāṁ kṛṣṇa-mārgaṁ
netre duḥkhaṁ gate bhṛśam
avadhīḥ pāda-vīkṣepaṁ
vāmanasya karoti hi
Synonyms
paśyantīnām
—
looking
;
kṛṣṇa-mārgam
—
on the poath of Kṛṣṇa
;
netre
—
eyes
;
duḥkham
—
sufcferings
;
gate
—
attained
;
bhṛśam
—
greatly
;
avadhīḥ
—
up to
;
pāda-vīkṣepam
—
the kicking
;
vāmanasya
—
of Vāmana
;
karoti
—
does
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
Hoping for Kṛṣṇa to come, we stared at the path, trying to look as far as possible into the distance, even up to the place where Lord Vāmana kicked a hole in the covering of the universe.
Verse text
pītatvaṁ tvag-gatā pādau
śaithilyaṁ pragatau ca naḥ
mano vibhramatām ugraṁ
mādhave mādhavaṁ vinā
Synonyms
pītatvam
—
yellowness
;
tvak
—
-skin
;
gatā
—
attained
;
pādau
—
feet
;
śaithilyam
—
slackness
;
pragatau
—
attauined
;
ca
—
and
;
naḥ
—
of us
;
manaḥ
—
the mind
;
vibhramatām
—
bewilderment
;
ugram
—
terrible
;
mādhave
—
in the springtime
;
mādhavam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vinā
—
without.
Translation
In Kṛṣṇa's absence our skin has turned yellow, our steps are unsteady, and our thoughts disoriented.
Verse text
āgataṁ tam uṣaḥ-kṣaṇe
ha daiva kasmin samaye
drakṣyāmo nanda-nandanam
Synonyms
sapatnī
—
rival
;
hāra
—
necklace
;
cihna
—
mark
;
āḍhyam
—
enriched
;
āgatam
—
come
;
tam
—
Him
;
uṣaḥ-kṣaṇe
—
at dawn
;
ha
—
indeed
;
daiva
—
O destiny
;
kasmin
—
at what?
;
samaye
—
time
;
drakṣyāmaḥ
—
we will see
;
nanda-nandanam
—
Nanda's son.
Translation
sapatnī-hāra-cihnāḍhyaṁ
O destiny, when will we again see Nanda's son, bearing the marks and necklace of our rival as he comes to us at dawn?
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti kṛṣṇaṁ cintayantyo
gopībhiḥ prema-vihvalāḥ
utkaṇṭhitās tā rurudur
mūrchitā dhāraṇīṁ gatāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
itit
—
thus
;
kṛṣṇam
—
about transcendental
;
cintayantyaḥ
—
thinking
;
gopībhiḥ
—
by the gopīs
;
prema
—
with love
;
vihvalāḥ
—
overcome
;
utkaṇṭhitāḥ
—
yearning
;
tā
—
they
;
ruruduḥ
—
wept
;
mūrchitā
—
fainting
;
dhāraṇīm
—
to the ground
;
gatāḥ
—
fell.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Thinking of Kṛṣṇa in this way, the gopīs became overwhelmed with love for Kṛṣṇa. Yearning to meet Him again, they wept, and then they fell unconscious to the ground.
Verse text
pṛthak pṛthak samāśvāsya
vacobhir naya-naipuṇaiḥ
sambodhya gopikā sarvāḥ
prāha rādhāṁ tadoddhavaḥ
Synonyms
pṛthak pṛthak
—
each one
;
samāśvāsya
—
comnforting
;
vacobhiḥ
—
with words
;
naya-naipuṇaiḥ
—
expert
;
sambodhya
—
awakening
;
gopikā
—
the gopīs
;
sarvāḥ
—
all
;
prāha
—
said
;
rādhām
—
to Rādhā
;
tadā
—
then
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava.
Translation
After reviving all the gopīs and comforting each one with eloquent words, Uddhava spoke to Rādhā.
Verse text
śrī-uddhava uvāca
paripūrṇatame kṛṣṇe
gantum ājṣāṁ dehi mahyaṁ
namas tubhyaṁ vrajeśvari
Synonyms
śrī-uddhava uvāca
—
Śrī Uddhava said
;
paripūrṇatame
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
kṛṣṇe
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vṛṣabhānu-varātmaje
—
King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter
;
gantum
—
to go
;
ājṣām
—
the order
;
dehi
—
please give
;
mahyam
—
to me
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
tubhyam
—
to You
;
vrajeśvari
—
O queen of Vraja.
Translation
vṛṣabhānu-varātmaje
Śrī Uddhava said: O supreme goddess, O most exalted one, O daughter of King Vṛṣabhānu, please give me permission to depart. O queen of Vraja, I offer my respectful obeisances to You.
Verse text
pratipatraṁ dehi śubhe
śrī-kṛṣṇāya mahātmane
tena taṁ ca praṇamyāśu
samāneṣye tavāntikam
Synonyms
pratipatram
—
a letter in reply
;
dehi
—
please give
;
śubhe
—
O beautiful one
;
śrī-kṛṣṇāya
—
for Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
mahātmane
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
tena
—
by that
;
tam
—
Him
;
ca
—
and
;
praṇamya
—
bowing
;
āśu
—
at once
;
samāneṣye
—
I will bring
;
tava
—
of you
;
antikam
—
nearness.
Translation
O beautiful one, please give me a letter for Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I will bow down before Him and then I will bring Him to You at once.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
atha rādhā lekhanīṁ ca
nītvā patraṁ maṣes tvaraṁ
samācāraṁ cintayanti
tāvad aśrūni suśruvuḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
atha
—
then
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
lekhanīm
—
a pen
;
ca
—
and
;
nītvā
—
bringing
;
patram
—
a cup
;
maṣeḥ
—
of ink
;
tvaram
—
at once
;
samācāram
—
activity
;
cintayanti
—
thinking
;
tāvat
—
then
;
aśrūni
—
tears
;
suśruvuḥ
—
flowed.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Then Rādhā took a pen and a jar of ink. As She thought of what to write, tears flowed from Her eyes.
Verse text
yad yat patraṁ samānītaṁ
rādhayā lekhanī-yutam
tat tad ardrī-kṛtaṁ jātaṁ
Synonyms
yad yat
—
whatever
;
patram
—
letter
;
samānītam
—
done
;
rādhayā
—
by Rādhā
;
lekhanī-yutam
—
with the pen
;
tat tat
—
that
;
ardrī-kṛtam
—
melted
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
nayanāmbuja-vāribhiḥ
—
with the tears from Her eyes.
Translation
nayanāmbuja-vāribhiḥ
Whatever Rādhā wrote with Her pen was at once washed away by the tears from Her eyes.
Verse text
aśru-pravāhaṁ muṣcantīṁ
uddhavo vismayan prāha
rādhāṁ kamala-locanām
Synonyms
aśru-pravāham
—
a stream of tears
;
muṣcantīm
—
shedding
;
kṛṣṇa-darśana-lālasām
—
yearning to see Kṛṣṇa
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
vismayan
—
astonished
;
prāha
—
said
;
rādhām
—
to Rādhā
;
kamala-locanām
—
lotus-eyed.
Translation
kṛṣṇa-darśana-lālasām
Filled with wonder, Uddhava spoke to lotus-eyed Rādhā who, yearning to see Kṛṣṇa, shed streams of tears.
Verse text
śrī-uddhava uvāca
kathaṁ likhasi rādhe tvaṁ
kathaṁ duḥkhaṁ karoṣi hi
sarvaṁ tasmai vadiṣyāmi
vyathāṁ tval-lekhanaṁ vinā
Synonyms
śrī-uddhava uvāca
—
Śrī Uddhava said
;
katham
—
who?
;
likhasi
—
write
;
rādhe
—
O Rādhā
;
tvam
—
You
;
katham
—
how?
;
duḥkham
—
suffering
;
karoṣi
—
You do
;
hi
—
indeed
;
sarvam
—
all
;
tasmai
—
to Him
;
vadiṣyāmi
—
I will tell
;
vyathām
—
the suffering
;
tval-lekhanam
—
Your writing
;
vinā
—
without.
Translation
Śrī Uddhava said: O Rādhā, why must You write? Why must You be unhappy in this way? Even without You writing a letter, I will tell Kṛṣṇa everything of Your distress.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti śrutvā vacas tasya
rādhayā gata-bādhayā
sarvābhir gopikābhiś ca
pūjito 'bhūt tadoddhavaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
vacaḥ
—
words
;
tasya
—
of him
;
rādhayā
—
by Rādhā
;
gata
—
gone
;
bādhayā
—
distress
;
sarvābhiḥ
—
by all
;
gopikābhiḥ
—
the gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
pūjitaḥ
—
worshiped
;
abhūt
—
became
;
tadā
—
then
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Hearing these words, Rādhā became relieved. Then all the gopīs worshiped Uddhava.
Verse text
natvā pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
rādhāṁ rāseśvarīṁ param
gopī-gaṇam anujṣāpya
natvā natvā punaḥ punaḥ
Synonyms
natvā
—
bowing
;
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
—
circumambulating
;
rādhām
—
Rādhā
;
rāseśvarīm
—
the queen of the rasa-dance
;
param
—
great
;
gopī-gaṇam
—
the gopīs
;
anujṣāpya
—
taking permission
;
natvā
—
bowing
;
natvā
—
and bowing
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
punaḥ
—
and again.
Translation
Then He bowed down before Śrī Rādhā, the queen of the rāsa-dance, and then He circumambulated Her. Then He bowed down again and again and again and again before all the gopīs and asked them for permission to depart.
Verse text
ratham āruhya divyābhaṁ
gata-bhṛtyābhimāno 'sau
sandhyāyāṁ nandam āyayau
Synonyms
ratham
—
the chariot
;
āruhya
—
mounting
;
divyābham
—
splendid
;
ratna-bhūṣaṇa-bhūṣitam
—
decorated with jewels
;
gata
—
gone
;
bhṛtya
—
of being a servant
;
abhimānaḥ
—
pride
;
asau
—
he
;
sandhyāyām
—
at sunrise
;
nandam
—
to Nanda
;
āyayau
—
went.
Translation
ratna-bhūṣaṇa-bhūṣitam
Mounting his splendid jewel chariot, and his pride in being a great servant of Lord Kṛṣṇa now gone, Uddhava came at sunrise to Nanda's home.
Verse text
mārtaṇḍa udayaṁ prāpte
natvā gopīṁ yaśomatīm
nanda-rājam anujṣāpya
nava-nandāṁs tadoddhavaḥ
Synonyms
mārtaṇḍa
—
the sun
;
udayam
—
rising
;
prāpte
—
attained
;
natvā
—
bowing
;
gopīm
—
to the gopī
;
yaśomatīm
—
Yaśodā
;
nanda-rājam
—
to King Nanda
;
anujṣāpya
—
taking permission
;
nava-nandān
—
the nine Nandas
;
tadā
—
then
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava.
Translation
As the sun rose, uddhava bowed down before the gopī Yaśoda, King Nanda, and the nine Nandas. Then Uddhava asked for permission to depart.
Verse text
vṛṣabhānūpanandāṁś ca
samanujṣāpya lokataḥ
tathā kṛṣṇa-sakhīn sarvān
ratham āruhya nirgataḥ
Synonyms
vṛṣabhānu
—
the Vṛṣabhānus
;
upandān
—
the Upanandas
;
ca
—
and
;
samanujṣāpya
—
taking permission
;
lokataḥ
—
completely
;
tathā
—
then
;
kṛṣṇa-sakhīn
—
Kṛṣṇa's friends
;
sarvān
—
all
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
āruhya
—
climbing
;
nirgataḥ
—
left.
Translation
Taking permission from the Vṛṣabhānus, the Upanandas, and all of Lord Kṛṣṇa's friends, Uddhava mounted his chariot and left.
Verse text
dūraṁ tam anugāḥ sarve
gopā gopī-gaṇās tathā
sa nivṛttyātha tān snehād
uddhavo mathurāṁ yayau
Synonyms
dūram
—
far
;
tam
—
him
;
anugāḥ
—
following
;
sarve
—
all
;
gopā
—
the gopas
;
gopī-gaṇāḥ
—
the gopīs
;
tathā
—
then
;
sa
—
he
;
nivṛttya
—
turning away
;
atha
—
then
;
tān
—
from them
;
snehāt
—
out of love
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
The gopas and gopī followed him for a long time. Then, out of love for them leaving them behind, Uddhava went to Mathurā.
Verse text
ekānte cākṣaya-vaṭe
kṛṣṇā-tīre manohare
natvā kṛṣṇaṁ parikramya
prema-gadgadayā girā prāha sravan-netra-padma
uddhavo buddhi-sattamaḥ
Synonyms
ekānte
—
solitary
;
ca
—
and
;
akṣaya-vaṭe
—
an immortal banyan tree
;
kṛṣṇā-tīre
—
on the Yamunā's shore
;
manohare
—
beautiful
;
natvā
—
bowing
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
parikramya
—
circumambulating
;
prema-gadgadayā
—
choked with love
;
girā
—
with words
;
prāha
—
said
;
sravan-netra-padmaḥ
—
tears flowing from his lotus eyes
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
buddhi-sattamaḥ
—
the best of the wise.
Translation
Under an immortal banyan tree by the Yamunā's beautiful shore, Uddhava bowed down and before Lord Kṛṣṇa and then circumambulated Him. Tears flowing from his lotus eyes, Uddhava, the best of the wise, spoke in a voice choked with love.
Verse text
śrī-uddhava uvāca
kiṁ deva kathanīyaṁ me
bhavato 'śeṣa-sākṣiṇaḥ
vidhatsva śaṁ rādhikāyā
gopīnāṁ dehi darśanam
Synonyms
śrī-uddhava uvāca
—
Śrī Uddhava said
;
kim
—
what?
;
deva
—
O Lord
;
kathanīyam
—
may be said
;
me
—
by me
;
bhavataḥ
—
of You
;
aśeṣa
—
of all
;
sākṣiṇaḥ
—
the witness
;
vidhatsva
—
please give
;
śam
—
happiness
;
rādhikāyā
—
of Rādhā
;
gopīnām
—
of the gopīs
;
dehi
—
give
;
darśanam
—
the sight.
Translation
Śrī Uddhava said: O Lord, what can I say to You, the witness that sees everything? Please give happiness to Rādhā and the gopīs. Please allow them to see You.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ deva-deveśaṁ
samāneṣye tavāntikam
itthaṁ vākyaṁ ca me bhūtaṁ
rakṣa rakṣa kṛpā-nidhe
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
deva-deveśam
—
the master of the masters of the demigods
;
samāneṣye
—
I will bring
;
tavāntikam
—
to You
;
ittham
—
thus
;
vākyam
—
the words
;
ca
—
and
;
me
—
of me
;
bhūtam
—
were
;
rakṣa
—
please protect
;
rakṣa
—
please protect
;
kṛpā-nidhe
—
O ocean of mercy.
Translation
I said to Rādhā, "I will bring Lord Kṛṣṇa, the master of the masters of the demigods, to You." O ocean of mercy, please protect, protect my words.
Verse text
prahlāda-rukmāṅgadayoḥ pratijṣāṁ
baleś ca khatvaṅga-nṛpasya sākṣāt
yathāmbarīṣa-dhruvayos tathā me
kṛtā ca bhakteśvara rakṣa rakṣa
Synonyms
prahlāda
—
of Prahlāda
;
rukmāṅgadayoḥ
—
of Rakumāṅgada
;
pratijṣām
—
the promise
;
baleḥ
—
of Bali
;
ca
—
and
;
khatvaṅga-nṛpasya
—
of King Khatvanga
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
yathā
—
as
;
ambarīṣa
—
of Ambarisa
;
dhruvayoḥ
—
pf Dhruva
;
tathā
—
so
;
me
—
of me
;
kṛtā
—
done
;
ca
—
and
;
bhakteśvara
—
O king of the devotees
;
rakṣa
—
protect
;
rakṣa
—
protect.
Translation
O master of the devotees, as You protected the promises of Prahlāda, Rukmāṅgada, Bali, King Khaṭvaṅga, Ambarīṣa, and Dhruva, please protect, please protect the promise I made.
.pa
Chapter Nineteen
Śrī Kṛṣṇāgamanotsava
The Festival on Śrī Kṛṣṇa Return
Verse text
itthaṁ niśamya bhaktasya
vacanaṁ bhakta-vatsalaḥ
smṛtvā vākyaṁ sva-kathitaṁ
gantuṁ cakre 'cyuto matim
Synonyms
ittham
—
thus
;
niśamya
—
hearing
;
bhaktasya
—
of His devotee
;
vacanam
—
the words
;
bhakta-vatsalaḥ
—
kind to the devotees
;
smṛtvā
—
remembering
;
vākyam
—
words
;
sva-kathitam
—
spoken by Himself
;
gantum
—
to go
;
cakre
—
did
;
acyutaḥ
—
the infallible Lord
;
matim
—
His mind.
Translation
Listening to the words of His devotee, and remembering His own promise, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, made up His mind to go to Vraja.
Verse text
baladevaṁ sthāpyitvā
kārya-bhāreṣu sarvataḥ
hemāḍhyaṁ kiṅkiṇī-jālaṁ
ratham āruhya sūryābhaṁ
uddhavena samanvitaḥ
bhaktānāṁ darśanaṁ dātuṁ
prāyayau nanda-gokulam
Synonyms
baladevam
—
Balarāma
;
sthāpyitvā
—
placing
;
kārya-bhāreṣu
—
in the duties
;
sarvataḥ
—
in all respects
;
hemāḍhyam
—
opulent with gold
;
kiṅkiṇī-jālam
—
a network of tinkling ornaments
;
caṣcala
—
eager to go
;
aśva
—
horses
;
niyojitam
—
yoked
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
āruhya
—
mounting
;
sūryābham
—
splendid as the sun
;
uddhavena
—
with Uddhava
;
samanvitaḥ
—
with
;
bhaktānām
—
of the devotees
;
darśanam
—
the sight
;
dātum
—
to give
;
prāyayau
—
went
;
nanda-gokulam
—
to Nanda's Gokula.
Translation
caṣcalāśva-niyojitam
Entrusting all His duties to Balarāma, and mounting a chariot rich with tinkling golden ornaments and yoked to eager horses, Kṛṣṇa went with Uddhava to Nanda's Gokula to meet His devotees.
Verse text
govardhanaṁ gokulaṁ ca
paśyan vṛndāvanaṁ vanam
prāpto 'bhūt puline kṛṣṇo
kṛṣṇā-tīre manohare
Synonyms
govardhanam
—
Govardhana
;
gokulam
—
Gokula
;
ca
—
and
;
paśyan
—
seeing
;
vṛndāvanam
—
Vṛndāvana
;
vanam
—
forest
;
prāptaḥ
—
attained
;
abhūt
—
did
;
puline
—
on the shore
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
kṛṣṇā-tīre
—
on the Yamunā's shore
;
manohare
—
beautiful.
Translation
Seeing Govardhana and Gokula as He went, Kṛṣṇa came to the Yamunā's beautiful shore by Vṛndāvana forest.
Verse text
koṭiśaḥ koṭiśo gāvo
dṛṣṭvā kṛṣṇaṁ vrajādhipam
ādhāvantyaḥ sarvatas taṁ
Synonyms
koṭiśaḥ
—
millions
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
and millions
;
gāvaḥ
—
of cows
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vrajādhipam
—
the king of Vraja
;
ādhāvantyaḥ
—
running
;
sarvataḥ
—
everywhere
;
tam
—
Him
;
sneha
—
out of love
;
snuta
—
flowing
;
payodharāh
—
—udders.
Translation
sneha-snuta-payodharāḥ
As soon as they saw Him, from all directions millions and millions of cows, milk dripping from their udders out of love, ran to Kṛṣṇa, the king of Vraja.
Verse text
udāsya-karṇa-vālāṁś ca
rambhamānāḥ sa-vatsakāḥ
mukhe kavala-samyuktā
aśru-mukhyo gata-vyathāḥ
sa-rathaṁ sāruṇaṁ sāśvaṁ
śarad-arkaṁ yathā ghanāḥ
rurudhus taṁ rathaṁ rājann
uddhavasya prapaśyataḥ
Synonyms
ut
—
raised
;
āsya
—
faces
;
karṇa
—
ears
;
vālāḥ
—
tails
;
ca
—
and
;
rambhamānāḥ
—
mooing
;
sa-vatsakāḥ
—
with calves
;
mukhe
—
in the mouth
;
kavala-samyuktā
—
with a mouthful
;
aśru-mukhyaḥ
—
tears in their eyes
;
gata-vyathāḥ
—
their unhappinesses gone
;
sa-ratham
—
with his chariot
;
sāruṇam
—
with the aruṇas
;
sāśvam
—
with his horses
;
śarad-arkam
—
the autumn sun
;
yathā
—
as
;
ghanaḥ
—
clouds
;
rurudhuḥ
—
stopped
;
tam
—
that
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
rājann
—
O king
;
uddhavasya
—
as Uddhava
;
prapaśyataḥ
—
looked.
Translation
As Uddhava watched, the mooing cows and calves, their faces, ears, and tails erect, the cud still in their mouths, and their sufferings now gone, blocked the chariot, as autumn clouds block the sun-god, riding in his chariot pulled by many horses and accompanied by the aruṇas.
Verse text
śrī-gopālo haris tāsāṁ
vadan nāma pṛthak pṛthak
śrī-hastena tad-aṅgāni
spṛśan harṣaṁ jagāma ha
Synonyms
śrī-gopālaḥ
—
the protector of the cows
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
tāsām
—
of them
;
vadan
—
saying
;
nāma
—
the name
;
pṛthak
—
one
;
pṛthak
—
by one
;
śrī-hastena
—
with His hand
;
tad-aṅgāni
—
their bodies
;
spṛśan
—
touching
;
harṣam
—
happiness
;
jagāma
—
attained
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Then Lord Kṛṣṇa, the protector of the cows, called each cow by name. Touching them with His glorious hand, He became happy.
Verse text
tat-samīpe gavāṁ vṛndaṁ
gataṁ vīkṣya vrajārbhakāḥ
śrīdāmādyā vismitāś ca
dūrād ūcuḥ parasparam
Synonyms
tat-samīpe
—
near Him
;
gavām
—
of cows
;
vṛndam
—
the multitude
;
gatam
—
gone
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
vrajārbhakāḥ
—
the boys of Vraja
;
śrīdāmādyā
—
headed by Śrīdāmā
;
vismitāḥ
—
surprised
;
ca
—
and
;
dūrāt
—
from afar
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
parasparam
—
among themselves.
Translation
Seeing the cows clustered around the chariot, the gopas headed by Śrīdāmā became filled with wonder and spoke among themselves.
Verse text
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
rathaṁ sa-kumbha-dhvaja-vāyu-vegaṁ
su-kāṁsya-patra-dhvani-niḥsvanaṁ tam
śatāśva-yuktaṁ śata-sūrya-śobhaṁ
gāvaḥ kathaṁ vā rurudhuḥ sakhāyaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-gopā ūcuḥ
—
the gopas said
;
ratham
—
chariot
;
sa-kumbha
—
with a canopy
;
dhvaja
—
flag
;
vāyu
—
wind
;
vegam
—
fast
;
su-kaṁsya-patra-dhvani-niḥsvanam
—
making a rumbling sound
;
tam
—
that
;
śatāśva-yuktam
—
with a hundred horses
;
śata-sūrya-śobham
—
splendid as a hundred suns
;
gāvaḥ
—
cows
;
katham
—
how?
;
vā
—
or
;
rurudhuḥ
—
stopped
;
sakhāyaḥ
—
O friends.
Translation
The gopas said: O friends, how is it possible that these cows have stopped such a chariot decorated with with canopy and flag, splendid as a hundred suns, and making a great rumbling sound as, pulled by a hundred horses, it goes as fast as the wind?
Verse text
anyo na cāsmin hi gavāṁ praharṣaṇair
āyāti kintu vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ
sphuranti cāṅgāni hi dakṣiṇāni naḥ
śrī-nīlakaṇṭhaḥ pratanoti toraṇam
Synonyms
anyaḥ
—
another
;
na
—
not
;
ca
—
and
;
asmin
—
in this
;
hi
—
indeed
;
gavām
—
of cows
;
praharṣaṇaiḥ
—
with the joys
;
āyāti
—
goes
;
kintu
—
however
;
vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ
—
the prince of Vraja
;
sphuranti
—
trembles
;
ca
—
and
;
aṅgāni
—
the limbs
;
hi
—
indeed
;
dakṣiṇāni
—
right
;
naḥ
—
of us
;
śrī-nīlakaṇṭhaḥ
—
the peacock
;
pratanoti
—
extends
;
toraṇam
—
arched gateway.
Translation
This is none other than Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the prince of Vraja, that has come. The cows are filled with happiness. Our bodies tremble on the left side, an auspicious sign. The peacock has made an arch for Kṛṣṇa to pass under.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
itthaṁ vicārya manasā
gopāḥ sarve samāgatāḥ
dadṛśur mādhavaṁ mitraṁ
gataṁ vastu yathā janāḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
ittham
—
thus
;
vicārya
—
considering
;
manasā
—
with the mind
;
gopāḥ
—
teh gopas
;
sarve
—
all
;
samāgatāḥ
—
cane
;
dadṛśuḥ
—
saw
;
mādhavam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
mitram
—
friend
;
gatam
—
come
;
vastu
—
in truth
;
yathā
—
as
;
janāḥ
—
the people.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Thinking in this way, all the gopas went and saw their friend Kṛṣṇa. They gazed on Him as people who have suddenly realized the truth.
Verse text
avaplutya rathāt kṛṣṇaḥ
paripūrṇatamaḥ svayam
puro nidhāya tān sarvān
dorbhyāṁ tat-prema-vihvalaḥ
Synonyms
avaplutya
—
jumping
;
rathāt
—
from the chariot
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
puraḥ
—
before
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
tān
—
them
;
sarvān
—
all
;
dorbhyām
—
with both arms
;
tat-prema-vihvalah
—
overcome with love.
Translation
The Lord Kṛṣṇa, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, jumped from the chariot and, overcome with love, embraced them all.
Verse text
muṣcan netrābja-vārīṇi
parirebhe pṛthak pṛthak
aho bhakteś ca māhātmyaṁ
vaktuṁ ko 'sti mahī-tale
Synonyms
muṣcan
—
shedding
;
netrābja-vārīṇi
—
tears from His lotus eyes
;
parirebhe
—
rembaced
;
pṛthak
—
one
;
pṛthak
—
by one
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
bhakteḥ
—
of devotion
;
ca
—
and
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
vaktum
—
to say
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
asti
—
is
;
mahī-tale
—
on the earth.
Translation
Shedding tears from His lotus eyes, He embraced them all, one by one. Who in this world can describe the love they all felt?
Verse text
te sarve rurudur gopā
muṣcanto 'śrūni maithila
pravaktuṁ na samārthāḥ śrī-
Synonyms
te
—
they
;
sarve
—
all
;
ruruduḥ
—
wept
;
gopā
—
gopas
;
muṣcantaḥ
—
shedding
;
aśrūni
—
tears
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
pravaktum
—
to speak
;
na
—
not
;
samārthāḥ
—
able
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-vikṣepa-vihvalāḥ
—
overcome with love for Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
kṛṣṇa-vikṣepa-vihvalāḥ
O king of Mithilā, all the gopas wept, shedding tears. Trembling with love for Kṛṣṇa, they could not speak.
Verse text
paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣād
devo madhurayā girā
āśvāsayām āsa natān
Synonyms
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
devaḥ
—
the Lord
;
madhurayā
—
with sweet
;
girā
—
words
;
āśvāsayām āsa
—
comforted
;
natān
—
bowed down
;
prema
—
of love
;
ānanda
—
with the bliss
;
samakulān
—
overcome.
Translation
premānanda-samakulān
With sweet words the Supreme Personality of Godhead comforted the gopas, who were all overwhelmed with the bliss of love.
Verse text
uddhavo preṣito vaktuṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇenārbhakaiḥ saha
āgataṁ kathayām āsa
śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ nanda-paṭṭane
Synonyms
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
preṣitaḥ
—
sent
;
vaktum
—
to speak
;
śrī-kṛṣṇena
—
with Kṛṣṇa
;
arbhakaiḥ
—
the boys
;
saha
—
with
;
āgatam
—
come
;
kathayām āsa
—
told
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
nanda-paṭṭane
—
in Nanda's village.
Translation
Then Kṛṣṇa and the boys sent Uddhava into Nanda's village to say that Śrī Kṛṣṇa had returned.
Verse text
śrutvāgataṁ nanda-sūnuṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ gopa-vallabham
ānetuṁ nirgatāḥ sarve
Synonyms
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
āgatam
—
returned
;
nanda-sūnum
—
Nanda's son
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
gopa-vallabham
—
the dear friend of the gopas
;
ānetum
—
to bring
;
nirgatāḥ
—
left
;
sarve
—
a
;
paripūrṇa-manorathāḥ
—
their desires fulfilled.
Translation
paripūrṇa-manorathāḥ
Hearing that Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda and the dear friend of the gopas, had returned, everyone, now their desires all fuflilled, left the village to escort Him back.
Verse text
bherī-mṛdaṅgaiḥ paṭahaiḥ kala-svanair
āpūrṇa-kumbhair dvija-veda-ghoṣaṇaiḥ gandhākṣatair maṅgala-lāja-miśritaiḥ
śrī-nanda-rājo 'bhiyayau yaśodayā
Synonyms
bherī-mṛdaṅgaiḥ
—
with bheris and mrdangas
;
paṭahaiḥ
—
with patahas
;
kala-svanaiḥ
—
with the sweet sounds
;
āpūrṇa-kumbhaiḥ
—
with full pots
;
dvija
—
brāhmaṇas
;
veda
—
of the Vedas
;
ghoṣaṇaiḥ
—
with sounds
;
gandha
—
fragrances
;
akṣataiḥ
—
unhusked grains of rice
;
maṅgala
—
auspicious
;
lāja
—
with fried grains
;
miśritaiḥ
—
mixed
;
śrī-nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
abhiyayau
—
went
;
yaśodayā
—
with Yaśodā.
Translation
Accompanied by the sweet sounds of bherīs, mṛdaṅgas, paṭahas, and brāhmaṇas chanting Vedic mantras, and bringing full waterpots and auspicious fried rice mixed with raw and unhusked rice, King Nanda and Yaśodā-devī came to meet Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
tataḥ puraskṛtya madonnataṁ gajaṁ
samāyayau śrī-vṛṣabhānu-mukhyo
bhāvān kṛtis tatra kalāvatī-yutaḥ
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
puraskṛtya
—
coming before
;
mada
—
intoxicated
;
unnatam
—
great
;
gajam
—
elephant
;
sindūra-śuṇḍā-dhṛta
—
its trunk anointed with red sindura
;
hema-śṛṅkhalam
—
with gold ornaments
;
samāyayau
—
came
;
śrī-vṛṣabhānu-mukhyaḥ
—
King Vṛṣabhānu
;
bhāvān
—
bring
;
kṛtiḥ
—
piety
;
tatra
—
there
;
kalāvatī-yutāḥ
—
with Kalāvati.
Translation
sindūra-śuṇḍā-dhṛta-hema-śṛṅkhalam
With a great intoxicated elephant shackled with golden links and its trunk decorated with red sindūra preceding them, King Vṛṣabhānu and his queen Kalāvati also came to meet Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
nandopānandā vṛṣabhānavaś ca
gopāś ca vṛddhās taruṇārbhakāś ca
vinirgatāḥ pūrṇa-manorathās te
Synonyms
nandopānandā
—
the Nandas and Upanandas
;
vṛṣabhānavaḥ
—
the Vṛṣabhānus
;
ca
—
and
;
gopāḥ
—
the gopas
;
ca
—
and
;
vṛddhāḥ
—
adult
;
taruṇa
—
youths
;
arbhakāḥ
—
boys
;
ca
—
and
;
srak
—
gfarlands
;
veṇu
—
flutes
;
guṣjā
—
gunjas
;
paripiccha
—
peacock feathers
;
yuktā
—
with
;
vinirgatāḥ
—
came
;
pūrṇa-manorathāḥ
—
their desires fulfilled
;
te
—
they.
Translation
srag-veṇu-guṣjā-paripiccha-yuktā
Carrying garlands, flutes, guṣjā, and peacock feathers, and their desires now fulfilled, the young, adolescent, and adult gopas also came to meet Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
gāyanta ārān nṛpa-nanda-nandanaṁ
nṛtyanta ācālita-pīta-vāsasaḥ
vaṁśī-dharā vetra-viṣāṇa-pāṇayaḥ
praharṣitā darśana-lālasā bhṛśam
Synonyms
gāyantaḥ
—
singing
;
ārān
—
near
;
nṛpa-nanda-nandanam
—
the son of King Nanda
;
nṛtyantaḥ
—
dancing
;
ācālita
—
moving
;
pīta
—
yellow
;
vāsasaḥ
—
garments
;
vaṁśī-dharā
—
holding a flute
;
vetra
—
a stick
;
viṣāṇa
—
a buffalo horn bugle
;
pāṇayaḥ
—
in hand
;
praharṣitā
—
delighted
;
darśana-lālasā
—
yearning to see Him
;
bhṛśam
—
greatly.
Translation
Flutes, sticks, and bugles in their hands, very happy, and eager to see Kṛṣṇa, the gopas sang and danced, shaking their yellow garments.
Verse text
sakhī-mukhebhyo harim āgataṁ paraṁ
niśamya rādhā-śayanāt samutthitā
tābhyaḥ sva-bhūṣāḥ pradadau praharṣitā
prītā sva-gandhiṁ nava-padminī yathā
Synonyms
sakhī-mukhebhyaḥ
—
from the mouths of Her gopī friends
;
harim
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
āgatam
—
come
;
param
—
great
;
niśamya
—
hearing
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
śayanāt
—
from bed
;
samutthitā
—
risen
;
tābhyaḥ
—
to them
;
sva-bhūṣāḥ
—
own ornaments
;
pradadau
—
gave
;
praharṣitā
—
happy
;
prītā
—
pleased
;
sva-gandhim
—
own scent
;
nava-padminī
—
a new lotus
;
yathā
—
as.
Translation
Hearing from Her friends' mouths that Kṛṣṇa had returned, Rādhā at once rose from bed and, pleased with them as a new lotus is pleased with its own sweet fragrance, at once gave them Her own ornaments.
Verse text
dva-triṁśad aṣṭau kila ṣoḍaśa dve
yūthair yutā maithila gopikānām
āruhya rādhā śibikāṁ manojṣāṁ
samāyayau śrīdhara-darśanārtham
Synonyms
dva-triṁśat
—
thirty-two
;
aṣṭau
—
eight
;
kila
—
indeed
;
ṣoḍaśa
—
sixteen
;
dve
—
two
;
yūthaiḥ
—
groups
;
yutā
—
endowed
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
gopikānām
—
of gopīs
;
āruhya
—
climbing
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
śibikām
—
a palanquin
;
manojṣām
—
beautiful
;
samāyayau
—
went
;
śrīdhara-darśanārtham
—
to see Lord Kṛṣṇa, the husband of the godess of fortune.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, accompanied by thirty-two, eight, and sixteen groups of gopīs, Rādhā rode on a beautiful palanquin to see Lord Kṛṣṇa, the husband of the goddess of fortune.
Verse text
tathā hi gopyaḥ kila koṭiśaś ca
tyaktvātha sarvaṁ sva-gṛhasya kṛtyam
vyatyasta-vastrābharaṇā nṛpeśa
samāyayuḥ prema-calan-mano-'ṅgāḥ
Synonyms
tathā
—
then
;
hi
—
indeed
;
gopyaḥ
—
gopīs
;
kila
—
indeed
;
koṭisaḥ
—
millions
;
ca
—
and
;
tyaktvā
—
abandoning
;
atha
—
then
;
sarvam
—
everything
;
sva-gṛhasya
—
of their own homes
;
kṛtyam
—
the duties
;
vyatyasta
—
in disarray
;
vastra
—
garments
;
ābharaṇāḥ
—
and ornaments
;
nṛpeśa
—
O king
;
samāyayuḥ
—
came
;
prema
—
with love
;
calat
—
trembling
;
manaḥ
—
hearts
;
aṅgāḥ
—
and limbs.
Translation
O king of kings, leaving their household duties undone, their garments and ornaments in disarray, and their hearts and limbs trembling with love, millions of gopīs came to meet Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
sarvaṁ vrajaṁ pādapa-go-mṛga-dvijaṁ
premāturaṁ vīkṣya samāgataṁ kim u
śrī-nanda-rājaṁ pitaraṁ ca mātaraṁ
nanāma kṛṣṇaḥ kṛta-mastakāṣjaliḥ
Synonyms
sarvam
—
all
;
vrajam
—
Vraja
;
pādapa
—
trees
;
gaḥ
—
cows
;
mṛga
—
deer
;
dvijam
—
and birds
;
premāturam
—
overcome with love
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
samāgatam
—
come
;
kim u
—
how much more?
;
śrī-nanda-rājam
—
King Nanda
;
pitaram
—
father
;
ca
—
and
;
mātaram
—
mother
;
nanāma
—
bowed down
;
kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
kṛta-mastakāṣjaliḥ
—
placing folded hands to His forehead.
Translation
Kṛṣṇa glanced at the trees, cows, deer, birds, and all the living entities in Vraja. Filled with love, they had come to meet Him. Seeing His father King Nanda and His mother Yaśodā, Lord Kṛṣṇa placed His folded palms to His forehead and bowed down before them.
Verse text
śrī-nanda-rājas tanayaṁ cirāgataṁ
pragṛhya dorbhyāṁ hṛdaye nidhāya tam
saṁsnāpayām āsa su-netrajair jalair
yaśodayā prāpta-manorathaś cirāt
Synonyms
śrī-nanda-rājaḥ
—
King Nanda
;
tanayam
—
his son
;
cira
—
after a long time
;
āgatam
—
come
;
pragṛhya
—
embracing
;
dorbhyām
—
with both arms
;
hṛdaye
—
to his heart
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
tam
—
Him
;
saṁsnāpayām āsa
—
bathed
;
su-netrajaiḥ
—
with tears from his eyes
;
jalaiḥ
—
with water
;
yaśodayā
—
with Yaśodā
;
prāpta
—
attained
;
manorathaḥ
—
desires
;
cirāt
—
long cherished.
Translation
Their long-cherished desire now fulfilled, King Nanda and Queen Yaśodā embraced their long-absent son, with both arms holding Him to their hearts. They bathed Him with tears from their eyes.
Verse text
nandopānandān vṛṣabhānu-vṛddhān
sarvaṁ namaskṛtya ca tat-kṛtāśīḥ
tathā vayasyaiś ca parasparaṁ vā
laghūṁś ca hasta-grahaṇaiḥ sthito 'bhūt
Synonyms
nandopānandān
—
the Nandas and Upanandas
;
vṛṣabhānu-vṛddhān
—
the great Vṛṣabhānus
;
sarvam
—
all
;
namaskṛtya
—
bvowing down
;
ca
—
and
;
tat-kṛtāśīḥ
—
their blessings
;
tathā
—
then
;
vayasyaiḥ
—
with His friends
;
ca
—
and
;
parasparam
—
together
;
vā
—
or
;
laghūn
—
younger
;
ca
—
and
;
hasta
—
hands
;
grahaṇaiḥ
—
holding
;
sthitaḥ
—
stood
;
abhūt
—
was.
Translation
Lord Kṛṣṇa bowed down before the Nandas, Upanandas, and Vṛṣabhānus and respectfully received their blessings. Then He grasped the hands of the boys His age and younger.
Verse text
tataḥ samāruhya rathaṁ hariḥ svayaṁ
nidhāya nandaṁ ca gaje yaśodayā
nandopanandaiḥ sahito gavāṁ gaṇaiḥ
śrī-nanda-rājasya puraṁ viveśa saḥ
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
thern
;
samāruhya
—
mounting
;
ratham
—
the chariot
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
svayam
—
Himself
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
nandam
—
Nanda
;
ca
—
and
;
gaje
—
on the elephant
;
yaśodayā
—
with Yaśodā
;
nandopanandaiḥ
—
with the Nandas and Upanandas
;
sahitaḥ
—
with
;
gavām
—
of tyhe cows
;
gaṇaiḥ
—
with the multitudes
;
śrī-nanda-rājasya
—
of King Nanda
;
puram
—
to village
;
viveśa
—
entered
;
saḥ
—
He.
Translation
Placing King Nanda and Queen Yaśodā on the elephant, and Himself mounting the chariot, in the company of the Nandas, Upanandas, and the great multitude of cows, Lord Kṛṣṇa entered King Nanda's village.
Verse text
tadaiva devāḥ kila puṣpa-varṣaṁ
ācāra-lājān pura-gopikāś ca
pracakrire tatra jayeti maṅgalaṁ
śabdaṁ ca gopā gṛham āgate harau
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
devāḥ
—
the demigods
;
kila
—
indeed
;
puṣpa-varṣam
—
a shower of flowers
;
ācāra-lājān
—
rice
;
pura-gopikāḥ
—
the gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
pracakrire
—
did
;
tatra
—
there
;
jaya
—
victory
;
iti
—
thus
;
maṅgalam
—
auspiciousness
;
śabdam
—
sound
;
ca
—
and
;
gopā
—
the gopas
;
gṛham
—
home
;
āgate
—
came
;
harau
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
As Kṛṣṇa returned to His home the demigods showered flowers, the gopīs showered grains of rice, and the gopas made a great auspicious sound of "Victory!"
Verse text
dhanyaḥ sakhā te param uddhavo 'yaṁ
anena sākṣāt kila darśito 'tra
tvaṁ jīvanaṁ gopa-janasya gopā
ūcur girā gadgadayedam ārtāḥ
Synonyms
dhanyaḥ
—
fortunate
;
sakhā
—
friend
;
te
—
they
;
param
—
then
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
ayam
—
he
;
anena
—
by him
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
kila
—
indeed
;
darśitaḥ
—
shown
;
atra
—
here
;
tvam
—
You
;
jīvanam
—
the life
;
gopa-janasya
—
of the gopas
;
gopā
—
the gopas
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
girā
—
with words
;
gadgadayā
—
choked with emotion
;
idam
—
this
;
ārtāḥ
—
overcome.
Translation
With voices choked with emotion, the gopas said to Kṛṣṇa, "Your friend Uddhava is a great saint. He has shown to us You, the life of all the gopas."
Verse text
idaṁ mayā te kathitaṁ nṛpeśa
punar vraje hy āgamanaṁ hareś ca
kim icchasi śrotum atho surāsuraiḥ
paraṁ caritraṁ śubhadaṁ vicitram
Synonyms
idam
—
this
;
mayā
—
by me
;
te
—
to you
;
kathitam
—
spoken
;
nṛpeśa
—
O kin gof kings
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
vraje
—
in Vraja
;
hi
—
indeed
;
āgamanam
—
coming
;
hareḥ
—
of Kṛṣṇa
;
ca
—
and
;
kim
—
what?
;
icchasi
—
you wish
;
śrotum
—
to hear
;
athaḥ
—
then
;
surāsuraiḥ
—
by the demigods and demons
;
param
—
transcendental
;
caritram
—
pastimes
;
śubhadam
—
auspicious
;
vicitram
—
wonderful.
Translation
O king of kings, now I have described to you Lord Kṛṣṇa's return to Vraja. Lord Kṛṣṇa's wonderful and transcendental pastimes brings auspiciousness to both the demigods and demons. What more do you wish to hear?
.pa
Chapter Twenty
Śrī Rāsotsave Ṛbhu-mokṣa
The Liberation of Ṛbhu Muni During the Rāsa-dance Festival
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
agre cakāra kiṁ sākṣād
bhagavān vraja-maṇḍale
rādhāyai gopikābhyāś ca
kathaṁsvid darśanaṁ dadau
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
agre
—
before
;
cakāra
—
did
;
kim
—
what?
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
vraja-maṇḍale
—
in the circle of Vraja
;
rādhāyai
—
to Rādhā
;
gopikābhyāḥ
—
to the gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
kathaṁsvit
—
somehow
;
darśanam
—
sight
;
dadau
—
gave.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: What did the Supreme Lord do in the circle of Vraja? How did He meet with Rādhā and the gopīs?
Verse text
gopī-manorathaṁ kṛtvā
mathurām ājagāma ha
etan me brūhi viprendra
tvaṁ parāvara-vittamaḥ
Synonyms
gopī
—
of the gopīs
;
manoratham
—
the desire
;
kṛtvā
—
fulfilling
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
ājagāma
—
retyurned
;
ha
—
indeed
;
etan
—
that
;
me
—
to me
;
brūhi
—
please tell
;
viprendra
—
O king of the brāhmaṇas
;
tvam
—
you
;
parāvara-vittamaḥ
—
the best of the all-knowing.
Translation
The Lord fulfilled the gopīs' desires and then returned to Mathurā. You are the best of the wise. O king of the brāhmaṇas, please tell me this.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
sandhyāyāṁ rādhayāhūtaḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān svayam
ekānte śītalaṁ śaśvaj
jagāma kadalī-vanam
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
sandhyāyām
—
at sunset
;
rādhayā
—
by Rādhā
;
āhūtaḥ
—
ca
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
svayam
—
personally
;
ekānte
—
in s private place
;
śītalam
—
cool
;
śaśvat
—
always
;
jagāma
—
went
;
kadalī-vanam
—
the forest of banana trees.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Called there by Rādhā, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, went at sunset to a secluded and always pleasantly cool banana-tree forest.
Verse text
kṛṣṇā-marut-sīkaraṁ ca
Synonyms
sphāra-sphuran-megha-gṛham
—
the home of a great and splendid cloud
;
rambhā
—
banana trees
;
candana
—
sandal
;
carcitam
—
anointed
;
kṛṣṇā
—
of the Yamunā
;
marut
—
breeze
;
sīkaram
—
mist
;
ca
—
and
;
sudhā-raśmi-galat-sudhām
—
bringing the sweetest nectar of the moon.
Translation
sphāra-sphuran-megha-gṛhaṁ
rambhā-candana-carcitam
sudhāraśmi-galat-sudhām
That forest was like a palace that had great splendid clouds for a roof and banana trees for sandal-anointed walls. A breeze filled that place with mist from the Yamunā and the moonlight filled it with the sweetest nectar.
Verse text
etādṛśaṁ vanaṁ rādhā
bhasmī-bhūtaṁ hi satataṁ
kṛṣṇāśā tāṁ hi rakṣati
Synonyms
etadṛśam
—
like this
;
vanam
—
the forest
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
viyogānala-varcasā
—
with the flames of separation
;
bhasmī-bhūtam
—
burned to ashes
;
hi
—
indeed
;
satatam
—
always
;
kṛṣṇāśā
—
the hop to attain Kṛṣṇa
;
tām
—
Her
;
hi
—
indeed
;
rakṣati
—
protects.
Translation
viyogānala-varcasā
Rādhā would many times have burned that forest to ashes with the flames of Her distress in Lord Kṛṣṇa's absence. It was only the hope that She would again meet Kṛṣṇa that prevented Her.
Verse text
tatraiva sarve gopīnāṁ
śata-yūthāḥ samāgatāḥ
tasyai nivedanaṁ cakrur
mādhavāgamanasya hi
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
sarve
—
all
;
gopīnām
—
of the gs
;
śata-yūthāḥ
—
a hundred groups
;
samāgatāḥ
—
came
;
tasyai
—
to Her
;
nivedanam
—
information
;
cakruḥ
—
did
;
mādhavāgamanasya
—
of Kṛṣṇa's arrival
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
Then a hundred groups of gopīs came there and informed Her that Kṛṣṇa had come.
Verse text
utthāya sahasā sākṣād
ānetum āyayau kṛṣṇaṁ
sakhībhiḥ parivāritā
Synonyms
utthāya
—
rising
;
sahasā
—
at once
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
vṛṣabhānu-varātmajā
—
Rādhā, the daughter of King Vṛṣabhānu
;
ānetum
—
to bring
;
āyayau
—
came
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
sakhībhiḥ
—
with friends
;
parivāritā
—
accompanied.
Translation
vṛṣabhānu-varātmajā
Śrī Rādhā, the daughter of King Vṛṣabhānu, stood up at once. Accompanied by Her friends, She went to meet Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
dadāv āsana-padyārghān
upacārān manoharān
vadantī sādaraṁ vākyaṁ
kuśalaṁ kuśalādhikā
Synonyms
dadau
—
gave
;
āsana
—
a seat
;
padya
—
padya
;
arghān
—
argha
;
upacārān
—
offerings
;
manoharān
—
beautiful
;
vadantī
—
saying
;
sādaram
—
with respect
;
vākyam
—
words
;
kuśalam
—
beautiful
;
kuśalādhikā
—
beautiful.
Translation
Speaking sweet and reverential words, sublimely beautiful Rādhā gave Him a seat and offered Him padya, arghya, and many kinds of beautiful offerings.
Verse text
mādhurya-hāriṇaṁ harim
dṛṣṭvā rādhā jahau duḥkhaṁ
brahma jṣātvā guṇaṁ yathā
Synonyms
yuva
—
youthful
;
kandarpa
—
Kāmadevas
;
koṭīnām
—
of millions
;
mādhurya-hāriṇam
—
eclipsing the charm
;
harim
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
jahau
—
abandoned
;
duḥkham
—
unhappiness
;
brahma
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
jṣātvā
—
understanding
;
guṇam
—
the modes of nature
;
yathā
—
as.
Translation
yuva-kandarpa-koṭīnāṁ
Gazing at Lord Kṛṣṇa, who eclipses the charms of many millions of youthful Kāmadevas, Rādhā became free of all distress. She was like a yogī who, at last understanding the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes free from the influence of the the material modes of nature.
Verse text
prasannā tatra śṛṅgāraṁ
akarot kīrti-nandinī
tayā no 'kāri śṛṅgāraḥ
panthe kṛṣṇe gate sati
Synonyms
prasannā
—
pleased
;
tatra
—
there
;
śṛṅgāram
—
decoration
;
akarot
—
did
;
kīrti-nandinī
—
Rādhā
;
tayā
—
by Her
;
naḥ
—
not
;
akāri
—
did
;
śṛṅgāraḥ
—
decoration
;
panthe
—
on the path
;
kṛṣṇe
—
when Kṛṣṇa
;
gate sati
—
went.
Translation
Śrī Rādhā, the daughter of Kīrti-devī, was very happy. She had nicely decorated Herself. She had not decorated Herself since Kṛṣṇa left, traveling on the road to Mathurā.
Verse text
na candanaṁ ca tāmbūlaṁ
bhojanaṁ ca sudhā-samam
na kṛtaṁ divya-śayanaṁ
hasyaṁ vā na kṛtaṁ kvacit
Synonyms
na
—
not
;
candanam
—
sandal paste
;
ca
—
and
;
tāmbūlam
—
betelnuts
;
bhojanam
—
nice food
;
ca
—
and
;
sudhā-samam
—
like nectar
;
na
—
not
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
divya-śayanam
—
a nice bed
;
hasyam
—
joking
;
vā
—
or
;
na
—
not
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
kvacit
—
ever.
Translation
In Lord Kṛṣṇa's absence She never anointed Herself with sandal paste, chewed betelnuts, ate food sweet as nectar, slept on a comfortable bed, or joked and laughed.
Verse text
paripūrṇatamaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ
ānandāśrūni muṣcantī
prāha gadgadayā girā
Synonyms
paripūrṇatamam
—
the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
kṛṣṇam
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
paripūrṇatama-priyā
—
the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ānandāśrūni
—
tears of happiness
;
muṣcantī
—
shedding
;
prāha
—
spoke
;
gadgadayā
—
choked up
;
girā
—
with words.
Translation
paripūrṇatama-priyā
Shedding tears of bliss, Śrī Rādhā, the beloved of the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, spoke words choked with emotion to Lord Kṛṣṇa, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Verse text
kiyad dūre yadu-purī
nāgataṁ kiṁ karoṣi hi
kiṁ vande 'haṁ raho duḥkhaṁ
bhavato 'śeṣa-sākṣiṇaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rādhā uvāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
kiyat
—
how?
;
dūre
—
far
;
yadu-purī
—
the city of the Yādavas
;
na
—
not
;
āgatam
—
come
;
kim
—
whether?
;
karoṣi
—
You do
;
hi
—
indeed
;
kim
—
whether
;
vande
—
I offer obeisances
;
aham
—
I
;
rahaḥ
—
in a secluded place
;
duḥkham
—
suffering
;
bhavataḥ
—
of You
;
aśeṣa
—
of all
;
sākṣiṇaḥ
—
the witness.
Translation
śrī-rādhovāca
Śrī Rādhā said: Why did You stay so long in the city of the Yādavas? Why did You not come sooner? Why again and again in a secluded place did I have to bow down before You and pray to You, who are the witness that sees everything?
Verse text
damayantī ca maithilī
nāsty atra kāṁ puraskṛtya
vade 'haṁ virahaṁ ripum
Synonyms
saudāsa-rāja-mahiṣī
—
the queen of King Saudasa
;
damayantī
—
Damayanti
;
ca
—
and
;
maithilī
—
Sītā-devī
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
atra
—
here
;
kām
—
what?
;
puraskṛtya
—
before
;
vade
—
speak
;
aham
—
I
;
viraham
—
separation
;
ripum
—
enemy.
Translation
saudāsa-rāja-mahiṣī
Neither Sītā-devī, Damayantī, nor Saudāsa-rājṣī suffered as I suffered. What words can I speak to describe the implacable enemy that was My separation from You?
Verse text
mat-samānāśrayā gopyo
gadituṁ na kṣamāḥ kvacit
mayūrīva ghanaṁ navam
Synonyms
mat-samāna
—
like me
;
āśrayā
—
taken shelter
;
gopyaḥ
—
gopīs
;
gaditum
—
to speak
;
na
—
not
;
kṣamāḥ
—
able
;
kvacit
—
at all
;
sarat
—
autumn
;
candra
—
moon
;
cakorī
—
cakori bird
;
iva
—
like
;
mayūrī
—
peahen
;
iva
—
like
;
ghanam
—
a cloud
;
navam
—
new.
Translation
sarac-candra-cakorīva
The other gopīs, like Me, also could not describe that enemy of separation. I was like a cakorī bird yearning for the moon, or a peahen yearning for the new monsoon cloud.
Verse text
śrī-vṛndāvana-candraṁ tvāṁ
ghana-śyāmaṁ samutsahe
tava sākhyoddhavenāśu
dhanyena tvaṁ pradarśitaḥ anyaḥ ko 'pi vraje nāsti yasya premṇā tvam āgataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-vṛndāvana
—
of Śrī Vṛndāvana
;
candram
—
the moon
;
tvām
—
You
;
ghana-śyāmam
—
dark as a cloud
;
samutsahe
—
eager
;
tava
—
of You
;
sakhya
—
with the friend
;
uddhavena
—
Uddhava
;
āśu
—
at once
;
dhanyena
—
saintly
;
tvam
—
You
;
pradarśitaḥ
—
showed
;
anyaḥ
—
another
;
ko 'pi
—
someone
;
vraje
—
in Vraja
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
yasya
—
of whom
;
premṇā
—
the love
;
tvam
—
You
;
āgataḥ
—
returned.
Translation
I yearned to see You, splendid as a dark cloud, the moon of beautiful Vṛndāvana forest, and Your saintly friend Uddhava showed You to Me. No one in Vraja is his equal. His love brought You back.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
evaṁ vadantīṁ satataṁ rudantīṁ
parāṁ priyāṁ vīkṣya ghṛṇāturāṅgaḥ
āśvāsayām āsa nayena sadyaḥ
pragṛhya dorbhyāṁ sravad-ambu-netraḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
evam
—
thus
;
vadantīm
—
speaking
;
satatam
—
again and again
;
rudantīm
—
weeping
;
parām
—
greatly
;
priyām
—
beloved
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
ghṛṇāturāṅgaḥ
—
all the limbs of His body filled with compassion
;
āśvāsayām āsa
—
comforted
;
nayena
—
with logic
;
sadyaḥ
—
at once
;
pragṛhya
—
embracing
;
dorbhyām
—
with both arms
;
sravad-ambu-netraḥ
—
tears flowing from His eyes.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As Rādhā spoke in this way and wept, Lord Kṛṣṇa gazed at Her, His dearest beloved. Every limb of His body filled with compassion for Her, He comforted Her with eloquent words. Tears streaming from His eyes, He embraced Her with both arms.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
mā śokaṁ kuru rādhe tvaṁ
tvat-prītyāhaṁ samāgataḥ
āvayor bheda-rahitaṁ
tejaś caikaṁ dvidhā janaiḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
mā
—
don't
;
śokam
—
lament
;
kuru
—
do
;
rādhe
—
O Rādhā
;
tvam
—
You
;
tvat-prītyā
—
with love for You
;
aham
—
I
;
samāgataḥ
—
come
;
āvayoḥ
—
of Us
;
bheda-rahitam
—
without difference
;
tejaḥ
—
fiure
;
ca
—
and
;
ekam
—
one
;
dvidhā
—
in two
;
janaiḥ
—
by the people.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Rādhā, don't lament. Out of love for You, I have come. You and I are not different. We are a single fire the people mistake for two different flames.
Verse text
yathā hi dugdha-dhāvalye
tathāvāṁ sarvadā śubhe
yatrāhaṁ tvaṁ sadā tatra
viśleṣo na hi cāvayoḥ
Synonyms
yathā
—
as
;
hi
—
indeed
;
dugdha
—
milk
;
dhāvalye
—
and whiteness
;
tathā
—
so
;
avām
—
We
;
sarvadā
—
always
;
śubhe
—
O beautiful one
;
yatra
—
where
;
aham
—
I
;
tvam
—
You
;
sadā
—
always
;
tatra
—
there
;
viśleṣaḥ
—
separation
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
āvayoḥ
—
of Us.
Translation
O beautiful one, as milk and its whiteness are always together, so are We always together. Wherever I am, You are also there. We can never be separated.
Verse text
pūrṇaṁ brahma paraṁ cāhaṁ
taṭa-sthā tvaṁ jagat-prasūḥ
viśleṣa āvayor madhye
mṛṣā jṣānena paśya sat
Synonyms
pūrṇaṁ brahma param
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ca
—
and
;
aham
—
I
;
taṭa-sthā
—
My potency
;
tvam
—
You
;
jagat-prasūḥ
—
the mother of the universes
;
viśleṣaḥ
—
separation
;
āvayoḥ
—
of Us
;
madhye
—
in the middle
;
mṛṣā
—
false
;
jṣānena
—
by knowledge
;
paśya
—
please see
;
sat
—
the truth.
Translation
I am the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead and You are My potency. What seems to be Our separation is a lie. Please see the truth.
Verse text
yathākāśa-sthito nityaṁ
vāyuḥ sarvatra-go mahān
tathā jalaṁ sūkṣma-rūpaṁ
tejo vyaptaṁ yathaidhaṣī
antar bahir yathā pṛthvī
pṛthag-bhūta varānane
tathā vikāra-rahito
malavat tri-guṇair aham
tathā tvaṁ paśya mad-bhāvaṁ
sadānando bhavet tataḥ
ahaṁ mameti bhāvena
dvitīyo 'sti varānane
Synonyms
yathā
—
as much as
;
ākāśa-sthitaḥ
—
situated in space
;
nityam
—
always
;
vāyuḥ
—
wind
;
sarvatra-gaḥ
—
blowing everywhere
;
mahān
—
great
;
tathā
—
similarly
;
jalam
—
water
;
sūkṣma-rūpam
—
in the subtle form of mist
;
tejaḥ
—
fire
;
vyaptam
—
all-pervading
;
yathā
—
as
;
edhaṣī
—
in firewood
;
antaḥ
—
within
;
bahiḥ
—
and without
;
yathā
—
as
;
pṛthvī
—
the earth
;
pṛthag-bhūta
—
in the form of atoms
;
varānane
—
O girl with the beautiful face
;
tathā
—
so
;
vikāra-rahitaḥ
—
without change
;
malavat
—
like the material world
;
tri-guṇaiḥ
—
with the three modes
;
aham
—
I am
;
tathā
—
so
;
tvam
—
You
;
paśya
—
see
;
mad-bhāvam
—
My nature
;
sadānandaḥ
—
eternal bliss
;
bhavet
—
will be
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
aham
—
I
;
mama
—
mine
;
iti
—
thus
;
bhāvena
—
with the nature
;
dvitīyaḥ
—
second
;
asti
—
is
;
varānane
—
O girl with the beautiful face.
Translation
O girl with the beautiful face, as the mighty wind is present everywhere in ethereal space, as water is present everywhere in mist, as fire is present everywhere in firewood, as atoms are present everywhere in earth, and as the modes of nature are present everywhere in the material world, so I, the unchanging Supreme Personality of Godhead, am present everywhere. Look at My real nature and You will be blissful always. O girl with the beautiful face, if You think of "I" and Mine", then We will be separated.
Verse text
yāvad ghano madhya-gatas tad utthitaḥ
svaṁ rūpam arkaṁ na hi dṛk prapaśyati
tāvat parātmānam asau prādhāna-jair
guṇais tathā teṣu gateṣu paśyati
Synonyms
yāvat
—
as
;
ghanaḥ
—
a cloud
;
madhya-gataḥ
—
in the midst
;
tat
—
that
;
utthitaḥ
—
risen
;
svam
—
own
;
rūpam
—
form
;
arkam
—
sun
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
dṛk
—
eyes
;
prapaśyati
—
see
;
tāvat
—
so
;
parātmānam
—
the Supersoul
;
asau
—
He
;
prādhāna-jaiḥ
—
manifested from pradhana
;
guṇaiḥ
—
with the modes
;
tathā
—
so
;
teṣu
—
among them
;
gateṣu
—
gone
;
paśyati
—
sees.
Translation
As one cannot see the sun when there are clouds in the sky, so one cannot see the all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead when one stands among the three modes of material nature.
Verse text
guṇeṣu saktaṁ kila bandhanāya
raktaṁ manaḥ puṁsi ca muktaye syāt
mano dvayoḥ kāraṇam āhur ārāj
jitvātha tat kau vicared asaṅgaḥ
Synonyms
guṇeṣu
—
for the modes
;
saktam
—
attachment
;
kila
—
kindeed
;
bandhanāya
—
for bondage
;
raktam
—
attachment
;
manaḥ
—
of the heart
;
puṁsi
—
fro the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ca
—
and
;
muktaye
—
for liberation
;
syāt
—
is
;
manaḥ
—
the heart
;
dvayoḥ
—
of both
;
kāraṇam
—
the cause
;
āhuḥ
—
said
;
ārāj
—
near
;
jitvā
—
conquering
;
atha
—
then
;
tat
—
that
;
kau
—
on the earth
;
vicaret
—
should consider
;
asaṅgaḥ
—
without contact.
Translation
The mind's attraction to the modes of material nature leads to bondage. The mind's attraction to the Supreme Personality of Godhead leads to liberation. In this way the mind is the source of both bondage and liberation. Therefore one should defeat the attraction to matter and live aloof from material things.
Verse text
sarvaṁ hi bhāvaṁ manasaḥ parasparaṁ
na hy ekato bhāmini jāyate tataḥ
premaiva kartavyam aho mayi svataḥ
premṇā samānaṁ bhuvi nāsti kiṣcit
Synonyms
sarvam
—
all
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhāvam
—
nature
;
manasaḥ
—
of the mind
;
parasparam
—
mutual
;
na
—
not
;
hi
—
indeed
;
ekataḥ
—
alone
;
bhāmini
—
O beautiful one
;
jāyate
—
is born
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
prema
—
love
;
eva
—
certainly
;
kartavyam
—
should be done
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
mayi
—
for Me
;
svataḥ
—
personally
;
premṇā
—
with love
;
samānam
—
equal
;
bhuvi
—
in the world
;
na
—
not
;
asti
—
is
;
kiṣcit
—
anything.
Translation
O beautiful one, love does not exist by itself. It must have an object. One should love Me. In this world nothing is equal to love for Me.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti vākyaṁ hareḥ śrutvā
prasannā kīrti-nandinī
gopikābhiḥ samaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ
pūjayām āsa mādhavam
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
vākyam
—
the words
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
prasannā
—
happy
;
kīrti-nandinī
—
Kīrti's daughter Rādhā
;
gopikābhiḥ
—
gopīs
;
samam
—
with
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
pūjayām āsa
—
worshiped
;
mādhavam
—
the husband of the goddess of fortune.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Happy to hear these words, Śrī Rādhā and the gopīs worshiped Lord Kṛṣṇa, the husband of the goddess of fortune.
Verse text
atha rātryāṁ hariḥ sākṣāt
kārttikyāṁ rāsa-maṇḍale
gatvā nanāda muralīṁ
gopībhī rādhayā saha
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
rātryām
—
at night
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
kārttikyām
—
in the moth of Karttika
;
rāsa-maṇḍale
—
in the rasa dance circle
;
gatvā
—
going
;
nanāda
—
sounded
;
muralīm
—
His flute
;
gopībhī
—
the gopīs
;
rādhayā
—
and Rādhā
;
saha
—
with.
Translation
During the month of Kārttika entering the rāsa-dance circle with Rādhā and the gopīs, Lord Kṛṣṇa played His flute.
Verse text
yamunā-nikaṭe rājan
rādhayā rādhikā-patiḥ
ramābhiḥ sundarībhiś ca
rāsa-raṅge rarāja ha
Synonyms
yamunā-nikaṭe
—
near the Yamunā
;
rājan
—
O king
;
rādhayā
—
with Rādhā
;
rādhikā-patiḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
ramābhiḥ
—
with the gopīs
;
sundarībhiḥ
—
beautiful
;
ca
—
and
;
rāsa-raṅge
—
in the rasa-dance arena
;
rarāja
—
shone
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
O king, in the rāsa-dance circle by the Yamunā's shore, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the master of Śrī Rādhā, appeared very splendid and glorious in the company of Śrī Rādhā and the beautiful gopīs.
Verse text
yāvatīr gopikā rāse
tāvad rūpa-dharo hariḥ
reme vṛndāvane divye
harir vṛndāvaneśvaraḥ
Synonyms
yāvatīḥ
—
as many
;
gopikā
—
gopīs
;
rāse
—
in the rasa danbce
;
tāvat
—
so many
;
rūpa-dharaḥ
—
forms
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
reme
—
enjioyed
;
vṛndāvane
—
in Vṛndāvana
;
divye
—
transcendental
;
hariḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vṛndāvaneśvaraḥ
—
the master if Vṛndāvana.
Translation
Expanding Himself into as many forms as there were gopīs, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the master of Vṛndāvana, enjoyed pastimes in the splendid and transcendental forest of Vṛndāvana.
Verse text
pītāmbaraḥ padma-dhārī
Synonyms
kvaṇan-nūpura-maṣjīraḥ
—
tinkling anklets and ornaments
;
vana-mālā-virājitaḥ
—
splendid with forest garland
;
pītāmbaraḥ
—
yellow garments
;
padma-dhārī
—
holding a lotus
;
prabhātārka-kirīṭa-dhṛk
—
with a crown splendid as the rising sun.
Translation
kvaṇan-nūpura-maṣjīro
vana-mālā-virājitaḥ
prabhātārka-kirīṭa-dhṛk
Wearing tinkling anklets and ornaments, yellow garments, a splendid forest garland, and a crown glorious as the rising sun, Lord Kṛṣṇa held a lotus in His hand.
Verse text
vetra-bhṛd vādayan vaṁśīṁ
naṭa-veṣo ghana-dyutiḥ
Synonyms
vidyut
—
lighting
;
latā
—
vine
;
sphurat-prodyat
—
splendid
;
hema-kuṇḍala-maṇḍitaḥ
—
decorated with gold earrings
;
vetra-bhṛt
—
holding a stick
;
vādayan
—
playing
;
vaṁśīm
—
flute
;
naṭa-veṣaḥ
—
dressed as a dancer
;
ghana-dyutiḥ
—
splendid as a cloud.
Translation
vidyul-latā-sphurat-prodyad-
dhema-kuṇḍala-maṇḍitaḥ
Dark as a monsoon cloud, decorated with golden earrings splendid as vines of lightning, dressed as a dancer, and holding a stick, Lord Kṛṣṇa played His flute.
Verse text
rarāja rādhayā rāse
yathā ratyā ratīśvaraḥ
Synonyms
sphurat-kaustubha-ratnāḍhyaḥ
—
glorious with a glistening Kaustubha jewel
;
pracalat-snigdha-kuṇḍalaḥ
—
with moving locks of glistenign hair
;
rarāja
—
shone
;
rādhayā
—
with Rādhā
;
rāse
—
in the rasa dance
;
yathā
—
as
;
ratyā
—
with rati
;
ratīśvaraḥ
—
Kāmadeva.
Translation
sphurat-kaustubha-ratnāḍhyaḥ
pracalat-snigdha-kuṇḍalaḥ
Glorious with a glistening Kaustubha jewel and moving glistening locks of hair, Lord Kṛṣṇa was splendidly manifest in the rāsa dance, as Kāmadeva is splendidly manifest with Rati.
Verse text
śacyā śakro yathā svarge
ghanaś caṣcalayā yathā
vṛndayā vṛndakāraṇye
tathā vṛndāvaneśvaraḥ
Synonyms
śacyā
—
with śaci
;
śakraḥ
—
Indra
;
yathā
—
as
;
svarge
—
in Svargaloka
;
ghanaḥ
—
a cloud
;
caṣcalayā
—
with lightning
;
yathā
—
as
;
vṛndayā
—
woth Vṛndā
;
vṛndakāraṇye
—
in Vṛndāvana
;
tathā
—
so
;
vṛndāvaneśvaraḥ
—
the king of Vṛndāvana.
Translation
As in Svargaloka Indra is manifest with Śacī, and as a cloud is manifest with a lightning flash, so in Vṛndāvana forest Lord Kṛṣṇa was splendidly manifest with Śrī Rādhā.
Verse text
vṛndāvanaṁ ca pulinaṁ
vanāny upavanāni ca
paśyan gopī-gaṇaiḥ sārdhaṁ
giriṁ govardhanaṁ yayau
Synonyms
vṛndāvanam
—
Vṛndāvana
;
ca
—
and
;
pulinam
—
the shore
;
vanāni
—
forests
;
upavanāni
—
gardens
;
ca
—
and
;
paśyan
—
seeing
;
gopī-gaṇaiḥ
—
with the gopīs
;
sārdham
—
with
;
girim
—
hill
;
govardhanam
—
Govardhana
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
Gazing at Vṛndāvana forest, the Yamunā's shore, and many forests and gardens as They went, Śrī Kṛṣṇa and the gopīs came to Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
gopīnāṁ śata-yūthānāṁ
mānaṁ vīkṣya vrajeśvaraḥ
bhagavān rādhayā sākaṁ
Synonyms
gopīnām
—
of the gopīs
;
śata-yūthānām
—
of a hundred groups
;
mānam
—
the pride
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
vrajeśvaraḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
rādhayā
—
Rādhā
;
sākam
—
with
;
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
antaradhīyata
—
disappeared.
Translation
tatraivāntaradhīyata
When He saw that the hundred groups of gopīs had become proud, taking Śrī Rādhā with Him, Lord Kṛṣṇa suddenly disappeared.
Verse text
atha govardhanād dūre
sundaraṁ yojana-trayam
sa yayau rohitācalam
Synonyms
atha
—
then
;
govardhanāt
—
from Govardhana
;
dūre
—
far
;
sundaram
—
handsome
;
yojana-trayam
—
34 miles
;
śrīkhaṇḍa
—
of sandal
;
gandha-samyuktam
—
with the scent
;
sa
—
He
;
yayau
—
went
;
rohitācalam
—
to Mount Rohita.
Translation
śrīkhaṇḍa-gandha-samyuktaṁ
Then Lord Kṛṣṇa went to beautiful Mount Rohita, which was fragrant with sandal trees and was thirty-four miles away from Govardhana Hill.
Verse text
latā-kuṣja-nikuṣjāś ca
paśyan jalpaṁs tayā saha
vicacāra girau ramye
Synonyms
latā-kuṣja-nikuṣjāḥ
—
forests filled with flowering vines
;
ca
—
and
;
paśyan
—
seeing
;
jalpan
—
conbversing
;
tayā
—
with Her
;
saha
—
with
;
vicacāra
—
went
;
girau
—
on the mountain
;
ramye
—
beautiful
;
kāṣcanī-latikā
—
pf golden vines
;
alaye
—
in a place.
Translation
kāṣcanī-latikālaye
Gazing at forest gardens of flowering vines, and conversing as they went, Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa came to a place of golden vines on that beautiful mountain.
Verse text
tatra deva-saro ramyaṁ
badrī-nāthena nirmitam
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
deva-saraḥ
—
deva-sarovara
;
ramyam
—
beautiful
;
badrī-nāthena
—
by Nārāyaṇa ṛṣi
;
nirmitam
—
built
;
pāṭhīna
—
pathinas
;
kūrma
—
turtles
;
nakra
—
corcodiles
;
ādi
—
beginning with
;
haṁsa
—
swans
;
sārasa
—
cranes
;
saṅkulam
—
filled.
Translation
pāṭhīna-kūrma-nakrādi-
haṁsa-sārasa-saṅkulam
At that place was Deva-sarovara, a lake created by nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi, which was filled with pāṭhīnas, turtles, crocodiles, swans, cranes, and many other creatures.
Verse text
sahasra-dala-padmaiś ca
maṇḍitaṁ tad itas tataḥ
Synonyms
sahasra-dala-padmaiḥ
—
with thousand-petal lotuses
;
ca
—
and
;
maṇḍitam
—
decorated
;
tat
—
that
;
itaḥ
—
here
;
tataḥ
—
and there
;
bhramara
—
bees
;
dhvani
—
sound
;
samyuktam
—
with
;
puṁs-kokila-ruta-vratam
—
the cooing of cuckoos.
Translation
bhramara-dhvani-samyuktaṁ
puṁs-kokila-ruta-vratam
It was decorated with many thousand-petal lotuses. Here and there were the sounds of humming bees and cooing cuckoos.
Verse text
tat-tīraṁ manda-mārutam
ramayā rādhayā sārdhaṁ
mādhavo niṣasāda ha
Synonyms
vikasat-padma-gandhāḍhyam
—
opulent with the scent of blossoming lotus flowers
;
tat-tīram
—
on that shore
;
manda-mārutam
—
a gentle breeze
;
ramayā
—
the goddess of fortune
;
rādhayā
—
with Rādhā
;
sārdham
—
with
;
mādhavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
niṣasāda
—
sat down
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
vikasat-padma-gandhāḍhyaṁ
On the lakeshore filled with the scent of blossoming lotuses and cooled by a gentle breeze, Lord Kṛṣṇa sat down with the goddess of fortune, Śrī Rādhā.
Verse text
tat-tīraṁ pratapasyantaṁ
ṛbhūṁ nāma mahā-munim
pādaikena sthitaṁ śaśvac
Synonyms
tat-tīram
—
on that shore
;
pratapasyantam
—
performing austeritiesd
;
ṛbhūm
—
Ṛbhu
;
nāma
—
named
;
mahā-munim
—
a great sage
;
pāda
—
foot
;
ekena
—
with one
;
sthitam
—
standing
;
śaśvac
—
always
;
chrī-kṛṣṇa-dhyāna-tat-param
—
rapt in meditation on Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
chrī-kṛṣṇa-dhyāna-tat-param
On that lakeshore was a great sage named Ṛbhu, who for a long time had been performing austerities, standing there on one foot, his thoughts rapt in meditation on Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-śatāni ca
nirannaṁ nirjalaṁ śāntaṁ śrī-kṛṣṇas taṁ dadarśa ha
Synonyms
ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-sahasrāṇi
—
sixty thousand years
;
ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-śatāni
—
six thousand years
;
ca
—
and
;
nirannam
—
without food
;
nirjalam
—
without water
;
śāntaṁ
—
peaceful
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
tam
—
him
;
dadarśa
—
saw
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
ṣaṣṭi-varṣa-sahasrāṇi
Then Lord Kṛṣṇa glanced at that sage, who had peacefully stood there without food or water for sixty-six thousand years.
Verse text
papraccha vīkṣya taṁ rādhā
hasantī prāha mādhavam
māhātmyaṁ kuru bhakto 'yaṁ
paśya bhaktiṁ mahā-muneḥ
Synonyms
papraccha
—
asked
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
tam
—
him
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
hasantī
—
laughing
;
prāha
—
said
;
mādhavam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
kuru
—
please do
;
bhaktaḥ
—
the devotee
;
ayam
—
him
;
paśya
—
look
;
bhaktim
—
devotion
;
mahā-muneḥ
—
of the great sage.
Translation
Looking at the sage, Śrī Rādhā smiled and said to Lord Kṛṣṇa, "Please describe the glories of this sage. He is Your devotee. Look at the devotion of this great sage."
Verse text
he ṛbho iti kṛṣṇena
proktam uccair vacaḥ śubham
na śrutaṁ tena kiṣcid vā
caramaṁ prāpitena vai
Synonyms
he ṛbhaḥ
—
O Ṛbhu
;
iti
—
thus
;
kṛṣṇena
—
by Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
proktam
—
addressed
;
uccaiḥ
—
loudly
;
vacaḥ
—
words
;
śubham
—
beautiful
;
na
—
not
;
śrutam
—
heard
;
tena
—
by him
;
kiṣcit
—
something
;
vā
—
or
;
caramam
—
the verge of death
;
prāpitena
—
attained
;
vai
—
indeed.
Translation
When in a loud a sonorous voice, Lord Kṛṣṇa called, O Ṛbhu!" the sage could not hear anything, for he was on the verge of death.
Verse text
haris tadā tad-dhṛdayād
babhūvāśu tirohitaḥ
dhyānād gataṁ hariṁ vīkṣya
munīndraś cāti-vismitaḥ
Synonyms
hariḥ
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
tadā
—
then
;
tad-dhṛdayāt
—
from his heart
;
babhūva
—
was
;
āśu
—
suddenly
;
tirohitaḥ
—
disappeared
;
dhyānāt
—
from the meditation
;
gatam
—
gone
;
harim
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
munīndraḥ
—
the king of sages
;
ca
—
and
;
ati-vismitaḥ
—
astonished.
Translation
Then Lord Kṛṣṇa suddenly left the sage's heart. When he saw that Lord Kṛṣṇa had suddenly left his meditation, the sage was astonished.
Verse text
netre unmilya dadṛśe
śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ rādhayāgataṁ
ghanaṁ caṣcalayevāḍhyaṁ
raṣjayantaṁ diśo daśa
Synonyms
netre
—
eyes
;
unmilya
—
opening
;
dadṛśe
—
saw
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
rādhayā
—
witn Rādhā
;
āgatam
—
come
;
ghanam
—
a cloud
;
caṣcalayā
—
with a lightning flash
;
iva
—
like
;
āḍhyam
—
opulent
;
raṣjayantam
—
filling with light
;
diśaḥ
—
the directions
;
daśa
—
ten.
Translation
Opening his eyes, the sage saw that, glorious as a monsoon cloud and a lightning flash, and filling the ten directions with light, Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa had come before him.
Verse text
utthāya sadyo hari-bhakti-tat-paraḥ
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya hariṁ sa-rādhikam
praṇamya mūrdhnā nipapāta pādayor
uvāca kṛṣṇaṁ bahu-gadgadākṣaraḥ
Synonyms
utthāya
—
rising
;
sadyaḥ
—
at once
;
hari-bhakti-tat-paraḥ
—
filled with devotion
;
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
—
circumambulating
;
harim
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
sa-rādhikam
—
with Rādhā
;
praṇamya
—
bowing down
;
mūrdhnā
—
with his head
;
nipapāta
—
fell
;
pādayoḥ
—
at the feet
;
uvāca
—
said
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
bahu-gadgadākṣaraḥ
—
his words choked with emotion.
Translation
At once standing up, the devotee-sage circumambulated Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, bowed his head before them, and fell at Their feet. Then, with faltering words he spoke to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
śrī-ṛbhur uvāca
namaḥ kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇayai
rādhāyai mādhavāya ca
paripūrṇatamayai ca
paripūrṇatamāya ca
Synonyms
śrī-ṛbhur uvāca
—
Śrī Ṛbhu said
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
kṛṣṇāya
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
kṛṣṇayai
—
to Kṛṣṇa's beloved
;
rādhāyai
—
Rādhā
;
mādhavāya
—
to the husband of the goddess of fortune
;
ca
—
and
;
paripūrṇatamayai
—
to the supreme goddess
;
ca
—
and
;
paripūrṇatamāya
—
to the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Śrī Ṛbhu said: I offer my respectful obeisances to Śrī Kṛṣṇa and to Śrī Kṛṣṇa's beloved. I offer my respectful obeisances to Śrī Rādhā and Śrī Rādhā's lover. I offer my respectful obeisances to the Supreme Goddess and the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Verse text
ghana-śyāmāya devāya
śyāmayai satataṁ namaḥ
rāseśvarāya satataṁ
rāseśvaryai namo namaḥ
Synonyms
ghana-śyāmāya
—
dark as a monsoon cloud
;
devāya
—
to the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
śyāmayai
—
beautiful Rādhā
;
satatam
—
always
;
namaḥ
—
obeiaances
;
rāseśvarāya
—
to the king of the rasa dance
;
satatam
—
always
;
rāseśvaryai
—
to the queen of the rasa dance
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances.
Translation
Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to beautiful Śrī Rādhā and to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa dark as a monsoon cloud. Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to the queen of the rāsa-dance. Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to the king of the rāsa-dance.
Verse text
līlāvatyai namo namaḥ
asaṅkhyāṇḍādhidevyai cā-
saṅkhyāṇḍa-nidhaye namaḥ
Synonyms
goloka
—
Goloka
;
atīta
—
transcendental
;
līlāya
—
pastimes
;
līlāvatyai
—
playful
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
asaṅkhyāṇḍādhidevyai
—
the goddess who rules over countless universes
;
ca
—
and
;
asaṅkhyāṇḍa-nidhaye
—
the Lord who rulkes over countless universes
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances.
Translation
golokātīta-līlāya
Obeisances to Lord Kṛṣṇa, who enjoys transcendental pastimes in the realm of Goloka! Obeisances to playful Rādhā! Obeisances to the goddess that rules countless universes! Obeisances to the master that rules countless universes!
Verse text
bhū-bhāra-hārāya bhuvaṁ gatābhyāṁ
mac-chāntaye cātra samāgatābhyām
parasparaṁ sandhita-vigrahābhyāṁ
namo yuvābhyāṁ hari-rādhikābhyām
Synonyms
bhū-bhāra-hārāya
—
to remove the burden of the earth
;
bhuvam
—
to the earth
;
gatābhyām
—
come
;
mac-chāntaye
—
to pacify me
;
ca
—
and
;
atra
—
here
;
samāgatābhyām
—
come
;
parasparam
—
together
;
sandhita-vigrahābhyām
—
transcendental forms
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
yuvābhyām
—
youthful
;
hari-rādhikābhyām
—
Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
Obeisances to youthful Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, whose forms are transcendental, who came to the earth to remove it's burden, and who came to this place to make me peaceful.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
ity uktvā kṛṣṇa-pādābje
jahau prāṇān mahā-muniḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
uktvā
—
saying
;
kṛṣṇa-pādābje
—
at Śrī Kṛṣṇa's lotus feet
;
prakṣarad-bāṣpa
—
shedding tears
;
locanaḥ
—
eyes
;
premānanda-samāyuktaḥ
—
filled with the bliss of love
;
jahau
—
gave up
;
prāṇān
—
his life
;
mahā-muniḥ
—
the great sage.
Translation
prakṣarad-bāṣpa-locanaḥ
premānanda-samāyukto
Śrī Nārada said: After speaking these words the sage, filled with the bliss of love, and tears streaming from His eyes, fell at Lord Kṛṣṇa's feet and at once gave up his life.
Verse text
tadaiva nirgata-jyotir
paribhramad daśa-diśaḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇe līnatāṁ gataḥ
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
eva
—
indeed
;
nirgata
—
left
;
jyotiḥ
—
light
;
daśa-sūrya-sama-prabham
—
splendid as ten suns
;
paribhramat
—
wandering
;
daśa-diśaḥ
—
the ten directions
;
śrī-kṛṣṇe
—
into Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
līnatām
—
merged
;
gataḥ
—
went.
Translation
daśa-sūrya-sama-prabham
Then a spark of light splendid as ten suns left the sage's body and, after wandering the ten directions, finally merged into Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
bhaktasya bhaktiṁ śrī-kṛṣṇo
vīkṣya vai prema-lakṣaṇam
ānandāśru-kulaṁ muṣcan
premṇā taṁ cājuhāva ha
Synonyms
bhaktasya
—
of the devotee
;
bhaktim
—
the devotion
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
vai
—
indeed
;
prema-lakṣaṇam
—
with love
;
ānandāśru-kulam
—
tears of bliss
;
muṣcan
—
shedding
;
premṇā
—
with love
;
tam
—
him
;
ca
—
and
;
ājuhāva
—
called out
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Seeing the sage's great love and devotion for Him, Lord Kṛṣṇa, shedding tears of bliss, loving called to him.
Verse text
punaḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-pādābjāt
kṛṣṇa-sārūpyavān muniḥ
nirgataḥ koṭi-kandarpa-
sannibho 'ti-natānanaḥ
Synonyms
punaḥ
—
again
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pādābjāt
—
from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's lotus feet
;
kṛṣṇa-sārūpyavān
—
having a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's
;
muniḥ
—
the sage
;
nirgataḥ
—
emerged
;
koṭi-kandarpa-sannibhaḥ
—
like millions of Kāmadevas
;
ati-natānanaḥ
—
bowing his head.
Translation
Then the sage suddenly emerged from Lord Kṛṣṇa's lotus feet. Now having a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's, a form handsome as millions of Kāmadevas, the sage bowed his head.
Verse text
dorbhyāṁ pragṛhya hṛdaye
taṁ nidhāya kṛpākaraḥ
āśvāsya kalyāṇa-karaṁ
karaṁ divyaṁ dadhāra ha
Synonyms
dorbhyām
—
with both arms
;
pragṛhya
—
embracing
;
hṛdaye
—
to His chest
;
tam
—
him
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
kṛpākaraḥ
—
merciful
;
āśvāsya
—
comforting
;
kalyāṇa-karam
—
auspicious
;
karam
—
hand
;
divyam
—
transcendental
;
dadhāra
—
held
;
ha
—
certainly.
Translation
With both arms merciful Lord Kṛṣṇa embraced him, holding him to His chest. Lord Kṛṣṇa comforted him and touched him with His auspicious hand.
Verse text
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya hariṁ ca rādhikāṁ
praṇamya cāruhya rathaṁ manoharam
goloka-lokaṁ prayayāv ṛbhur munir
viraṣjayan maithila maṇḍalaṁ diśām
Synonyms
pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
—
circumambulating
;
harim
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
ca
—
and
;
rādhikām
—
Rādhā
;
praṇamya
—
bowing
;
ca
—
and
;
āruhya
—
mounting
;
ratham
—
a chariot
;
manoharam
—
beautiful
;
goloka-lokam
—
to Goloka
;
prayayāv
—
went
;
ṛbhuḥ
—
Ṛbhu
;
muniḥ
—
Muni
;
viraṣjayan
—
filling with light
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
maṇḍalam
—
the circle
;
diśam
—
of the directions.
Translation
After circumambulating Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, Ṛbhu Muni entered a beautiful chariot and went to the realm of Goloka, filling the circle of the directions with light as he went.
Verse text
śrī-rādhikā vismayam āgatā bhṛśaṁ
dṛṣṭvā paraṁ muktiṁ ṛbhor mahā-muneḥ
ānanda-vārīṇi vimuṣcati ciraṁ
jagāda kṛṣṇaṁ vṛṣabhānu-nandinī
Synonyms
śrī-rādhikā
—
Śrī Rādhā
;
vismayam
—
wonder
;
āgatā
—
attained
;
bhṛśam
—
greatly
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
param
—
great
;
muktim
—
liberation
;
ṛbhoḥ
—
of Ṛbhu
;
mahā-muneḥ
—
the great sage
;
ānanda-vārīṇi
—
tears of bliss
;
vimuṣcati
—
shed
;
ciram
—
again and again
;
jagāda
—
spoke
;
kṛṣṇam
—
to Kṛṣṇa
;
vṛṣabhānu-nandinī
—
King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter.
Translation
Śrī Rādhā was filled with wonder when She saw the liberation of the great sage Ṛbhu Muni. Again and again shedding tears of joy, Śrī Rādhā, the daughter of King Vṛṣabhānu, spoke to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
.pa
Chapter Twenty-one
Śrī Nāradopākhyāna
The Story of Śrī Nārada
Verse text
dhanyo 'yaṁ muni-śārdūlas
tvad-bhaktaḥ premavān mahān
tvat-sarūpyaṁ jagāmāsau
tvam apy aśru-mukho yataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rādhovāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
dhanyaḥ
—
saintly
;
muni-śārdūlaḥ
—
the tiger of sages
;
tvad-bhaktaḥ
—
with devotion for You
;
premavān
—
filled with love
;
mahān
—
great
;
tvat-sarūpyam
—
a form like Yours
;
jagāma
—
attained
;
asau
—
he
;
tvam
—
You
;
api
—
also
;
aśru-mukhaḥ
—
face filled with tears
;
yataḥ
—
because.
Translation
śrī-rādhovāca
Śrī Rādhā said: That tiger of sages was a great devotee, filled with love for You. He was very fortunate. He attained a transcendental form like Yours. Your face was wet with tears of love for him.
Verse text
asya deha-kriyāṁ kartuṁ
yogyo 'si vṛjinārdana
tapasā cāsya deho 'yaṁ
prasphuraty amalākṛtiḥ
Synonyms
asya
—
of him
;
deha-kriyām
—
the duty
;
kartum
—
to do
;
yogyaḥ
—
proper
;
asi
—
is
;
vṛjinārdana
—
O deliverer from evils
;
tapasā
—
by austerity
;
ca
—
and
;
asya
—
of him
;
dehaḥ
—
body
;
ayam
—
this
;
prasphurati
—
manifest
;
amalākṛtiḥ
—
a pure transcendental form.
Translation
O deliverer from evils, that sage must have performed great austerities to have attained a transcendental form like Yours.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
vadantyāṁ tatra rādhāyāṁ
tad-deho 'py abhavat sarit
vahantī pāpa-hantrī ca
dṛśyate rohite girāu
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
vadantyām
—
speaking
;
tatra
—
there
;
rādhāyām
—
Rādhā
;
tad-dehaḥ
—
that body
;
api
—
also
;
abhavat
—
was
;
sarit
—
stream
;
vahantī
—
flowing
;
pāpa-hantrī
—
killing sins
;
ca
—
and
;
dṛśyate
—
is seen
;
rohite girāu
—
on Mount Rohita.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As Rādhā was speaking these words, the sage's body became transformed into a stream that killed all sins as it flowed on Mount Rohita.
Verse text
tad-dehasyāpi saritaṁ
vīkṣya rādhāti-vismitā
nanda-rājātmajaṁ prāha
Synonyms
tad-dehasya
—
of his body
;
api
—
also
;
saritam
—
stream
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
rādhā
—
Rādhā
;
ati-vismitā
—
filled with wonder
;
nanda-rājātmajam
—
the son of King Nanda
;
prāha
—
said
;
vṛṣabhānu-varātmajā
—
the daughter of King Vṛṣabhānu.
Translation
vṛṣabhānu-varātmajā
Filled with wonder to see the sage's body transformed into a stream, King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter Rādhā spoke to King Nanda's son, Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
kathaṁ jalatvam apanno
deho 'yaṁ vai mahā-muneḥ
etan me saṁśayaṁ deva
chettum arhasy aśeṣataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rādhā uvāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
katham
—
why
;
jalatvam
—
water
;
apannaḥ
—
attained
;
dehaḥ
—
body
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mahā-muneḥ
—
of the great sage
;
etan
—
this
;
me
—
of Me
;
saṁśayam
—
doubt
;
deva
—
O Lord
;
chettum
—
to cut
;
arhasi
—
You are able
;
aśeṣataḥ
—
completely.
Translation
śrī-rādhovāca
Śrī Rādhā said: Why did this great sage's body become a stream? O Lord, only You can cut apart the bewilderment I feel about this.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
prema-lakṣaṇayā bhaktyā
samyuto 'yaṁ munīśvaraḥ
tasmād asya tu deho 'yaṁ
rambhoru dravatāṁ gataḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
prema-lakṣaṇayā bhaktyā samyutaḥ
—
filled with love and devotion
;
ayam
—
he
;
munīśvaraḥ
—
the king of sages
;
tasmāt
—
therefore
;
asya
—
of him
;
tu
—
indeed
;
dehaḥ
—
body
;
ayam
—
this
;
rambhoru
—
O girl whose thighs are like banana trees
;
dravatām
—
liquidity
;
gataḥ
—
attained.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: That king of sages was filled with love and devotion for Me. O girl whose thighs are like banana trees, that is why his body became liquefied.
Verse text
dṛṣṭvā tvayā māṁ varadaṁ
harṣito 'bhūn mahā-muniḥ
jalatvaṁ prāpa tad-deho
yathāhaṁ dravatāṁ purā
Synonyms
dṛṣṭvā
—
having seen
;
tvayā
—
by him
;
mām
—
Me
;
varadam
—
the giver of benedictions
;
harṣitaḥ
—
happy
;
abhūt
—
became
;
mahā-muniḥ
—
the great sage
;
jalatvam
—
liguidity
;
prāpa
—
attained
;
tad-dehaḥ
—
his body
;
yathā
—
as
;
aham
—
I
;
dravatām
—
liquid
;
purā
—
before.
Translation
When that great sage saw Me, he became so happy that his body at once melted and became a liquid, as My own body also became a liquid in the past.
Verse text
dravatāṁ tvaṁ kathaṁ prāpto
deva-deva dayā-nidhe
etac citraṁ hi me jātaṁ
sarvaṁ tvaṁ vada vistarāt
Synonyms
śrī-rādhā uvāca
—
Śrī Rādhā said
;
dravatām
—
liquid
;
tvam
—
You
;
katham
—
how?
;
prāptaḥ
—
attained
;
deva-deva
—
O master of the demigods
;
dayā
—
of mercy
;
nidhe
—
O ocean
;
etat
—
this
;
citram
—
wonderful
;
hi
—
indeed
;
me
—
of Me
;
jātam
—
manifested
;
sarvam
—
all
;
tvam
—
You
;
vada
—
please tell
;
vistarāt
—
in detail.
Translation
śrī-rādhovāca
Śrī Rādhā said: O master of the demigods, O ocean of mercy, how did Your body become a liquid? This fills Me with wonder. Please tell Me this story in great detail.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
itihāsaṁ purātanam
yasya śravaṇa-mātreṇa
pāpa-hāniḥ paraṁ bhavet
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
udāharanti
—
say
;
imam
—
this
;
itihāsam
—
history
;
purātanam
—
ancient
;
yasya
—
of which
;
śravaṇa-mātreṇa
—
simply by hearing
;
pāpa-hāniḥ
—
the destruction of sins
;
param
—
then
;
bhavet
—
becomes.
Translation
atraivodāharantīmaṁ
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The sages tell the ancient story of this pastime. When one hears it his sins become destroyed.
Verse text
yan-nābhi-paṅkajāj jātaḥ
purā brahmā praja-patiḥ
asṛjat prakṛtiṁ śaśvat
tapasā mad-varojitaḥ
Synonyms
yan-nābhi-paṅkajāt
—
from the lotus navel
;
jātaḥ
—
born
;
purā
—
before
;
brahmā
—
Brahmā
;
praja-patiḥ
—
the progenitor of the living entities
;
asṛjat
—
created
;
prakṛtim
—
material nature
;
śaśvat
—
eternal
;
tapasā
—
by austerity
;
mad-varojitaḥ
—
by My blessings.
Translation
In ancient times Lord Brahmā, the progenitor of the living entities, was born from My lotus navel. He performed austerities, and with My blessings he created the material universe.
Verse text
utsaṅgān nārado jajṣe
brahmaṇaḥ sṛjataḥ śubhaḥ
bhakty-unmatto mat-padāni
nijagau paryaṭan mahīm
Synonyms
utsaṅgāt
—
from within
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
jajṣe
—
was born
;
brahmaṇaḥ
—
of Brahmā
;
sṛjataḥ
—
creating
;
śubhaḥ
—
auspicious
;
bhakty-unmattaḥ
—
mad with love fro Kṛṣṇa
;
mat-padāni
—
songs about Me
;
nijagau
—
sang
;
paryaṭan
—
wandering
;
mahīm
—
the worlds.
Translation
From the creator Brahmā was born a saintly son named Nārada who, mad with love for Me, wandered the worlds singing songs about Me.
Verse text
ekadā nāradaṁ prāha
devo brahmā praja-patiḥ
prajāḥ sṛja mahā-buddhe
vṛthā caṅkramaṇaṁ tyaja
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
nāradam
—
to nārada
;
prāha
—
said
;
devaḥ
—
the demigod
;
brahmā
—
Brahmā
;
praja-patiḥ
—
the progenitor of the living entities
;
prajāḥ
—
children
;
sṛja
—
create
;
mahā-buddhe
—
O very intelligent one
;
vṛthā
—
useless
;
caṅkramaṇam
—
wandering
;
tyaja
—
abandon.
Translation
One day Lord Brahmā, the pregenitor of the living entities, said to Nārada, "O very intelligent one, please father many children. Give up this useless wandering."
Verse text
nāradas tad-vacaḥ śrutvā
prāhedaṁ jṣāna-tat-paraḥ
na sṛjāmi pitaḥ sṛṣṭiṁ
Synonyms
nāradaḥ
—
Nasrada
;
tad-vacaḥ
—
his words
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
prāha
—
said
;
idam
—
this
;
jṣāna-tat-paraḥ
—
intent on transcendental knowledge
;
na
—
not
;
sṛjāmi
—
I create
;
pitaḥ
—
O father
;
sṛṣṭim
—
creation
;
śoka-mohādi-kāriṇīm
—
the cause of bewilderment and grief.
Translation
śoka-mohādi-kāriṇīm
Hearing these words, Nārada said, "Father, I am eager for transcendental knowledge. I will not create children. Creating children is the cause of bewilderment and grief."
Verse text
kariṣyāmi harer bhaktiṁ
tvam api sṛṣṭi-racanaṁ
tyaja duḥkhāturo bhṛśam
Synonyms
kariṣyāmi
—
I will create
;
hareḥ
—
for Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
bhaktim
—
devotion
;
tat-kīrtana-samanvitam
—
chanting His glories
;
tvam
—
You
;
api
—
even
;
sṛṣṭi-racanam
—
the creation of children
;
tyaja
—
abandon
;
duḥkhāturaḥ
—
filled with sufferings
;
bhṛśam
—
greatly.
Translation
tat-kīrtana-samanvitam
I will create devotion for Lord Kṛṣṇa and songs about His glories. You should give up the creation of children, which brings only sufferings.
Verse text
kruddhā śaśāpa taṁ brahmā
prāha prasphuritādharaḥ
sadā gāna-paraḥ kalpaṁ
gandharvo bhava durmate
Synonyms
kruddhā
—
angry
;
śaśāpa
—
cursed
;
tam
—
him
;
brahmā
—
Brahmā
;
prāha
—
said
;
prasphuritādharaḥ
—
his lips trembling
;
sadā
—
always
;
gāna-paraḥ
—
intent on singing
;
kalpam
—
for a kalpa
;
gandharvaḥ
—
a Gamndharva
;
bhava
—
become
;
durmate
—
O fool.
Translation
His lips trembling with anger, Brahmā cursed him, Fool, you like to sing. Become a gandharva for a kalpa."
Verse text
evaṁ tac-chapato rādhe
gandharva upabarhaṇaḥ
babhūva gandharva-patiḥ
kalpa-mātraṁ surālaye
Synonyms
evam
—
thus
;
tac-chapataḥ
—
fvrom that curse
;
rādhe
—
O Rādhā
;
gandharva
—
a gandharva
;
upabarhaṇaḥ
—
Upabarhaṇa
;
babhūva
—
became
;
gandharva-patiḥ
—
the leader of the gandharvas
;
kalpa-mātram
—
for a kalpa
;
surālaye
—
in the realm of the demigods.
Translation
O Rādhā, because of this curse Nārada became the gandharva Upabarhaṇa. For one kalpa he was the leader of the gandharvas in the world of the demigods.
Verse text
ekadā brahmaṇo loke
strībhiḥ parivṛto gataḥ
sundarīṣu manaḥ kṛtvā
jagau tāla-vivarjitam
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
brahmaṇaḥ
—
of Brahmā
;
loke
—
on the planet
;
strībhiḥ
—
with women
;
parivṛtaḥ
—
surrounded
;
gataḥ
—
went
;
sundarīṣu
—
beautiful
;
manaḥ
—
mind
;
kṛtvā
—
doing
;
jagau
—
sang
;
tāla-vivarjitam
—
without a tala rhythm.
Translation
One day, accompanied by many women, he came to Brahmā's planet. His mind thinking of the beautiful women, he sang without a proper tāla rhythm.
Verse text
punar brahmā taṁ śaśāpa
tvaṁ śūdro bhava durmate
athāsau brahma-śāpena
dāsī-putro babhūva ha
Synonyms
punaḥ
—
again
;
brahmā
—
Brahmā
;
tam
—
him
;
śaśāpa
—
cursed
;
tvam
—
you
;
śūdraḥ
—
a sudra
;
bhava
—
become
;
durmate
—
O fool
;
atha
—
then
;
asau
—
he
;
brahma-śāpena
—
by Brahmā's curse
;
dāsī-putraḥ
—
a maidservant's son
;
babhūva
—
became
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Again Brahmā cursed him, "Fool, become a śūdra!" By Brahmā's curse he then became a maidservant's son.
Verse text
sat-saṅgena purā rādhe
prāpto 'bhūd brahma-putratāṁ
bhakty-unmatto mat-padāni
nijagau paryaṭan mahīm
Synonyms
sat
—
with saintly devotees
;
saṅgena
—
by association
;
purā
—
before
;
rādhe
—
O Rādhā
;
prāptaḥ
—
attained
;
abhūt
—
did
;
brahma-putratām
—
the son of Brahmā
;
bhakti
—
with devotion
;
unmattaḥ
—
mad
;
mat-padāni
—
songs about Me
;
nijagau
—
sang
;
paryaṭan
—
wandering
;
mahīm
—
the worlds.
Translation
O Rādhā, again he was born as Brahmā's son, and again, mad with love for Me, he wandered the worlds singing songs about Me.
Verse text
munīndro vaiṣṇava-śreṣṭho
mat-priyo jṣāna-bhaskaraḥ
paraṁ bhāgavataḥ sākṣān
nārado man-manāḥ sadā
Synonyms
munīndraḥ
—
the king of sages
;
vaiṣṇava-śreṣṭhaḥ
—
the best of devotees
;
mat-priyaḥ
—
dear to Me
;
jṣāna-bhaskaraḥ
—
a blazing sun of transcendental knowledge
;
param
—
then
;
bhāgavataḥ
—
a great devotee
;
sākṣān
—
directly
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
man-manāḥ
—
his thoughts fixed on Me
;
sadā
—
always.
Translation
Nārada became the king of sages and the best of devotees. A blazing sun of transcendental knowledge and a pure devotee very dear to Me, Nārada always meditated on Me.
Verse text
ekadā nārado lokān
paśyan vai gāna-tat-paraḥ
ilāvṛtaṁ nāma khaṇḍaṁ
gatavān sarvato gatiḥ
Synonyms
ekadā
—
one day
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
lokān
—
the worlds
;
paśyan
—
seeing
;
vai
—
indeed
;
gāna-tat-paraḥ
—
intent on singing
;
ilāvṛtam
—
Ilavrta
;
nāma
—
named
;
khaṇḍam
—
the planet
;
gatavān
—
gone
;
sarvataḥ
—
everywhere
;
gatiḥ
—
going.
Translation
One day, as he was traveling where he wished, seeing many different worlds, and singing many songs, Nārada came to the place named Ilāvṛta-varṣa.
Verse text
yatra jambū-nadī śyāmā
tathā jambūnadaṁ nāma
suvarṇaṁ bhavati priye
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
jambū-nadī
—
the river Jambu
;
śyāmā
—
dark
;
jambū-phala-rasodbhavā
—
created from the nectar of jambu fruits
;
tathā
—
so
;
jambūnadam
—
Jambunada
;
nāma
—
named
;
suvarṇam
—
gold
;
bhavati
—
is
;
priye
—
O beloved.
Translation
jambū-phala-rasodbhavā
O beloved, in that place is a dark jambū-juice river that becomes the golden river named Jambūnada.
Verse text
tad-deśe veda-nagaraṁ
dadarśa nārado yogī
divya-nārī-narair vṛtam
Synonyms
tad-deśe
—
in that place
;
veda-nagaram
—
the city of the Vedas
;
ratna-prāsāda-nirmitam
—
made of jewel palaces
;
dadarśa
—
saw
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
yogī
—
yogi
;
divya-nārī-naraiḥ
—
with divine men and women
;
vṛtam
—
filled.
Translation
ratna-prāsāda-nirmitam
In that place the yogī Nārada saw the city Veda-nagara, which was filled with jewel palaces and divine men and women.
Verse text
kāṁścid vai pāda-rahitān
vigulphān jānu-varjitān
vijaṅghān jaghanavyaṅgān
kṛśorūn kubja-madhyakān
strī-janān puruṣāṁś cāsāv
aṅga-bhaṅgān dadarśa ha
Synonyms
kāṁścit
—
some
;
vai
—
indeed
;
pāda-rahitān
—
without feet
;
vigulphān
—
without ankles
;
jānu-varjitān
—
without knees
;
vijaṅghān
—
without legs
;
jaghana
—
hips
;
vyaṅgān
—
disfingured limbs
;
kṛśa
—
withered
;
ūrūn
—
thighs
;
kubja
—
disfigured
;
madhyakān
—
torsos
;
ślathat
—
loose
;
danta
—
teeth
;
unnata-skandhān
—
hunched backs
;
nata
—
bowed
;
ānana
—
heads
;
vikandharān
—
deformed necks
;
strī-janān
—
women
;
puruṣān
—
men
;
ca
—
and
;
asau
—
he
;
aṅga-bhaṅgān
—
broken limbs
;
dadarśa
—
saw
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
ślathad-dantonnata-skandhān
natānana-vikandharān
There he saw the men and women were all deformed. Some had no feet, some no ankles, some no knees, some no legs, some twisted hips, some emaciated thighs, some disfigured torsos, some loosened teeth, some hunched shoulders, some bowed heads, and some no necks.
Verse text
aho kim etac citraṁ hi
sarvān dṛṣṭvāvadan muniḥ
sarve yūyaṁ padma-mukhā
divya-dehāḥ śubhāmbarāḥ
Synonyms
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
kim
—
what?
;
etat
—
this
;
citram
—
wonder
;
hi
—
indeed
;
sarvān
—
all
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
avadat
—
said
;
muniḥ
—
the sage
;
sarve
—
all
;
yūyam
—
you
;
padma
—
lotus
;
mukhāḥ
—
faces
;
divya
—
splendid and divine
;
dehāḥ
—
bodies
;
śubha
—
splendid
;
ambarāḥ
—
garments.
Translation
Seeing them all, the sage Nārada said: "What is this wonder? You all have lotus faces, splendid forms, and beautiful garments.
Verse text
kiṁ devā upadevā vā
yūyaṁ kiṁ ṛṣi-sattamāḥ
vaditra-sahitāḥ sarve
Synonyms
kim
—
whether?
;
devā
—
demigods
;
upadevā
—
lesser demigods
;
vā
—
or
;
yūyam
—
you all
;
kim
—
whether?
;
ṛṣi-sattamāḥ
—
great sages
;
vaditra-sahitāḥ
—
with musical instruments
;
sarve
—
all
;
ramya-gāna-parāyaṇāḥ
—
making beautiful music.
Translation
ramya-gāna-parāyaṇāḥ
"Are you devas? Are You upadevas? Are you great ṛṣis? You sing and play on your instruments very beautifully.
Verse text
aṅga-bhaṅgāḥ kathaṁ yūyaṁ
vadatāśu mamaiva hi
ity uktās tena te sarve
pratyūcur dīna-mānasāḥ
Synonyms
aṅga-bhaṅgāḥ
—
deformed
;
katham
—
how?
;
yūyam
—
you all
;
vadata
—
please tell
;
āśu
—
at once
;
mama
—
to me
;
hi
—
—indeed
;
iti
—
thus
;
uktāḥ
—
addressed
;
tena
—
by him
;
te
—
they
;
sarve
—
all
;
pratyūcuḥ
—
replied
;
dīna-mānasāḥ
—
dejected.
Translation
"Why are you deformed? Please tell me." Addressed in this way, all the people, unhappy at heart, replied.
Verse text
śrī-rāgā ūcuḥ
mahā-duḥkhaṁ mune jātaṁ
asmākaṁ tanuṣu svataḥ
tasyāgre kathanīyaṁ vai
dūrī-kartuṁ ca yaḥ kṣamaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rāgāḥ ūcuḥ
—
rthe rāgas said
;
mahā-duḥkham
—
great suffering
;
mune
—
O sage
;
jātam
—
born
;
asmākam
—
of us
;
tanuṣu
—
on the bodies
;
svataḥ
—
personally
;
tasya
—
of that
;
agre
—
in the presence
;
kathanīyam
—
may be sdaid
;
vai
—
indeed
;
dūrī-kartum
—
to throw far away
;
ca
—
and
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
kṣamaḥ
—
is able.
Translation
The rāgas said: O sage, our bodies have suffered terribly. We will tell you how these sufferings may be thrown far away.
Verse text
rāgā vayaṁ veda-pure
vasāmaḥ sarvadā mune
aṅga-bhaṅgā vayaṁ jātāḥ
kāraṇaṁ śṛṇu mānada
Synonyms
vayam
—
we are
;
veda-pure
—
in the city of the Vedas
;
vasāmaḥ
—
we reside
;
sarvadā
—
always
;
mune
—
O sage
;
aṅga-bhaṅgā
—
deformed
;
vayam
—
we
;
jātāḥ
—
born
;
kāraṇam
—
the reason
;
śṛṇu
—
please hear
;
mānada
—
O gentle and humble one.
Translation
O sage, we are rāgas and we live in the city of Veda-nagara. O gentle and humble one, please hear how we became deformed in this way.
Verse text
jāto hiraṇyagarbhasya
putro nārada-nāma-bhāk
premonmatto vikālena
gāyan dhruva-padāni ca
Synonyms
jātaḥ
—
born
;
hiraṇyagarbhasya
—
of Lord Brahmā
;
putraḥ
—
a son
;
nārada-nāma-bhāk
—
named Nārada
;
premonmattaḥ
—
mad with love
;
vikālena
—
at the wrong times
;
gāyan
—
singing
;
dhruva-padāni
—
songs
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Lord Brahmā has a son named Nārada who, mad with love, sings the wrong melodies at the wrong times.
Verse text
vicacāra mahīm etāṁ
svecchayā sa mahā-muniḥ
vikāle tasya gānaiś ca
visvarais tāla-varjitaiḥ vigānaiś ca vayaṁ sarve aṅga-bhaṅgā babhūvima
Synonyms
vicacāra
—
wandered
;
mahīm
—
the world
;
etām
—
this
;
svecchayā
—
by his own wish
;
sa
—
he
;
mahā-muniḥ
—
a great sage
;
vikāle
—
at the wrong time
;
tasya
—
of him
;
gānaiḥ
—
with songs
;
ca
—
and
;
visvaraiḥ
—
with the worng notes
;
tāla-varjitaiḥ
—
without proper rhythm
;
vigānaiḥ
—
with the wrong songs
;
ca
—
and
;
vayam
—
we
;
sarve
—
all
;
aṅga-bhaṅgā
—
deformed
;
babhūvima
—
became.
Translation
He is a great sage that wanders the words as he wishes. But his singing the wrong songs at the wrong times, with the wrong notes and without a proper rhythm, has broken the limbs of our bodies.
Verse text
iti śrutvātha tad-vākyaṁ
nārado vismito 'bhavat
uvāca gata-māno 'sau
rāgān parihasann iva
Synonyms
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
atha
—
then
;
tad-vākyam
—
their words
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
vismitaḥ
—
astonished
;
abhavat
—
became
;
uvāca
—
said
;
gata
—
gone
;
mānaḥ
—
pride
;
asau
—
he
;
rāgān
—
to the rāgas
;
parihasann
—
smiling
;
iva
—
as if.
Translation
Hearing these words, Nārada became astonished. Humbled, and trying to smile, he spoke.
Verse text
śrī-munir uvāca
tasya kena prakāreṇa
jṣānaṁ vai kāla-tālayoḥ
bhaved iha svarair yuktaṁ
vadatāśu mamaiva hi
Synonyms
śrī-munir uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
tasya
—
of that
;
kena
—
by what?
;
prakāreṇa
—
means
;
jṣānam
—
knowledge
;
vai
—
indeed
;
kāla
—
of time
;
tālayoḥ
—
and rhythm
;
bhavet
—
may be
;
iha
—
here
;
svaraiḥ
—
with notes
;
yuktam
—
endowed
;
vadata
—
please tell
;
āśu
—
at once
;
mama
—
to me
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: How can one obtain knowledge of the proper times and proper rhythms of music? Please tell me.
Verse text
śrī-rāgā ūcuḥ
vaikuṇṭhasya pateḥ sākṣāt
priyā mukhyā sarasvatī
kuryāc chikṣāṁ yadā tasmai
tadā syāt kāla-vin muniḥ
Synonyms
śrī-rāgāḥ ūcuḥ
—
the rāgas said
;
vaikuṇṭhasya
—
of Vaikuṇṭha
;
pateḥ
—
of the Lord
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
priyā
—
the beloved
;
mukhyā
—
the best
;
sarasvatī
—
Sarasvatī
;
kuryāt
—
is
;
śikṣām
—
teaching
;
yadā
—
when
;
tasmai
—
to him
;
tadā
—
then
;
syāt
—
may be
;
kāla-vit
—
knowing the proper time
;
muniḥ
—
sage.
Translation
The rāgas said: Goddess Sarasvatī is the dearest beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Vaikuṇṭhaloka. One who learns from her will know the proper times of music.
Verse text
teṣāṁ vākyaṁ tataḥ śrutvā
nārado dīna-vatsalaḥ
sarasvatyāḥ prasādārthaṁ
tvaraṁ śubhraṁ giriṁ yayau
Synonyms
teṣām
—
of them
;
vākyam
—
words
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
dīna-vatsalaḥ
—
kind to the distressed
;
sarasvatyāḥ
—
of sarasvatī
;
prasāda
—
the mercy
;
artham
—
for the purpose
;
tvaram
—
at once
;
śubhram
—
Śubhra
;
girim
—
Mount
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
After hearing their words, Nārada, who is very kind to the distressed, went to Mount Śubhra to obtrain the mercy of Goddess Sarasvatī.
Verse text
divya-varṣa-śataṁ śaśvat
tapas tepe su-duṣkaraṁ
nirannaṁ nirjalaṁ vāṇī-
dhyāna-yuktaṁ vrajeśvari
Synonyms
divya
—
celestial
;
varṣa
—
years
;
śatam
—
a hundred
;
śaśvat
—
continually
;
tapaḥ
—
austerities
;
tepe
—
performed
;
su-duṣkaram
—
difficult
;
nirannam
—
withotu food
;
nirjalam
—
without water
;
vāṇī
—
on Goddess sarasvatī
;
dhyāna-yuktam
—
meditating
;
vrajeśvari
—
O queen of Vraja.
Translation
O queen of Vraja, for one hundred celestial years Nārada performed austeries. Fasting from food and water, he meditated on Goddess Sarasvatī.
Verse text
śubhraṁ nāma visṛjyātha
nārado nāma śailo 'bhūt
tapasā nāradasya ca
Synonyms
śubhram
—
Mount Subha
;
nāma
—
named
;
visṛjya
—
leaving
;
atha
—
then
;
pavitrī-kṛta
—
purified
;
bhū-dharam
—
mountain
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
nāma
—
named
;
śailaḥ
—
mountain
;
abhūt
—
became
;
tapasā
—
by the austerities
;
nāradasya
—
of Nārada
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
pavitrī-kṛta-bhū-dharam
Purified by Nārada's austerities, that mountain ceased to be called Mount Śubhra. Now it is called Mount Nārada.
Verse text
tapo-'nte āgatāṁ sākṣād
vāg-devīṁ śrī-sarasvatīm
viṣṇoḥ priyāṁ divya-varṇāṁ
apaśyan nārado muniḥ
Synonyms
tapo-'nte
—
at the end of the austerities
;
āgatām
—
arruved
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
vāg-devīm
—
the goddess of speech
;
śrī-sarasvatīm
—
Sarasvatī
;
viṣṇoḥ
—
of Lords Viṣṇu
;
priyām
—
the beloved
;
divya-varṇām
—
splendid
;
apaśyat
—
saw
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
muniḥ
—
the sage.
Translation
When his austerities had come to their end, the sage Nārada personally saw splendid Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech and the beloved of Lord Viṣṇu.
Verse text
sahasotthāya tāṁ natvā
parikramya natānanaḥ
stutiṁ cakre munīśvaraḥ
Synonyms
sahasā
—
at once
;
utthāya
—
rising
;
tām
—
to her
;
natvā
—
bowing
;
parikramya
—
circumambulating
;
natānanaḥ
—
with bowed head
;
tad-rūpa
—
her beauty
;
guṇa
—
virtues
;
mādhurya
—
sweetness
;
stutim
—
prayers
;
cakre
—
did
;
munīśvaraḥ
—
the king of sages.
Translation
tad-rūpa-guṇa-mādhurya-
At once standing up, bowing down, and circumambulating Her with bowed head, Nārada, the king of sages, spoke many prayers gloirifying her beauty, virtues, and sweetness.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
navārka-bimba-dyutim udgalaj-jvalat-
namāmi koṭīndu-mukhīṁ sarasvatīm
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
navārka
—
rising sun
;
bimba
—
bimba fruit
;
dyutim
—
splendor
;
udgalat
—
eclipsing
;
jvalat
—
shining
;
tāṭaṅka
—
earrings
;
keyūra
—
armlets
;
kirīṭa
—
crown
;
kaṅkanām
—
bracelets
;
sphurat
—
glistening
;
kvaṇa
—
tinkling
;
nūpura
—
anklets
;
rāva
—
sound
;
ranjitam
—
charming
;
namāmi
—
I bow down
;
koṭi
—
millions
;
indu
—
of moons
;
mukhīm
—
whose face
;
sarasvatīm
—
Sarasvatī.
Translation
tāṭaṅka-keyūra-kirīṭa-kaṅkanām
sphurat-kvaṇan-nūpura-rāva-raṣjitāṁ
Śrī Nārada said: I offer my respectful obeisances to Goddess Sarasvatī, whose face is more beautiful than millions of moons, whose glistening anklets tinkle melodiously, and whose glistening crown, earrings, bracelets, and armlets eclipse the glory of the bimba fruit and the rising sun.
Verse text
vande sadāhaṁ kalahaṁsa udgate
calat-pade caṣcala-caṣcu-sampuṭe
sandhārayantīṁ śubhagāṁ sarasvatīm
Synonyms
vande
—
I bow down
;
sadā
—
always
;
aham
—
I
;
kalahaṁsa
—
swan
;
udgate
—
risen
;
calat-pade
—
moving feet
;
caṣcala
—
moving
;
caṣcu-sampuṭe
—
in the beak
;
nirdhauta-muktā-phala
—
of splendid pearls
;
hāra
—
necklaces
;
sa{
—
.sy 24cayām—host
;
sandhārayantīm
—
wearing
;
śubhagām
—
beautiful
;
sarasvatīm
—
Sarasvatī.
Translation
nirdhauta-muktā-phala-hāra-saṣcayāṁ
Again and again I offer my respectful obeisances to beautiful Goddess Sarasvatī, who wears a necklace of pearls splendid as a host of flying swans with restless feet and beaks.
Verse text
varābhayaṁ pustaka-vallakī-yutaṁ
paraṁ dadhānaṁ vimale kara-dvaye
namāmy ahaṁ tvāṁ śubhadāṁ sarasvatīṁ
jaganmayīṁ brahmamayīṁ manoharām
Synonyms
vara
—
blessing
;
abhayam
—
fearlessness
;
pustaka
—
book
;
vallakī
—
lute
;
yutam
—
with
;
param
—
great
;
dadhānam
—
hodling
;
vimale
—
pure
;
kara-dvaye
—
two hands
;
namāmi
—
bow down
;
aham
—
I
;
tvām
—
to you
;
śubhadām
—
the giver of blessings
;
sarasvatīm
—
Sarasvatī
;
jaganmayīm
—
who has come to the material world
;
brahmamayīm
—
spiritual
;
manoharām
—
beautiful.
Translation
I offer my respectful obeisances to you, beautiful Goddess Sarasvatī, who hold in your pure and splendid hands a vīṇā and a book, who grant the blessing of fearlessness, and who have come to this material world in your spiritual form.
Verse text
taraṅgita-kṣauma-sitāmbare pare
dehi svara-jṣānam atīva maṅgale
yenādvitīyo hi bhaveyam akṣare
sarvopari syāṁ para-rāga-maṇḍale
Synonyms
taraṅgita
—
tossed by waves
;
kṣauma
—
silk
;
sita
—
white
;
ambare
—
garments
;
pare
—
—great
;
dehi
—
please give
;
svara
—
of music
;
jṣānam
—
knowledge
;
atīva
—
great
;
maṅgale
—
auspicious
;
yena
—
by which
;
advitīyaḥ
—
without a second
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhaveyam
—
I may be
;
akṣare
—
in words
;
sarvopari
—
above all
;
syām
—
I may be
;
para-rāga-maṇḍale
—
in the circle of melodies.
Translation
O goddess dressed in white silk tossed by graceful waves as you walk, O auspicious one, please give me knowledge of music. Make me the best of musicians. Make me unrivaled among musicians.
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
stotraṁ jāḍyāpahaṁ divyaṁ
prātar utthāya yaḥ paṭhet
nāradoktaṁ sarasvatyāḥ
sa vidyāvān bhaved iha
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
stotram
—
prayer
;
jāḍya
—
ignorance
;
apaham
—
removing
;
divyam
—
splendid
;
prātaḥ
—
at sunrise
;
utthāya
—
rising
;
yaḥ
—
who
;
paṭhet
—
recites
;
nārada
—
by Nārada
;
uktam
—
spoken
;
sarasvatyāḥ
—
to Sarasvatī
;
sa
—
he
;
vidyāvān
—
a great scholar
;
bhavet
—
becomes
;
iha
—
in this world.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: A person who rises at sunrise and recites this splendid prayer Nārada spoke to Goddess Sarasvatī, a prayer that removes the numbness of ignorance, becomes a great scholar in this world.
Verse text
tataḥ prasannā vāg-devī
nāradāya mahātmane
devadattāṁ dadau vīṇāṁ
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
prasannā
—
pleased
;
vāg-devī
—
Goddess Sarasvatī
;
nāradāya
—
to Nārada
;
mahātmane
—
the great soul
;
devadattām
—
Devadattā
;
dadau
—
gave
;
vīṇām
—
the vīṇā
;
svara-brahma-vibhūṣitām
—
decorated with spiritual sounds.
Translation
svara-brahma-vibhūṣitām
Pleased, Goddess Sarasvatī gave to the great saint Nārada the vīṇā named Devadattā, which was decorated with spiritual sound.
Verse text
rāgaiś ca rāgiṇībhiś ca
tat-putraiś ca tathaiva ca
deśa-kālādi-bhedaiś ca
tāla-māna-svaraiḥ saha
antar-bhedair asaṅkhyakaiḥ
grāmair nṛtyaiḥ sa-vāditrair
mūrchana-sahitaiḥ śubhaiḥ
vaikuṇṭhasya pateḥ sākṣāt
priyā mukhyā sarasvatī
svara-gamyaiḥ padaiḥ siddhaiḥ
pāṭhayām āsa nāradam
Synonyms
rāgaiḥ
—
with the rāgas
;
ca
—
and
;
rāgiṇībhiḥ
—
with the ragiṇīs
;
ca
—
and
;
tat-putraiḥ
—
with their children
;
ca
—
and
;
tathā
—
so
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
deśa
—
place
;
kāla
—
time
;
ādi
—
beginning with
;
bhedaiḥ
—
distinctions
;
ca
—
and
;
tāla-māna-svaraiḥ
—
rhythms
;
saha
—
with
;
ṣaṭ-paṣcāśat-koṭi-bhedaiḥ
—
with five-hundred and sixty million divisions
;
antar-bhedaiḥ
—
with sub-divisions
;
asaṅkhyakaiḥ
—
countless
;
grāmaiḥ
—
with scales
;
nṛtyaiḥ
—
with dances
;
sa-vāditraiḥ
—
with musical instruments
;
mūrchana-sahitaiḥ
—
with modulation
;
śubhaiḥ
—
beautiful
;
vaikuṇṭhasya pateḥ
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord of Vaikuṇṭha
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
priyā
—
the beloved
;
mukhyā
—
first
;
sarasvatī
—
Sarasvatī
;
svara-gamyaiḥ padaiḥ
—
with notes
;
siddhaiḥ
—
perfect
;
pāṭhayām āsa
—
taught
;
nāradam
—
Nārada.
Translation
ṣaṭ-paṣcāśat-koṭi-bhedair
Goddess Sarasvatī, the dearest beloved of the Lord of Vaikuṇṭha, then taught Nārada the different rāgas and rāgiṇīs, their derivitives, the proper times and places for the different kinds of music, the different rhythms, the five-hundred-and-sixty-million divisions and numberless sub-divisions of scales, the various dances, the different musical instruments, and the different kinds of modulation.
Verse text
advitīyaṁ rāga-karaṁ
kṛtvā taṁ rāsa-maṇḍale
vaikuṇṭhaṁ prāyayau rādhe
vāg-devī viṣṇu-vallabhā
Synonyms
advitīyam
—
without rival
;
rāga-karam
—
musician
;
kṛtvā
—
making
;
tam
—
him
;
rāsa-maṇḍale
—
in the circle of the musicians
;
vaikuṇṭham
—
to Vaikuṇṭha
;
prāyayau
—
went
;
rādhe
—
O Rādhā
;
vāg-devī
—
Goddess Sarasvatī
;
viṣṇu-vallabhā
—
dear to Lord Viṣṇu.
Translation
In this way Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech and the beloved of Lord Viṣṇu, made Nārada unrivalled in the circle of musicians. Then she returned to the spiritual world of Vaikuṇṭha.
.pa
Chapter Twenty-two
Śrī Nāradopākhyāna
The Story of Śrī Nārada
Verse text
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
kasmai deyam idaṁ guhyaṁ
rāga-rūpaṁ manoharam
buddhyā vicārayann itthaṁ
gandharva-nagaraṁ yayau
Synonyms
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
;
kasmai
—
to whom?
;
deyam
—
should be guiven
;
idam
—
this
;
guhyam
—
secret
;
rāga-rūpam
—
of the rāgas
;
manoharam
—
beautiful
;
buddhyā
—
with intelligence
;
vicārayan
—
considering
;
ittham
—
thus
;
gandharva-nagaram
—
to the city of the gandharvas
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Thinking, to whom should I give this beautiful and secret knowledge of music?", Nārada went to the city of the gandharvas.
Verse text
tumburuṁ nāma gandharvaṁ
kṛtvā śiṣyaṁ sa nāradaḥ
kalaṁ jagau mad-guṇāṁś ca
Synonyms
tumburum
—
Tumburu
;
nāma
—
named
;
gandharvam
—
the gandharva
;
kṛtvā
—
making
;
śiṣyam
—
disciple
;
sa
—
he
;
nāradaḥ
—
Nārada
;
kalam
—
sweetly
;
jagau
—
sang
;
mad-guṇān
—
My virtues
Translation
vīṇā-vādya-parāyaṇaḥ
Chapter Twenty-four
Kola-daitya-vadha
The Killing of the Kola Demon
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
gopīnāṁ caiva gopānāṁ
dattvā sandarśanaṁ param
mathurāyāṁ kiṁ cakāra
śrī-kṛṣṇo rāma eva ca
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
gopīnām
—
of the gopīs
;
ca
—
and
;
eva
—
indeed
;
gopānām
—
of gopas
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
sandarśanam
—
sight
;
param
—
then
;
mathurāyām
—
in Mathurā
;
kim
—
what?
;
cakāra
—
did
;
śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
rāma
—
Balarāma
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: After Kṛṣṇa met the gopas and gopīs, what did Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma do in Mathurā City?
Verse text
caritraṁ paramaṁ miṣṭaṁ
sarva-pāpa-haraṁ puṇyaṁ
Synonyms
caritram
—
pastime
;
paramam
—
transcendental
;
miṣṭam
—
sweet
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-baladevayoḥ
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma
;
sarva-pāpa
—
all sins
;
haram
—
removing
;
puṇyam
—
sacred
;
catur-varga-phala-pradam
—
giving the four goals of life.
Translation
śrī-kṛṣṇa-baladevayoḥ
catur-varga-phala-pradam
Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma's sacred, sweet, and transcendental pastimes remove all sins and grant the four goals of life.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
anyac caritraṁ śṛṇutāc
sarva-pāpa-haraṁ puṇyaṁ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said:
;
anyac
—
another
;
caritram
—
pastrime
;
śṛṇutāt
—
hear
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-baladevayoḥ
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma
;
sarva-pāpa-haram
—
removing all sins
;
puṇyam
—
sacred
;
catur-varga-phala-pradam
—
granting thje four goals of life.
Translation
chrī-kṛṣṇa-baladevayoḥ
catur-varga-phala-pradam
Śrī Nārada said: Please hear another of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma's sacred transcendental pastimes, which remove all sins and grant the four goals of life.
Verse text
kolena pīḍitā lokāḥ
kauśāravi-purān nṛpa
mathurām āyayuḥ sarve
sa-dvijā dīna-mānasāḥ
Synonyms
kolena
—
By Kola
;
pīḍitā
—
tormented
;
lokāḥ
—
the people
;
kauśāravi-purāt
—
from Kausaravi-pura
;
nṛpa
—
O king
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
āyayuḥ
—
came
;
sarve
—
all
;
sa-dvijā
—
with brāhmaṇas
;
dīna-mānasāḥ
—
troubled at heart.
Translation
Harassed by a demon named Kola, all the people of Kauśāravi-pura fled to Mathurā City.
Verse text
aśvam āśu samāruhya
rohiṇī-nandano balaḥ
sv-alpaiḥ puraḥ-saraiḥ sārdhaṁ
mṛgayārthī vinirgataḥ
Synonyms
aśvam
—
a horse
;
āśu
—
at once
;
samāruhya
—
mounting
;
rohiṇī-nandanaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
balaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
sv-alpaiḥ
—
a few
;
sārdham
—
with
;
mṛgayārthī
—
to hunt
;
vinirgataḥ
—
left.
Translation
At that moment Lord Balarāma, riding on horseback and ccompanied by a few attendants, was about to leave on a hunting expedition.
Verse text
taṁ natvābhyarcya vidhivat
tad-aṅghryoḥ patitāḥ pathi
kṛtāṣjali-puṭā ūcur
harṣa-gadgadayā girā
Synonyms
tam
—
to Him
;
natvā
—
bowing down
;
abhyarcya
—
worshiping
;
vidhivat
—
properly
;
tad-aṅghryoḥ
—
at His feet
;
patitāḥ
—
fallen
;
pathi
—
on the road
;
kṛtāṣjali-puṭā
—
with folded hands
;
ūcuḥ
—
said
;
harṣa-gadgadayā
—
choked with happiness
;
girā
—
with words.
Translation
Bowing down, worshiping Him, and falling at His feet, with folded hands and voices faltering with happines, the people spoke to Lord Balarāma.
Verse text
śrī-prajā ūcuḥ
rāma rāma mahā-bāho
deva-deva mahā-bala
kolena pīḍitāḥ sarve
āgatāḥ śaraṇaṁ vayam
Synonyms
śrī-prajā ūcuḥ
—
the people said
;
rāma
—
O Balarāma
;
rāma
—
OBalarāma
;
mahā-bāhaḥ
—
O mighty-armed
;
deva-deva
—
O Lord of lords
;
mahā-bala
—
O powerful one
;
kolena
—
by Kola
;
pīḍitāḥ
—
distressed
;
sarve
—
all
;
āgatāḥ
—
come
;
śaraṇam
—
to the shelter
;
vayam
—
we.
Translation
The people said: Balarāma! Balarāma! Mighty-armed one! Master of the demigods! Powerful one! We are all harassed by a demon named Kola. We take shalter of You.
Verse text
daityaḥ kaṁsa-sakhaḥ kolo
jitvā kauśāraviṁ nṛpam
kauśāraveḥ pure rājyaṁ
karoti sa mahā-balaḥ
Synonyms
daityaḥ
—
demon
;
kaṁsa-sakhaḥ
—
a friend of Kaṁsa
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
jitvā
—
defeating
;
kauśāravim
—
kausaravi
;
nṛpam
—
King
;
kauśāraveḥ
—
pf Kausaravi
;
pure
—
in the city
;
rājyam
—
kingdom
;
karoti
—
does
;
sa
—
he
;
mahā-balaḥ
—
powerful.
Translation
Kola, a powerful demon-friend of Kaṁsa, defeated the king of Kauśāravi. Now he rules Kauśāravi City.
Verse text
kauśāravis tad-bhayād dhi
gaṅgā-tīre gato nṛpaḥ
rājyārthaṁ tvat-padāmbhojaṁ
bhajate su-jitendriyaḥ
Synonyms
kauśāraviḥ
—
Kausaravi
;
tad-bhayāt
—
out of fear of him
;
hi
—
indeed
;
gaṅgā-tīre
—
to the Gaṅgā's shore
;
gataḥ
—
went
;
nṛpaḥ
—
king
;
rājyārtham
—
for his kingdom
;
tvat-padāmbhojam
—
Your lotus feet
;
bhajate
—
worships
;
su-jitendriyaḥ
—
controlling his senses.
Translation
Out of fear of him, the king of Kauśāravi fled to the Gaṅgā's shore where, controlling his senses, he worships Your lotus feet to regain his kingdom.
Verse text
tat-sahāyaṁ kuru vibho
vayaṁ yasya prajāḥ śubhāḥ
putravat pālitās tena
Synonyms
tat-sahāyam
—
help
;
kuru
—
please givve
;
vibhaḥ
—
O powerful one
;
vayam
—
we
;
yasya
—
of him
;
prajāḥ
—
the subjects
;
śubhāḥ
—
good
;
putravat
—
like sons
;
pālitāḥ
—
protected
;
tena
—
by him
;
mahā-saukhya-samanvitāḥ
—
very happy.
Translation
mahā-saukhya-samanvitāḥ
O almighty one, please help him. We are his good subjects. He always protected us as if we were his own children. We were always happy under his rule.
Verse text
kolenādyaiva duṣṭena
pīḍitāḥ satataṁ prabho
tralokya-vijayī vīraḥ
kaṁso 'pi nihatas tvayā
Synonyms
kolena
—
by Kola
;
adya
—
now
;
eva
—
indeed
;
duṣṭena
—
the demon
;
pīḍitāḥ
—
harassed
;
satatam
—
always
;
prabhaḥ
—
O Lord
;
tralokya
—
the three worlds
;
vijayī
—
conquering
;
vīraḥ
—
warrior
;
kaṁsaḥ
—
Kaṁsa
;
api
—
even
;
nihataḥ
—
killed
;
tvayā
—
by You.
Translation
Now we are continually harassed by by the demon Kola. O Lord, You killed even the ferocious Kaṁsa, who had conquered the three worlds.
Verse text
kole jīvati devendra
kaṁso 'pi na mṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ
rakṣārthaṁ sa-guṇo 'si tvaṁ
bhaktānāṁ prakṛteḥ paraḥ
Synonyms
kole
—
as Kola
;
jīvati
—
lives
;
devendra
—
O master of the demigods
;
kaṁsaḥ
—
Kaṁsa
;
api
—
also
;
na
—
not
;
mṛtaḥ
—
dead
;
smṛtaḥ
—
considered
;
rakṣārtham
—
for protection
;
sa-guṇaḥ
—
appearing as an ordinary person subject to the modes of nature
;
asi
—
are
;
tvam
—
You
;
bhaktānām
—
of the devotees
;
prakṛteḥ
—
matter
;
paraḥ
—
beyond.
Translation
O master of the demigods, we think that Kaṁsa is not dead as long as Kola remains alive. O master of the demigods, although You are transcendental, beyond the world of matter, in order to protect Your devotees You have come here, pretending to be a conditioned soul bound by the modes of nature.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
iti śrutvā vacas teṣāṁ
śrī-rāmo bhakta-vatsalaḥ
gaṅgā-yamunayor madhye
kauśāmbīṁ nagarīṁ yayau
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
vacaḥ
—
words
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
śrī-rāmaḥ
—
Śrī Balarāma
;
bhakta
—
devotees
;
vatsalaḥ
—
loves
;
gaṅgā-yamunayoḥ
—
of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā
;
madhye
—
between
;
kauśāmbīm
—
Kausambi
;
nagarīm
—
City
;
yayau
—
went.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: After hearing these words, Lord Balarāma, who loves His devotees, went to Kauśāravi City in the land between the Gaṅgā and the Yamunā.
Verse text
yoddhuṁ samāgataṁ rāmaṁ
śrutvā kolo 'pi nirgataḥ
akṣauhiṇībhir daśābhir
maṇḍitaś caṇḍa-vikramaḥ
Synonyms
yoddhum
—
to fight
;
samāgatam
—
come
;
rāmam
—
Balarāma
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
api
—
also
;
nirgataḥ
—
went
;
akṣauhiṇībhiḥ
—
with aksauhinis
;
daśābhiḥ
—
ten
;
maṇḍitaḥ
—
decorated
;
caṇḍa-vikramaḥ
—
ferocious.
Translation
Hearing that Lord Balarāma had come to fight, ferocious Kola, decorated with ten akṣauhiṇī divisions, went to meet Him.
Verse text
nadīm ivāgatāṁ senāṁ
vīrāvartāṁ ca tāṁ vīkṣya
baddhvā setuṁ halaṁ balaḥ
ākṛṣya taṁ tad-agreṇa
musalenāhanad dṛḍham
Synonyms
caṣcala
—
restless
;
aśva
—
horses
;
taraṅga
—
waves
;
āḍhyam
—
opulent
;
ratha
—
chariots
;
ibha
—
elephants
;
aśva
—
horses
;
timiṅgilam
—
timingila fish
;
nadīm
—
river
;
iva
—
like
;
āgatām
—
arrived
;
senām
—
army
;
pralaya
—
of devastation
;
arṇava
—
the ocean
;
nādinīm
—
roaring
;
vīra
—
of warriors
;
ca
—
and
;
tām
—
that
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
baddhvā
—
binding
;
setum
—
a bridge
;
halam
—
strong
;
balaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
ākṛṣya
—
pulling
;
tam
—
that
;
tad-agreṇa
—
by the tip
;
musalena
—
by His club
;
ahanat
—
struck
;
dṛḍham
—
hard.
Translation
caṣcalāśva-taraṅgāḍhyaṁ
rathebhāśva-timiṅgilam
pralayārṇava-nādinīm
Lord Balarāma gazed at Kola's army, which was like a great river filled with waves of restless horses, timiṅgila fish of chariots, elephants, and horses, whirlpools of ferocious soldiers, and tumultuous roaring like a great ocean of destruction. Then the Lord, in order to make a bridge to cross this river of soldiers, began striking it with His club.
Verse text
yugapat tat-prahāreṇa
vīrā aśvā rathā gajāḥ
sarvataḥ koṭiśaḥ petuḥ
peṣitāḥ phalavad raṇe
Synonyms
yugapat
—
at that moment
;
tat-prahāreṇa
—
by His blows
;
vīrā
—
the warriors
;
aśvā
—
horses
;
rathā
—
chariots
;
gajāḥ
—
elephants
;
sarvataḥ
—
all
;
koṭiśaḥ
—
by the millions
;
petuḥ
—
fell
;
peṣitāḥ
—
crushed
;
phalavat
—
like fruit
;
raṇe
—
in the battle.
Translation
By the force of Lord Balarāma's blows millions of warriors, horses, chariots, and elephants fell, crushed as if they were pieces of fruit thrown on the battlefield.
Verse text
śeṣāḥ pradudruvur vīrā
bhayārtā raṇa-maṇḍalāt
ekākī yuyudhe daityaḥ
kolo rāmeṇa śastra-bhṛt
Synonyms
śeṣāḥ
—
remaining
;
pradudruvuḥ
—
fled
;
vīrā
—
warriors
;
bhayārtā
—
terrified
;
raṇa-maṇḍalāt
—
from the battlefield
;
ekākī
—
alone
;
yuyudhe
—
fought
;
daityaḥ
—
the demon
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
rāmeṇa
—
with Balarāma
;
śastra-bhṛt
—
armed with weapons.
Translation
Terrified, the surviving warriors fled from the battlefield. Then Kola, armed with many weapons, fought a duel with Lord Balarāma.
Verse text
kastūrī-patra-bhṛn mukham
sravan-madaṁ catur-dantaṁ
ghaṇṭā-ṭaṅkāra-bhīṣaṇampronnataṁ dig-gajam iva
śitam aṅkuśam ādāya
kola āruhya karṇataḥ
sva-gajaṁ nodayām āsa
baladevāya daitya-rāṭ
Synonyms
go-mutra
—
urine
;
caya
—
abundance
;
sindūra
—
sindura
;
kastūrī-patra-bhṛn
—
muslk
;
mukham
—
face
;
suvarṇa
—
gold
;
śṛṅkhala
—
chains
;
āyuktam
—
with
;
prakhacit-kaṭi-bandhanam
—
belt
;
sravat
—
flowing
;
madam
—
ichor
;
catur-dantam
—
four tusks
;
ghaṇṭā-ṭaṅkāra
—
tinkling of bells
;
bhīṣaṇam
—
fearful
;
pronnatam
—
great
;
dig-gajam
—
an elephant holding up the directions
;
iva
—
like
;
nadat-kāla-ghana-prabham
—
roaring like thunder
;
śitam
—
sharp
;
aṅkuśam
—
goad
;
ādāya
—
taking
;
kola
—
Kola
;
āruhya
—
mounting
;
karṇataḥ
—
by the ear
;
sva-gajam
—
his own elephant
;
nodayām āsa
—
made it charge
;
baladevāya
—
to Lord Balarāma
;
daitya-rāṭ
—
the king of demons.
Translation
gomutra-caya-sindūra-
suvarṇa-śṛṅkhalāyuktaṁ
prakhacit-kaṭi-bandhanam
nadat-kāla-ghana-prabham
Mounting by its ear his four-tusked elephant bound with golden chains, its face decorated with pictures and designs drawn in gomūtra, sindūra, and musk, its ichor flowing, its bells tinkling ominously, and its body enormous as one of the elephants holding up the directions, and making his elephant trumpet like thunder, the demon-king Kola took a sharp goad in his hand and made his elephant charge Lord Balarāma.
Verse text
āgataṁ vīkṣya taṁ nāgaṁ
mattaṁ kolena noditam
tatāḍa musalenāsau
vajreṇendro yathā girim
Synonyms
āgatam
—
coming
;
vīkṣya
—
seeing
;
tam
—
that
;
nāgam
—
elephant
;
mattam
—
maddened
;
kolena
—
bo Kola
;
noditam
—
sent
;
tatāḍa
—
struck
;
musalena
—
with His club
;
asau
—
He
;
vajreṇa
—
with the thunderbolt
;
indraḥ
—
Indra
;
yathā
—
as
;
girim
—
a mountain.
Translation
Seeing the maddened elephant, pressed on by Kola, charging Him, Lord Balarāma struck it with His club as Indra strikes a mountain with his thunderbolt.
Verse text
musalasya prahāreṇa
viśīrṇo 'bhūn mahā-gajaḥ
mṛd-ghāto naikadhaivāśu
daṇḍa-ghātena maithila
Synonyms
musalasya
—
of the club
;
prahāreṇa
—
by the blow
;
viśīrṇaḥ
—
shattered
;
abhūt
—
became
;
mahā-gajaḥ
—
the great elephant
;
mṛd-ghātaḥ
—
a clay pot
;
na
—
not
;
ekadhā
—
one
;
eva
—
indeed
;
āśu
—
at once
;
daṇḍa-ghātena
—
by the blow of a stick
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, the elephant was shattered by the blow from Lord Balarāma's club as a small clay pot is shattered by a stick.
Verse text
kolaḥ kroḍa-mukho daityo
raktākṣaḥ patito gajāt
śūlaṁ cikṣepa niśitaṁ
mādhavāya mahātmane
Synonyms
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
kroḍa-mukhaḥ
—
a great mouth
;
daityaḥ
—
the demon
;
raktākṣaḥ
—
red eyes
;
patitaḥ
—
fallen
;
gajāt
—
from the elephant
;
śūlam
—
spear
;
cikṣepa
—
threw
;
niśitam
—
sharp
;
mādhavāya
—
at Balarāma
;
mahātmane
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
Kola, his eyes red and his mouth wide-open, jumped from the elephant and threw a spear at Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Verse text
musalena tadā rāmas
tac-chūlaṁ śatadhācchinat
kāca-pātraṁ yathā balo
daṇḍena ca videha-rāṭ
Synonyms
musalena
—
with His club
;
tadā
—
then
;
rāmaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
tac-chūlam
—
the spear
;
śatadhā
—
in a hundred pieces
;
acchinat
—
shattered
;
kāca-pātram
—
a crystal goblet
;
yathā
—
as
;
balaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
daṇḍena
—
with a stick
;
ca
—
and
;
videha-rāṭ
—
O king of Videha.
Translation
O king of Videha, with His club Lord Balarāma shattered that spear into a hundred pieces as one shatters a crystal goblet with an iron rod.
Verse text
gadāṁ gurvīṁ pragṛhya ca
balaṁ tatāḍa hṛdaye
jagarja ghanavat khalaḥ
Synonyms
sahasra-bhāra-samyuktām
—
weighing a thousand bharas
;
gadām
—
club
;
gurvīm
—
heavy
;
pragṛhya
—
taking
;
ca
—
and
;
balam
—
Lord Balarāma
;
tatāḍa
—
struck
;
hṛdaye
—
on the chest
;
jagarja
—
roared
;
ghanavat
—
like a cloud
;
khalaḥ
—
the demon.
Translation
sahasra-bhāra-samyuktāṁ
Taking a club heavy as a thousand bhāras, the demon struck Lord Balarāma on the chest and roared like thunder.
Verse text
tad-gadāyāḥ prahāreṇa
na cacāla yadūdvahaḥ
paśyatāṁ sarva-lokānāṁ
srajā hata iva dvipaḥ
Synonyms
tad-gadāyāḥ
—
of the club
;
prahāreṇa
—
by the blow
;
na
—
not
;
cacāla
—
wavered
;
yadūdvahaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
paśyatām
—
looking
;
sarva-lokānām
—
all the people
;
srajā
—
by a garland
;
hata
—
hit
;
iva
—
like
;
dvipaḥ
—
an elephant.
Translation
As everyone could see the blow of the club had no effect on Lord Balarāma. He stood like an elephant struck by a flower garland.
Verse text
tam ākṛṣya halāgreṇa
kolaṁ kajjalavat-tanum
musalenāhanan mūrdhni
baladevo mahā-balaḥ
Synonyms
tam
—
him
;
ākṛṣya
—
dragging
;
halāgreṇa
—
by the tip of His plow
;
kolam
—
Kol
;
kajjalavat-tanum
—
his body like black kajjala
;
musalena
—
by the club
;
ahanat
—
hit
;
mūrdhni
—
on the head
;
baladevaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
mahā-balaḥ
—
very powerful.
Translation
Catching Kola, who was black as mascara, and dragging him about with His plow, powerful Lord Balarāma finally hit him on the head with His club.
Verse text
patito raṇa-maṇḍale
muṣṭi-ghātaṁ ghātayitvā
Synonyms
musala
—
by the club
;
āhata
—
hit
;
mūrdhā
—
on the head
;
api
—
also
;
patitaḥ
—
fallen
;
raṇa-maṇḍale
—
in the battlefield
;
muṣṭi-ghātam
—
a punch
;
ghātayitvā
—
throwing
;
tatra
—
there
;
eva
—
indeed
;
antaradhīyata
—
disappeared.
Translation
musalāhata-mūrdhāpi
tatraivāntaradhīyata
His head struck by the Lord's club, Kola fell on the battleground. Then he clapped his hands and suddenly disappeared.
Verse text
cakāra māyāṁ māyāvī
daiteyīm ati-bhīṣaṇām
pralaya-prabhavair meghair
mahā-vāta-praṇoditaiḥ andhakāraṁ prakurvadbhir abhūd ācchāditaṁ nabhaḥ
Synonyms
cakāra
—
did
;
māyām
—
magic
;
māyāvī
—
a magician
;
daiteyīm
—
demonic
;
ati-bhīṣaṇām
—
very fearful
;
pralaya-prabhavaiḥ
—
with the power of destruction
;
meghaiḥ
—
with clouds
;
mahā-vāta-praṇoditaiḥ
—
send by great winds
;
andhakāram
—
blinding darkness
;
prakurvadbhiḥ
—
making
;
abhūt
—
did
;
ācchāditam
—
covered
;
nabhaḥ
—
the sky.
Translation
Kola, a great magician, made very terrifying and demonic illusions. Bringing devastating clouds pushed by hurricane winds, he covered the sky with a blinding darkness.
Verse text
japā-puṣpa-samān bindūn
ajasraṁ rudhirasya ca
mocayitvātha bībhatsa-
varṣāś cakrur ghanāghanāḥ
Synonyms
japā-puṣpa-samān
—
like roses
;
bindūn
—
drops
;
ajasram
—
at once
;
rudhirasya
—
of blood
;
ca
—
and
;
mocayitvā
—
releasing
;
atha
—
then
;
bībhatsa
—
terrifying
;
varṣāḥ
—
rains
;
cakruḥ
—
did
;
ghanāghanāḥ
—
great clouds.
Translation
The great clouds made a terrifying monsoon rain of blood drops big as roses.
Verse text
dṛṣṭvā tābhiś ca varṣābhir
hā-hā-kāro babhūva ha
Synonyms
pūya
—
pus
;
medaḥ
—
fat
;
ati-viṭ
—
great stool
;
mūtra
—
urine
;
surā
—
wine
;
māṁsa
—
flesh
;
samanvitāḥ
—
with
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
tābhiḥ
—
with them
;
ca
—
and
;
varṣābhiḥ
—
rains
;
hā-hā-kāraḥ
—
alas! alas!
;
babhūva
—
was
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
pūya-medo-'ti-viṇ-mūtra-
surā-māṁsa-samanvitāḥ
Then it rained pus, fat, stool, urine, wine, and flesh. There was a great cry of {Alas! Alas!"
Verse text
jṣātvātha tat-kṛtāṁ māyāṁ
baladevo mahā-prabhuḥ
cikṣepa musalaṁ dīrghaṁ
sarvāstra-ghātakaṁ svacchaṁ
aṣṭa-dhātu-mayaṁ dṛḍham
Synonyms
jṣātvā
—
knowing
;
atha
—
then
;
tat-kṛtām
—
done by him
;
māyām
—
magic
;
baladevaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
mahā-prabhuḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
cikṣepa
—
thre
;
musalam
—
His club
;
dīrgham
—
great
;
para-sainya-vidāraṇam
—
breaking the enemy's army
;
sarva
—
all
;
astra
—
weapons
;
ghātakam
—
blow
;
svaccham
—
clear
;
aṣṭa-dhātu-mayam
—
made of eight metals
;
dṛḍham
—
firm
;
śata-yojana-vistīrṇam
—
800 miles long
;
pralayāgni-sama-prabham
—
splendid as the fire of cosmic devastation.
Translation
para-sainya-vidāraṇam
śata-yojana-vistīrṇaṁ
pralayāgni-sama-prabham
Aware that this was all a magical illusion, Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, threw His great eight-hundred-mile club, the best of weapons, which was made of eight metals, splendid as the fires at the time of cosmic devastation, and able to cut to pieces any enemy's army.
Verse text
balāstraṁ musalaṁ reje
bhramad daśa-dig-antare
vidārayad ghanān vyomni
nīhāraṁ ca yathā raviḥ
Synonyms
bala
—
Lord Balarāma's
;
astram
—
weapon
;
musalam
—
club
;
reje
—
shone
;
bhramat
—
wandering
;
daśa-dig-antare
—
the ten directions
;
vidārayat
—
cutting apart
;
ghanān
—
the clouds
;
vyomni
—
in the sky
;
nīhāram
—
fog
;
ca
—
and
;
yathā
—
as
;
raviḥ
—
the sun.
Translation
Lord Balarāma's club circled the ten directions, cutting away the clouds as the the sun cuts away the morning fog.
Verse text
tad-vyomni pragataṁ dṛṣṭvā
halāstraṁ ca svataḥ prabhuḥ
samutpatyākṛṣya balān
madhye tān vidadāra ha
Synonyms
tad-vyomni
—
in the sky
;
pragatam
—
gone
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
halāstram
—
Lord Balarāma's plow
;
ca
—
and
;
svataḥ
—
own
;
prabhuḥ
—
the Lord
;
samutpatya
—
lifting
;
ākṛṣya
—
dragging
;
balān
—
by force
;
madhye
—
in the middle
;
tān
—
them
;
vidadāra
—
cut
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Seeing that His club was still in the sky, the Lord took up His plow weapon and continued to break apart the clouds.
Verse text
nāśaṁ gatāyāṁ māyāyāṁ
baladevo mahā-balaḥ
gṛhītvā bhuja-daṇḍābhyāṁ
bhuja-daṇḍe madotkaṭe
Synonyms
nāśam
—
to destruction
;
gatāyām
—
gone
;
māyāyām
—
the magic
;
baladevaḥ
—
Lord Balarāma
;
mahā-balaḥ
—
very powerful
;
gṛhītvā
—
taking
;
bhuja-daṇḍābhyām
—
with both arms
;
bhuja-daṇḍe
—
the arms
;
madotkaṭe
—
ferocious.
Translation
When the magical illusion was completely dispelled, with both hands powerful Lord Balarāma grabbed the ferocious demon's arm.
Verse text
bhrāmayan bāla iva taṁ
pratūlaṁ sa itas tataḥ
pātayām āsa bhū-pṛṣṭhe
kamaṇḍalum ivārbhakaḥ
Synonyms
bhrāmayan
—
whirling about
;
bāla
—
a child
;
iva
—
like
;
tam
—
him
;
pratūlam
—
cotton
;
sa
—
he
;
itaḥ
—
here
;
tataḥ
—
and there
;
pātayām āsa
—
threw
;
bhū-pṛṣṭhe
—
to the ground
;
kamaṇḍalum
—
a kamandalu
;
iva
—
like
;
arbhakaḥ
—
a child.
Translation
Whirling him around and around as a child whirls a cotton swab, Lord Balarāma threw the demon to the ground as a child throws a kamaṇḍalu.
Verse text
tasya daityasya pātena
sābdhi-śaila-vanaiḥ saha
cakampe nāḍikā-mātraṁ
sarvaṁ bhū-khaṇḍa-maṇḍalam
Synonyms
tasya
—
of him
;
daityasya
—
the demon
;
pātena
—
by the fall
;
sābdhi-śaila-vanaiḥ
—
with oceans, mountains, and forests
;
saha
—
with
;
cakampe
—
trembled
;
nāḍikā-mātram
—
tube
;
sarvam
—
all
;
bhū-khaṇḍa-maṇḍalam
—
the circle of the earth.
Translation
When the demon fell the entire earth, with its oceans, mountains, and forests, shook.
Verse text
bhagna-dantaś calan-netro
mūrchito nidhanaṁ yayau
kolo nāma mahā-daityo
vṛtro vajra-hato yathā
Synonyms
bhagna-dantaḥ
—
broken teeth
;
calan-netraḥ
—
moving eyes
;
mūrchitaḥ
—
fainted
;
nidhanam
—
death
;
yayau
—
attained
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
nāma
—
named
;
mahā-daityaḥ
—
the great demon
;
vṛtraḥ
—
Vṛtra
;
vajra
—
by the thunderbolt
;
hataḥ
—
struck
;
yathā
—
as.
Translation
His teeth broken and his eyes moving, the great demon named Kola fainted and died, as Vṛtra did when he was hit by Indra's thunderbolt.
Verse text
tadā jaya-jayārāvo
divi bhūmau babhūva ha
deva-dundubhayo neduḥ
puṣpa-varṣāḥ suraiḥ kṛtāḥ
Synonyms
tadā
—
then
;
jaya-jayārāvaḥ
—
sounds of "Victory! Victory!"
;
divi
—
in the sky
;
bhūmau
—
on the earth
;
babhūva
—
was
;
ha
—
indeed
;
deva-dundubhayaḥ
—
the dundubhis of the demigods
;
neduḥ
—
sounded
;
puṣpa-varṣāḥ
—
showers of flowers
;
suraiḥ
—
by the demigods
;
kṛtāḥ
—
done.
Translation
At that moment there was a great tumult of "Victory! Victory!" in both the heaven and earth, the celestial dundubhi drums sounded, and the demigods showered flowers.
Verse text
itthaṁ kolaṁ ghātayitvā
baladevo 'cyutāgrajaḥ
dattvātha kauśāravaye
kauśāmbīṁ ca purīṁ tataḥ
Synonyms
ittham
—
thus
;
kolam
—
Kola
;
ghātayitvā
—
killing
;
baladevaḥ
—
Lord Balarāma
;
acyutāgrajaḥ
—
the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
atha
—
then
;
kauśāravaye
—
to King Kauśāravi
;
kauśāmbīm
—
Kauśāravi City
;
ca
—
and
;
purīm
—
the city
;
tataḥ
—
then.
Translation
Having killed the demon Kola, Lord Balarāma, the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, returned Kauśāravi City to King Kauśāravi.
Verse text
snātuṁ bhāgirathīṁ prāgād
gargācāryādibhir vṛtaḥ
lokānāṁ saṅgrahaṁ kartuṁ
sarva-doṣa-kṣayāya ca
Synonyms
snātum
—
to bathe
;
bhāgirathīm
—
in the Gaṅgā
;
prāgāt
—
went
;
gargācāryādibhiḥ
—
headed by Garga MUni
;
vṛtaḥ
—
surrounded
;
lokānām
—
of the people
;
saṅgraham
—
protection
;
kartum
—
to do
;
sarva-doṣa-kṣayāya
—
to remove all sins
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Then, to remove all sins and to protect all the worlds, Lord Balarāma, accompanied by Garga Muni and a host of great sages, went to bathe in the Gaṅgā.
Verse text
snāpayāṁ cakrur āryās te
gaṅgāyāṁ mādhavaṁ balam
veda-mantrair maṅgalaiś ca
gargācāryādayo dvijāḥ
Synonyms
snāpayāṁ cakruḥ
—
bathes
;
āryāḥ
—
the saints
;
te
—
they
;
gaṅgāyām
—
in the Gaṅgā
;
mādhavam
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
balam
—
Balarāma
;
veda
—
of the Vedas
;
mantraiḥ
—
with mantras
;
maṅgalaiḥ
—
auspicious
;
ca
—
and
;
gargācāryādayaḥ
—
headed by garga Muni
;
dvijāḥ
—
the brāhmaṇas.
Translation
Chanting auspicious Vedic mantras, the saintly brāhmaṇas headed by Garga Muni performed a ritual bathing of Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the waters of the Gaṅgā.
Verse text
lakṣaṁ gajānāṁ vaideha
syandanānāṁ dvi-lakṣakam
hayānāṁ ca tathā koṭiṁ
dhenūnām arbudaṁ daśa
śatārbhudaṁ ca ratnānāṁ
bhāraṁ jambūnadāvṛtam
rāmo dattvā brāhmaṇebhyaḥ
prayayau mathurāṁ purīm
Synonyms
lakṣam
—
a hundred thousand
;
gajānām
—
elkephants
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
syandanānām
—
of chariots
;
dvi-lakṣakam
—
two hundred thousand
;
hayānām
—
of horses
;
ca
—
and
;
tathā
—
so
;
koṭim
—
ten million
;
dhenūnām
—
of cows
;
arbudam
—
a hundred million
;
daśa
—
ten
;
śatārbhudam
—
ten billion
;
ca
—
and
;
ratnānām
—
of jewels
;
bhāram
—
abundance
;
jambūnadāvṛtam
—
covered with gold
;
rāmaḥ
—
Lord Balarāma
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
brāhmaṇebhyaḥ
—
to the brāhmaṇas
;
prayayau
—
went
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
purīm
—
City.
Translation
O king of Videha, after giving a hundred thousand elephants, two hundred thousand chariots, ten million horses, one billion cows, and ten billion ornaments of gold and jewels in charity to the brāhmaṇas, Lord Balarāma returned to Mathurā City.
Verse text
yatra rāmeṇa gaṅgāyāṁ
kṛtaṁ snānaṁ videha-rāḍ
tatra tīrthaṁ mahā-puṇyaṁ
rāma-tīrthaṁ vidur budhāḥ
Synonyms
yatra
—
where
;
rāmeṇa
—
with Balarāma
;
gaṅgāyām
—
in the Ganges
;
kṛtam
—
done
;
snānam
—
bath
;
videha-rāḍ
—
O king of Videha
;
tatra
—
there
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
mahā-puṇyam
—
very sacred
;
rāma-tīrtham
—
Rāma-tīrtha
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
budhāḥ
—
the wise
Translation
O king of Videha, this very sacred place, where Rāma bathed in the Ganges, the wise know as Rāma-tīrtha.
Note: Texts 47-60 are quoted by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in His Śrī Navadvīpa-dhāma-māhātmya, Pramāṇa-khaṇḍa.
Verse text
kārttikyāṁ kārttike snatvā
ramatīrthe tu jāhnavīm
haridvārāc chata-guṇaṁ
puṇyaṁ vai labhate janaḥ
Synonyms
kārttikyām
—
on the full-moon day
;
kārttike
—
in the month of Kārttika
;
snatvā
—
having bathed
;
ramatīrthe
—
at Rāma-tīrtha
;
tu
—
indeed
;
jāhnavīm
—
in the Ganges
;
haridvārāt
—
from Hardwar
;
śata
—
a hundred times
;
guṇam
—
multiplied
;
puṇyam
—
piety
;
vai
—
indeed
;
labhate
—
attains
;
janaḥ
—
a person.
Translation
A person who on the full-moon day of the month of Kārttika bathes in the Ganges at Rāma-tīrtha attains piety a hundred times greater than at Hardwar.
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
kausambāc ca kiyad dūraṁ
sthale kasmin mahā-mune
ramatīrthaṁ mahā-puṇyaṁ mahyaṁ vaktuṁ tvam arhasi
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśvaḥ
—
Śrī Bahulāśva
;
uvāca
—
said
;
kausambāt
—
from Kusanagara
;
ca
—
and
;
kiyat
—
how much?
;
dūram
—
far
;
sthale
—
place
;
kasmin
—
in what?
;
mahā-mune
—
O great sage
;
ramatīrtham
—
Rāma-tīrtha
;
mahā-puṇyam
—
great piety
;
mahyam
—
to me
;
vaktum
—
to speak
;
tvam
—
you
;
arhasi
—
desrve.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: How far, and in what direction from Kauśāravi City, is very sacred Rāma-tīrtha? Please tell me.
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
kausambāc ca tad īśānyāṁ
catur-yojanam eva hi
vayasyaṁ sūkara-kṣetrāc
catur-yojanaṁ eva ca
Synonyms
śrī-nāradaḥ
—
Śrī Nārada
;
uvāca
—
said
;
kausambāt
—
from Kusanagara
;
ca
—
and
;
tat
—
that
;
īśānyām
—
north
;
catur-yojanam
—
four yojanas (32 miles)
;
eva
—
indeed
;
hi
—
indeed
;
vayasyam
—
northwest
;
sūkara-kṣetrat
—
from Koladvīpa
;
ca
—
and
;
catur-yojanam
—
four yojanas
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: It is 32 miles north of Kauśāravi City and 32 miles northwest of Koladvīpa.
Verse text
karṇakṣetrāc ca ṣaṭ-krośair
nalakṣetrāc ca paṣcabhiḥ
āgneyyāṁ diśi rājendra
rāma-tīrthaṁ vadanti hi
Synonyms
karṇakṣetrāt
—
from Kurukṣetra
;
ca
—
and
;
ṣaṭ
—
six
;
krośaiḥ
—
krośas
;
nalakṣetrāt
—
from Nalakṣetra
;
ca
—
and
;
paṣcabhiḥ
—
with five
;
agneyyām
—
in the southeast
;
diśi
—
direction
;
rājendra
—
O great king
;
rāmatīrtham
—
Rāma-tīrtha
;
vadanti
—
say
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
O great king, they say that Rāma-tīrtha 12 miles southeast of Kurukṣetra and 10 miles southeast of Nalakṣetra.
Verse text
bilvakeśavanāt punaḥ
pūrvasyāṁ ca tribhiḥ krośai
rāmatīrthaṁ vidur budhāḥ
Synonyms
vṛddha-keśī-siddha-pīṭhat
—
from Vṛddha-keśī-siddha-pīṭha
;
bilvakeśavanāt
—
from Bilvakeśavana
;
punaḥ
—
again
;
pūrvasyām
—
in the east
;
ca
—
and
;
tribhiḥ krośaiḥ
—
with three krośas
;
rāmatīrtham
—
Rāma-tīrtha
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
budhāḥ
—
the wise
Translation
vṛddha-keśī-siddha-pīṭhad
The wise know that Rāma-tīrtha is 6 miles east of Vṛddha-keśī-siddha-pīṭha and Bilvakeśavana.
Verse text
dṛḍhāśvo vaṅga-rājo 'bhūt
kurūpaṁ lomaśa-muniṁ
dṛṣṭvā jahāsa satataṁ
taṁ śaśāpa mahā-muniḥ
Synonyms
dṛḍhāśvaḥ
—
Dṛḍhāśva
;
vaṅga-rājaḥ
—
the king of Bengal
;
abhūt
—
was
;
kurūpam
—
deformed
;
lomasa-munim
—
Lomaśa Muni
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
jahāsa
—
laughed
;
satatam
—
always
;
tam
—
him
;
śaśāpa
—
cursed
;
mahā-muniḥ
—
the great sage.
Translation
There was a king of Bengal named Dṛḍhāśva who always laughed at deformed Lomaśa Muni. The great sage Lomaśa cursed him:
Verse text
vikarālaḥ kroḍa-mukho
'suro 'bhavan mahā-khalaḥ
itthaṁ sa muni-śāpena
kolaḥ kroda-mukho 'bhavat
Synonyms
vikarālaḥ
—
horrible
;
kroḍa-mukhaḥ
—
with the face of a pig
;
asuraḥ
—
demon
;
bhava
—
become
;
mahā-khalaḥ
—
a great demon
;
ittham
—
in this way
;
saḥ
—
he
;
muni-śāpena
—
by the sage's curse
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
kroḍa-mukhaḥ
—
with the face of a pig
;
abhavat
—
became.
Translation
"Now become a horrible demon with the face of a pig!" By the sage's curse the king became a pig-faced demon named Kola.
Verse text
tyaktvā svam āsurīṁ tanum
kolo nāma mahā-daityaḥ paraṁ kṣetraṁ jagāma ha
Synonyms
baladeva
—
of Lord Balarāma
;
prahāreṇa
—
by the blows
;
tyaktvā
—
abandoning
;
svam
—
his
;
āsurīm
—
demon
;
tanum
—
body
;
kolaḥ
—
Kola
;
nāma
—
name
;
mahā-daityaḥ
—
the great demon
;
paraṁ kṣetram
—
to the supreme abode
;
jagāma
—
went
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
baladeva-prahāreṇa
Killed by Lord Baladeva, the great demon Kola gave up his demon body and went to the spiritual world.
Verse text
tato rāmo mantribhiś ca
uddhavādibhir anvitaḥ
jahnu-tīrthaṁ jagāmāśu
yatra dakṣaḥ śruter abhūt
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
rāmaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
mantribhiḥ
—
with advisors
;
ca
—
and
;
uddhava-ādibhiḥ
—
headed by Uddhava
;
anvitaḥ
—
with
;
jahnu-tīrtham
—
to Jahnu-tīrtha
;
jagāma
—
went
;
āśu
—
at once
;
yatra
—
where
;
dakṣaḥ
—
expert
;
śruteḥ
—
in the Vedas
;
abhūt
—
was.
Translation
Then Lord Balarāma, accompanied by Uddhava and other advisers, at once went to Jahnu-tīrtha, where He became learned in the Vedas.
Verse text
gaṅgā brāhmaṇa-mukhyasya
jāhnavī yena kathyate
datvā dānaṁ dvijātibhya
uṣu rātrau janaiḥ saha
Synonyms
gaṅgā
—
Ganges
;
brāhmaṇa-mukhyasya
—
of the best of brāhmaṇas
;
jāhnavī
—
Jāhnavī
;
yena
—
by whom
;
kathyate
—
is called
;
datvā
—
giving
;
dānam
—
charity
;
dvijātibhyaḥ
—
to the brāhmaṇas
;
uṣuḥ
—
resided
;
rātrau
—
at night
;
janaiḥ
—
people
;
saha
—
with.
Translation
Jahnu is the great Brāhmaṇa after whom the Ganges is called Jāhnavī. There Lord Balarāma gave chairty ot the brāhmaṇas and then stayed the night with His associates.
Verse text
tatas taṁ pāścime bhāge
pāṇḍavānām ati-priyam
āhāra-sthānakaṁ prāpya rātrau vāsaṁ cakāra ha
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
tam
—
that
;
pāścime bhāge
—
in the west
;
pāṇḍavānām
—
to the Pāṇḍavas
;
ati-priyam
—
very dear
;
āhāra-sthānakam
—
Āhāra-sthāna
;
prāpya
—
attained
;
rātrau
—
at night
;
vāsam
—
residence
;
cakāra
—
made
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Going west, He reached Āhāra-sthāna, which is very dear to the Pāṇḍavas, where He stayed the night.
Verse text
tatra dānaṁ dvijātibhyo
datvā sad-guṇa-bhojanam
tato yojanaṁ ekaṁ ca
devaṁ māṇḍūka-samjṣakam
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
dānam
—
charity
;
dvijātibhyaḥ
—
to the brāhmaṇas
;
datvā
—
giving
;
sad-guṇa-bhojanam
—
delicious food
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
yojanaṁ ekam
—
one yojana
;
ca
—
and
;
devam
—
the Deity
;
maṇḍuka-samjṣakam
—
named Maṇḍuka.
Translation
There He gave delicious foods in charity to the brāhmaṇas. Then He went eight miles away to the devotee named Māṇḍūkadeva.
Verse text
tapas taptaṁ mahat tena
cānte deva-kṛpāptaye
tad-arthaṁ sva-samājena
baladevo jagāma ha
Synonyms
tapas taptam
—
performed austerities
;
mahat
—
great
;
tena
—
by Him
;
ca
—
and
;
ante
—
in the end
;
deva
—
of the Diety
;
kṛpā
—
mercy
;
āptaye
—
to attain
;
tad-artham
—
for that purpose
;
sva-samājena
—
with His group
;
baladevaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
jagāma
—
went
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
Māṇḍūkadeva had performed great austerities to attain the mercy of the Lord. That is the reason Lord Balarāma went there with His associates.
Verse text
ūrdhvāsyam eka-pāda-sthaṁ
sva-bhaktaṁ hṛdaya-sthaṁ svaṁ
taṁ jahāra tadānantas
tato bāhye dadarśa ha
sa dṛṣṭvānanta-devasya
rūpaṁ parama-sundaram
Synonyms
ūrdhvāsyam
—
his head raised
;
eka-pāda-stham
—
standing on one foot
;
dhyāna-stimita-locanam
—
his eyes closed in meditation
;
sva-bhaktam
—
His devotee
;
hṛdaya-stham
—
situated in the heart
;
svam
—
own
;
mūrti-darśana-lolupam
—
eager to see the form
;
tam
—
him
;
jahāra
—
embracing
;
tadā
—
then
;
anantaḥ
—
the limitless Lord
;
tataḥ
—
then
;
bāhye
—
outside
;
dadarśa
—
saw
;
ha
—
Oh
;
sa
—
he
;
dṛṣṭvā
—
seeing
;
ananta-devasya
—
of Lord Ananta
;
rūpam
—
the form
;
parama-sundaram
—
very handsome.
Translation
dhyāna-stimita-locanam
mūrti-darśana-lolupam
Standing on one foot, his head up, and his eyes closed, Māṇḍūkadeva meditated on the Lord, whom he could see in his heart. Still, Māṇḍūkadeva yearned to see the Lord's form with his eyes open. When Lord Balarāma, now in His form of Lord Ananta, embraced him, Māṇḍūkadeva opened his eyes and saw before him the sublimely handsome form of Lord Ananta.
Verse text
sragvy-eka-kuṇḍalaṁ gauraṁ
stutvā paramayā bhaktyā
papāta caraṇau punaḥ
Synonyms
sragvī
—
wearing a garland
;
eka-kuṇḍalam
—
one earring
;
gauram
—
fair
;
tālāṅka-ratha-samyutam
—
His chariot marked with the insignia of a palm tree
;
stutvā
—
offering prayers
;
paramayā
—
with great
;
bhaktyā
—
devotion
;
papāta
—
fell
;
caraṇau
—
at the feet
;
punaḥ
—
again and again.
Translation
tālāṅka-ratha-samyutam
Lord Ananta had a fair complexion. He wore a flower garland and a single earring, and His chariot bore the insignia of a palm tree. Offering prayers with great devotion, Māṇḍūkadeva fell again and again at His feet.
Verse text
tasya śiṛṣṇā karaṁ datvā
varaṁ brūhīty uvāca ha
yadi prasanno bhagavān
anugrahyo 'smi vā yadi
sarvottamāṁ bhāgavatīṁ
saṁhitāṁ śuka-vaktrataḥ
nirgatāṁ dehi māṁ svāmin
kali-doṣa-harāṁ parām
Synonyms
tasya
—
of Him
;
śiṛṣṇā
—
head
;
karam
—
hands
;
datvā
—
placing
;
varam
—
benediction
;
brūhī
—
please give
;
iti
—
thus
;
uvāca
—
said
;
ha
—
indeed
;
yadi
—
if
;
prasannaḥ
—
pleased
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
anugrahyaḥ
—
the object of mercy
;
asmi
—
I am
;
vā
—
or
;
yadi
—
if
;
sarva
—
of all
;
uttamām
—
the best
;
bhāgavatīṁ saṁhitām
—
Śrī Bhāgavatī-saṁhitā
;
śuka-vaktrataḥ
—
from the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī
;
nirgatām
—
come
;
dehi
—
please give
;
mām
—
me
;
– svamin
—
O LOrd
;
kali
—
of Kali-yuga
;
doṣa
—
the faults
;
harām
—
removing
;
parām
—
transcendental.
Translation
Placing a hand on His devotee's head, Lord Balarāma, Ask for a benedcition." Māṇḍūkadeva said, "If the Lord is pleased wth Me, or if the Lord feels compassion on Me, then, O Lord, please give me the Bhāgavatī-saṁhitā, which has come from the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī, and which removes the evils of the age of Kali."
Note: Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura quotes these two verses in His Śrī Navadvīpa-dhāma-māhātmya, Pramāṇa-khaṇḍa.
Verse text
śrī-baladeva uvāca
uddhava-dvārataḥ prāptir
bhaviṣyati tavānagha
śrīmad-bhagavatī kīrtir
adhikā ya kalau yuge
Synonyms
śrī-baladeva uvāca
—
Śrī Balarāma said
;
uddhava-dvārataḥ
—
by Uddhava
;
prāptiḥ
—
attained
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
tava
—
of you
;
anagha
—
O sinless one
;
śrīmad-bhagavatī
—
Śrīmad-bhagavatī
;
kīrtiḥ
—
the glory
;
adhikā
—
great
;
ya
—
which
;
kalau yuge
—
in Kali-yuga.
Translation
Śrī Balarāma said: O sinless one, from Uddhava you will learn the Śrīmad Bhāgavatī-samhitā, which is gloriously manifest in the age of Kali.
Verse text
śrī-māṇḍūka uvāca
kathaṁ bhagavatā dattā
mukhyā tasyādhikāritā
kadā yogaṁ mama svasmin
kuru sandeha-bhaṣjanam
Synonyms
śrī-māṇḍūka uvāca
—
Śrī Māṇḍūkadeva said
;
katham
—
how?
;
bhagavatā
—
by the Lord
;
dattā
—
given
;
mukhyā
—
first
;
tasya
—
of that
;
adhikāritā
—
superiority
;
kadā
—
when?
;
yogam
—
meeting
;
mama
—
of me
;
svasmin
—
own
;
kuru
—
please do
;
sandeha-bhaṣjanam
—
removing doubts.
Translation
Śrī Māṇḍūkadeva said: Why is this scripture given by the Lord so great? When will I learn it? O Lord, please break apart my doubts.
Verse text
śrī-baladeva uvāca
kathayāmi paraṁ gopyaṁ
rahasyaṁ paramādbhutam
adyāpi mama sāmīpye
uddhavo 'yaṁ virājate
Synonyms
śrī-baladeva uvāca
—
Śrī Balarāma said
;
kathayāmi
—
I will tell
;
param
—
agreat
;
gopyam
—
secret
;
rahasyam
—
confidential
;
paramādbhutam
—
very wonderful
;
adya
—
today
;
api
—
also
;
mama
—
of Me
;
sāmīpye
—
near
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
ayam
—
he
;
virājate
—
is manifested.
Translation
Śrī Balarāma said: I will tell you a great secret. Even now, Uddhava is nearby.
Verse text
tad-darśanaṁ kuru paraṁ
adya tīrthasya yatrāyāṁ
upadeśo na te bhavet
Synonyms
tad-darśanam
—
the sight of him
;
kuru
—
do
;
param
—
great
;
ācārya-sampradāyikam
—
the community of gurus
;
adya
—
now
;
tīrthasya
—
of the holy place
;
yatrāyām
—
in pilgrimage
;
upadeśaḥ
—
teaching
;
na
—
not
;
te
—
of you
;
bhavet
—
may be.
Translation
ācārya-sampradāyikam
Go and see him, a great ācārya in the disciplic succession. I will not teach you further, for now I am going on pilgrimage.
Verse text
yathopadeṣṭa bhavati
tena te kathayāmy aham
uddhavaḥ sthāpitaḥ śrīmad-
ācāryaḥ saṁhitāmayaḥ
Synonyms
yathopadeṣṭa
—
as taught
;
bhavati
—
is
;
tena
—
by him
;
te
—
to you
;
kathayāmi
—
I tell
;
aham
—
I
;
uddhavaḥ
—
Uddhava
;
sthāpitaḥ
—
placed
;
śrīmad-ācāryaḥ
—
the teacher
;
saṁhitāmayaḥ
—
learning in that saṁhitā.
Translation
I tell you Uddhava is a great teacher of Śrīmad Bhāgavatī-samhitā.
Verse text
gopīnāṁ prītaye kṛtaḥ
sva-svarūpaṁ parikaraṁ
yat kiṣcit bhagavattamam
kṛṣṇena paramātmanā
uddhavaṁ caiva svātmānaṁ
eka evācirād vibhuḥ
sākṣāt-kāraṁ cakārādau
na svīyam antaraṁ kvacit
śrī-kṛṣṇam eva te jṣātvā
pūjayām āsur ādarāt
Synonyms
nandādi-vraja-vāsīnām
—
the people of Vraja, headed by nanda
;
gopīnām
—
of the gopīs
;
prītaye
—
to please
;
kṛtaḥ
—
done
;
sva-svarūpam
—
own form
;
yat
—
what
;
kiṣcit
—
something
;
bhagavattamam
—
very exalted
;
sarva-svabhāva-guṇakam
—
with all virtues
;
kṛṣṇena
—
—by Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
paramātmanā
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
uddhavam
—
Uddhava
;
ca
—
and
;
eva
—
certainly
;
svātmānam
—
self
;
eka
—
one
;
eva
—
indeed
;
acirāt
—
quickly
;
vibhuḥ
—
the Lord
;
sākṣāt-kāram
—
directky manifest
;
cakāra
—
did
;
ādau
—
at the first
;
na
—
not
;
svīyam
—
own
;
antaram
—
then
;
kvacit
—
sometime
;
śrī-kṛṣṇam
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
eva
—
indeed
;
te
—
they
;
jṣātvā
—
understanding
;
pūjayām āsuḥ
—
worshiped
;
ādarāt
—
with reverence.
Translation
nandādi-vraja-vāsīnāṁ
sarva-svabhāva-guṇakaṁ
To please Nanda, the gopīs, and the other people of Vraja, Lord Kṛṣṇa sent to them His personal associate Uddhava, who is very virtuous and exalted, and who has a transcendental form like that of the Lord Himself. Lord Kṛṣṇa did not directly appear to them at first. First he sent Uddhava. Then, when they understood the true nature of Kṛṣṇa, the people of Vraja worshiped Him with great reverence.
Verse text
vasantartuś ca grīṣmo 'pi
sa cakāra vrajātmakau
śamayām āsa rādhāyaḥ
śokaṁ tat-kuṇḍa-pārśvajaḥ
Synonyms
vasantartuḥ
—
spring
;
ca
—
and
;
grīṣme
—
in summer
;
api
—
even
;
sa
—
not
;
cakāra
—
did
;
vrajātmakau
—
the two Lords of Vraja
;
śamayām āsa
—
pacified
;
rādhāyaḥ
—
of Rādhā
;
śokam
—
the grief
;
tat-kuṇḍa-pārśvajaḥ
—
by the side of Her lake.
Translation
Staying at Rādhā-kuṇḍa during the spring and summer seasons, Uddhava pacified Śrī Rādhā's grief.
Verse text
sarvaṁ bhū-maṇḍalaṁ tatra
vicacāra vrajānugaiḥ
viyogārti-haraḥ prokto
gavāṁ nandādi-gopinām
Synonyms
sarvam
—
all
;
bhū-maṇḍalam
—
the earth
;
tatra
—
there
;
vicacāra
—
considered
;
vrajānugaiḥ
—
with the followers of Vraja
;
viyogārti
—
the sufferings of separation
;
haraḥ
—
removing
;
proktaḥ
—
said
;
gavām
—
of the cows
;
nandādi-gopinām
—
the gopas headed by Nanda.
Translation
Uddhava wandered the earth with devotees that were followers of the people of Vraja. He removed the sufferings Nanda, the gopas, and the cows felt in Lord Kṛṣṇa's absence.
Verse text
sarvaḥ parikarāgraṇīḥ
bhagavān dharma-gup-tanuḥ
Synonyms
mantrādhikāra-kuśalāḥ
—
an excpert counselor
;
sarvaḥ
—
all
;
parikarāgraṇīḥ
—
the best of the Lord's assocuates
;
atha
—
then
;
antardhāna-velāyām
—
when He had disdappeared
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
dharma-gup-tanuḥ
—
the protector of religion.
Translation
mantrādhikāra-kuśalaḥ
athāntardhāna-velāyāṁ
He is the best of counselors and the first of the Lord's personal associates. When Lord Kṛṣṇa is absent, he becomes the protector of the true religion.
Verse text
tasmai sva-tejasam api
dāsyate paramādbhutam
mudrādhikāraṁ sarvatra
sarvadaiva virājate
Synonyms
tasmai
—
to him
;
sva-tejasam
—
His own power
;
api
—
also
;
dāsyate
—
will give
;
paramādbhutam
—
very wonderful
;
mudrādhikāram
—
able to teach
;
sarvatra
—
everywhere
;
sarvadā
—
always
;
eva
—
indeed
;
virājate
—
shines.
Translation
The Supreme Lord will give His own very wonderful transcendental potency to him. In this way he will be glorious in all times and all places.
Verse text
antardhāne tu sva-sthāne
dattā tasyādhikāritā
badarī-sthaṁ sa-parikaram
dharmajaṁ bodhayiṣyati
Synonyms
antardhāne
—
disappeared
;
tu
—
indeed
;
sva-sthāne
—
to His own abode
;
dattā
—
given
;
tasya
—
of him
;
adhikāritā
—
uathority
;
badarī-stham
—
in Badarikasrama
;
sa-parikaram
—
with associates
;
dharmajam
—
nārāyaṇ Ṛṣni
;
bodhayiṣyati
—
will teach.
Translation
When in the future the Lord leaves this world and returns to His own transcendental abode, Uddhava, empowered by Him, will go to Badarikāśrama. There he will teach Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi and His followers.
Verse text
hārī saiva bhaviṣyati
vajranābho yādavānāṁ
māthure sambhaviṣyati
Synonyms
arjunādi
—
headed by Arjuna
;
viyogārti
—
the sufferings of separation
;
hārī
—
removing
;
sa
—
that
;
eva
—
indeed
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
vajranābhaḥ
—
Vajrabnābha
;
yādavānām
—
of the Yādavas
;
māthure
—
in Mathurā
;
sambhaviṣyati
—
will be.
Translation
arjunādi-viyogārti-
Uddhava will remove the sufferings Arjuna and the other devotees feel in Lord Kṛṣṇa's absence. After him, a devotee named Vajranābha will take birth in the Yādava dynasty in Mathurā.
Verse text
śrī-kṛṣṇasyaiva pautreṣu
mahā-rājṣī-gaṇeṣu ca
viyogārti-haraś caiva
sthāpyate śrī-hariḥ svayam
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇasya
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
eva
—
indeed
;
pautreṣu
—
among the grandchildren
;
mahā-rājṣī-gaṇeṣu
—
among the queens
;
ca
—
and
;
viyogārti-haraḥ
—
removing the sufferings of separation
;
ca
—
and
;
eva
—
indeed
;
sthāpyate
—
is establ
;
śrī-hariḥ
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
svayam
—
Himself.
Translation
He will be like Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself, come to relieve the sufferings the Lord's grandsons and their wives feel in Lord Kṛṣṇa's absence.
Verse text
kauravāṇāṁ kule rājā
parīkṣid it viśrutaḥ
tasya putro 'ti-tejasvī
vikhyāto janamejayaḥ
Synonyms
kauravāṇām
—
of the Kauravas
;
kule
—
in the dynasty
;
rājā
—
the king
;
pasrīkṣit
—
Rapīkṣit
;
it
—
thus
;
viśrutaḥ
—
famous
;
tasya
—
of him
;
putraḥ
—
the son
;
ati
—
very
;
tejasvī
—
powerfgul
;
vikhyātaḥ
—
famous
;
janamejayaḥ
—
Janamejaya.
Translation
In the Kaurava dynasty King Parīkṣit will be famous. His very powerful son Janamejaya will also be famous.
Verse text
pituḥ śatru-hanaṁ yajṣaṁ
kariṣyati na saṁśayaḥ
tasyāpi sarva-sāmagrī
hy uddhava-dvārato bhavet
Synonyms
śatru-hanam
—
killing the enemies
;
yajṣam
—
a yajna
;
kariṣyati
—
will do
;
na
—
no
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
doubt
;
tasya
—
of him
;
api
—
also
;
sarva-sāmagrī
—
all things
;
hi
—
indeed
;
uddhava-dvārataḥ
—
by Uddhava
;
bhavet
—
may be.
Translation
He will perform a yajṣa to kill his father's enemies. Uddhava will bring the ingredients for that yajṣa.
Verse text
śrīmad-bhāgavataṁ divyaṁ
purāṇaṁ vacanaṁ tadā
gaurānvayasya samprāptir
bhaviṣyati na saṁśayaḥ
Synonyms
śrīmad-bhāgavatam
—
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
;
divyam
—
transcendental
;
purāṇam
—
Purāṇa
;
vacanam
—
words
;
tadā
—
then
;
gaura-anvayasya
—
of Lord Gaura
;
samprāptiḥ
—
attainment
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
na
—
no
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
doubt
Translation
Then he wil hear the splendid Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam Purāṇa, which predicts that the Supreme Personality of Godhead will appear here in a fair-complexioned form. Of this there is no doubt.
Note: Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura quotes this verse in His Śrī Navadvīpa-dhāma-māhātmya, Pramāṇa-khaṇḍa.
Verse text
śrīmat-prasādād viprarṣer
tad-dvārā sarva-yajṣasya
nivṛttiḥ sambhaviṣyati
Synonyms
śrīmat-prasādāt
—
by the mercy
;
viprarṣeḥ
—
of the brāhmaṇa sage
;
mahā-bhāgavatottamāt
—
the best of devotees
;
tad-dvārā
—
by that
;
sarva-yajṣasya
—
of the yajna
;
nivṛttiḥ
—
the cessation
;
sambhaviṣyati
—
will be.
Translation
mahā-bhāgavatottamāt
By the mercy of a great brāhmaṇa-sage that yajṣa will be stopped.
Verse text
brāhmaṇānāṁ ca pūjanam
sa dāsyati mahā-rāja
grāmāṇāṁ śatakaṁ tadā
Synonyms
yajṣa-saṁskāra-kartṛṇām
—
of the performers of the yajna
;
brāhmaṇānām
—
the brāhmaṇas
;
ca
—
and
;
pūjanam
—
worship
;
saḥ
—
he
;
dāsyati
—
willgive
;
mahā-rāja
—
O great king
;
grāmāṇām
—
of villages
;
śatakam
—
a hundred
;
tadā
—
then.
Translation
yajṣa-saṁskāra-kartṛṇāṁ
O great king, then he will worship the brāhmaṇas that performed the yajṣa and he will give them a hundred villages in charity.
Verse text
tatas tv ācārya-varyasya
śrī-prasādasya cājṣayā
sa gantā sūkara-kṣetraṁ
māsām ekaṁ sthito 'bhavat
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
tv
—
indeed
;
ācārya-varyasya
—
o fthe great acarya
;
śrī-prasādasya
—
of the mercy
;
ca
—
and
;
ājṣayā
—
by the order
;
sa
—
he
;
gantā
—
will go
;
sūkara-kṣetram
—
to Sukara-ksetra
;
māsam
—
month
;
ekam
—
one
;
sthitaḥ
—
staying
;
abhavat
—
was.
Translation
Then, by the order of the merciful ācārya, he will go to Sūkara-kṣetra and stay there for one month.
Verse text
dattvā danāny anekāni
ratnaṁ vāso brāhmaṇebhyo
bhojanaṁ ca yad-icchayā
Synonyms
dattvā
—
giving
;
danāni
—
charities
;
anekāni
—
many
;
go-mahī-gaja-vāhinaḥ
—
cows, land, elephants, and chariots
;
ratnam
—
jewels
;
vāsaḥ
—
homes
;
brāhmaṇebhyaḥ
—
to the brāhmaṇa
;
bhojanam
—
food
;
ca
—
and
;
yad-icchayā
—
as they wished.
Translation
go-mahī-gaja-vāhinaḥ
Then he will give to the brāhmaṇas many gifts. He will give them cows, land, elephants, chariots, jewels, houses, and food, as much as they desired.
Verse text
tatas tasmāt sthalāt so 'pi
nivartya guruṇā saha
gaṅgā-tīra-sthalān paśyann
āgamiṣyati sad-vṛtaḥ
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
tasmāt
—
from that
;
sthalāt
—
place
;
saḥ
—
he
;
api
—
also
;
nivartya
—
turning
;
guruṇā
—
guru
;
saha
—
with
;
gaṅgā
—
of the Gaṅgā
;
tīra-sthalān
—
the shore
;
paśyann
—
seeing
;
āgamiṣyati
—
will come
;
sad-vṛtaḥ
—
witb the saintly sages.
Translation
Then he will leave that place. Accompanied by his guru and the great sages, he will see the Gaṅgā's shore and then return.
Verse text
śayana-nagare saṁsthāṁ
kariṣyati sahānugaḥ
śrī-guror ājṣayā tatra
sāmagrīṁ sādhanaiḥ saha
Synonyms
śayana-nagare
—
in Sayana-nagara
;
saṁsthām
—
situation
;
kariṣyati
—
will do
;
sahānugaḥ
—
with followers
;
śrī-guroḥ
—
of his guru
;
ājṣayā
—
by the order
;
tatra
—
there
;
sāmagrīm
—
things
;
sādhanaiḥ
—
spiritual practices
;
saha
—
with.
Translation
He and his followers will stay in Śayana-nagara. By his guru's order he will accumulate the ingredients for a yajṣa.
Verse text
aśvamedhaṁ karoti sma
sarva-jetā bhaviṣyati
eka-cchatra-dharo bhūtvā
śrī-guroḥ śaraṇaṁ gataḥ
Synonyms
aśvamedham
—
an asvamedha-yajna
;
karoti
—
does
;
sma
—
indeed
;
sarva-jetā
—
all-victorious
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
eka-cchatra-dharaḥ
—
the sole emperor
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
śrī-guroḥ
—
of the guru
;
śaraṇam
—
shelter
;
gataḥ
—
gone.
Translation
He will perform an aśvamedha-yajṣa and then he will conquer all directions. By following his guru's orders he will become the sole ruler of the earth.
Verse text
tato gaṅgā-taṭe ramye
pūrvasyāṁ krośa-paṣcake
sevanaṁ tat kariṣyati
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
gaṅgā-taṭe
—
on the Gaṅgā's shore
;
ramye
—
beautiful
;
pūrvasyām
—
in the east
;
krośa-paṣcake
—
40 miles
;
paramaikānta-rūpeṇa
—
woith single-pointed ocncentration
;
sevanam
—
worship
;
tat
—
that
;
kariṣyati
—
will do.
Translation
paramaikānta-rūpeṇa
Forty miles to the east, with single-pointed concentration he will worship a sacred place on the beautiful shore of the Gaṅgā.
Verse text
tatra bhāgavatī vārtā
bhaviṣyati mudā yuktā
samājeṣu sudhārmiṇām
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
bhāgavatī
—
of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
vārtā
—
the description
;
bhava-rogi-vināśinī
—
which cures the disease of repeated birth and death
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
mudā
—
happily
;
yuktā
—
engaged
;
samājeṣu
—
in the assembly
;
sudhārmiṇām
—
of the pious.
Translation
bhava-rogi-vināśinī
In that place, in an assembly of the pious, there will be a blissful telling of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's pastimes, a telling that cures the disease of repeated birth and death.
Verse text
tatra pūrṇa-samājeṣu
teṣāṁ madhye bhavān api
śṛṇoṣi bhagavad-dharmaṁ
gantā śrī-nirmalaṁ padam
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
pūrṇa-samājeṣu
—
ijn the assembly
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
madhye
—
in the midst
;
bhavān
—
you
;
api
—
also
;
śṛṇoṣi
—
will hear
;
bhagavad-dharmam
—
the science of devotional service
;
gantā
—
will go
;
śrī-nirmalam padam
—
to the Lord's transcendental abode.
Translation
You will also hear about the Lord in that assembly. In the end you will go to the Lord's transcendental abode.
Verse text
tapas taptaṁ mad-arthaṁ te
tasmād etat prakāśitam
evaṁ devaṁ varaṁ dattvā
gato rāmaḥ sahānugaḥ
Synonyms
tapaḥ
—
austerity
;
taptam
—
performed
;
mad-artham
—
for My sake
;
te
—
of you
;
tasmāt
—
therefore
;
etat
—
this
;
prakāśitam
—
manifested
;
evam
—
thus
;
devam
—
the Lord
;
varam
—
blessing
;
dattvā
—
given
;
gataḥ
—
gone
;
rāmaḥ
—
Balarāma
;
sahānugaḥ
—
with His followers.
Translation
This will happen because you have performed austerities to please Me.
After giving this blessing to Māṇḍūkadeva, Lord Balarāma, accompanied by His followers, departed.
Verse text
śayana-nagarāc chuddhād
īśānyāṁ diśi saṁsthitam
sthānaṁ gaṅgā-taṭe ramyaṁ
kaṇṭakād uttare 'bhavat
Synonyms
śayana-nagarāt
—
from Śayana-nagara
;
śuddhāt
—
pure
;
īśānyām
—
to the north
;
diśi
—
direction
;
saṁsthitam
—
situated
;
sthānam
—
place
;
gaṅgā-taṭe
—
on the Gaṅgā's shore
;
ramyam
—
beautiful
;
kaṇṭakāt
—
from Kaṇṭaka
;
uttare
—
north
;
abhavat
—
was.
Translation
To the north of Śayana-nagara and Kaṇṭhaka-tīrtha is a beautiful place on the Gaṅgā shore.
Verse text
puṣpavatyā dakṣiṇe tu
krośaikaṁ vistareṇa ca
tatra saṅkarṣaṇo devaḥ
sthitvā dāna-paro 'bhavat
Synonyms
puṣpavatyā
—
of Puṣpavatī
;
dakṣiṇe
—
to the south
;
tu
—
indeed
;
krośaikam
—
two miles
;
vistareṇa
—
across
;
ca
—
and
;
tatra
—
there
;
saṅkarṣaṇo devaḥ
—
Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa
;
sthitvā
—
staying
;
dāna-paraḥ
—
giving charity
;
abhavat
—
did
Translation
In a place two miles south of Paṣpavatī, Lord Balarāma gave charity.
Verse text
ghoṭakaṁ daśa-sāhasraṁ
rathānāṁ śatakaṁ tathā
dvipaṁ sahasraṁ gāś caiva
dik-sahasraṁ dadau mudā
Synonyms
ghoṭakam
—
horses
;
daśa-sāhasram
—
tne thousand
;
rathānām
—
chariots
;
śatakam
—
a hundred
;
tathā
—
then
;
dvipam
—
elephants
;
sahasram
—
a thousand
;
gāḥ
—
cows
;
ca
—
and
;
eva
—
indeed
;
dik-sahasram
—
ten thousand
;
dadau
—
gave
;
mudā
—
happily.
Translation
He happily gave ten thousand horses, one thousand chariots, one thousand elephants, and ten thousand cows.
Verse text
tatra saṅkarṣaṇaṁ devaṁ
pūjayām āsur ādarāt
devāḥ samāyayuḥ sarve
ṛṣayaś ca tapo-dhanāḥ
Synonyms
tatra
—
there
;
saṅkarṣaṇam
—
Lord Balarāma
;
devam
—
the Lord
;
pūjayām āsuḥ
—
worshiped
;
ādarāt
—
with respect
;
devāḥ
—
the demigods
;
samāyayuḥ
—
came
;
sarve
—
all
;
ṛṣayaḥ
—
the sages
;
ca
—
and
;
tapo-dhanāḥ
—
wealthy in austerity.
Translation
Then all the demigods and the austere sages came there and respectfully worshiped Lord Balarāma. They said:
Verse text
namaḥ koleśa-ghātāya
halāyudha namas te 'stu
musalāstrāya te namaḥ namaḥ saundarya-rūpāya tālāṅkāya namo namaḥ
Synonyms
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
koleśa-ghātāya
—
to the killer of Kola
;
surāsura-vighātine
—
victorious over the demigods and the demons
;
halāyudha
—
O Lord who carry a plow-weapon
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
te
—
to You
;
astu
—
is
;
musalāstrāya
—
who carry a club-weapon
;
te
—
to You
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
saundarya-rūpāya
—
handsome
;
tālāṅkāya
—
who holds the insignia of a tala tree
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances.
Translation
surāsura-vighātine
Obeisances to the killer of Kola! Obesiances to He who defeats the demigods and demons! Obeisances to You, O Lord carrying a plow-weapon! Obeisances to You, the Lord carrying a club-weapon! Obeisances, obeisances, obeisances to You, the handsome Lord carrying a palm-tree flag!
Verse text
iti śrutvā stutiṁ teṣāṁ
saṅkarṣaṇa uvāca ha
varaṁ bruvantuvaḥ sarve
bhavatāṁ yad-abhīpsitam
Synonyms
iti
—
thus
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
stutim
—
the prayer
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
saṅkarṣaṇa
—
Balarāma
;
uvāca
—
said
;
ha
—
Oh
;
varam
—
blessing
;
bruvantuvaḥ
—
say
;
sarve
—
all
;
bhavatām
—
of You
;
yad-abhīpsitam
—
what is desired.
Translation
Hearing their prayers, Lord Balarāma said, "You may ask for the benedictions you desire."
Verse text
śrī-dvija-devā ūcuḥ
yadā yadā vayaṁ yuktāḥ
smarāmo bhavataḥ padam
bhavāmaś ca tavājṣayā
Synonyms
śrī-dvija-devā ūcuḥ
—
the demigods and brāhmaṇas said
;
yadā yadā
—
whenever
;
vayam
—
we
;
yuktāḥ
—
engaged
;
smarāmaḥ
—
remember
;
bhavataḥ
—
of You
;
padam
—
the feet
;
sarva-bādha-vinirmuktā
—
free of all impediemtns
;
bhavāmaḥ
—
we become
;
ca
—
and
;
tava
—
of You
;
ājṣayā
—
by the order.
Translation
sarva-bādha-vinirmuktā
The demigods and brāhmaṇas said: Please free us from all troubles when we remember Your feet.
Verse text
śrī-rāma uvāca
yadā yadā māṁ smaratha
tadāhaṁ śaraṇāgatān
rakṣitā syāṁ kalau nūnaṁ
iti satyaṁ vaco mama
Synonyms
śrī-rāma
—
Śrī Balarāma
;
uvāca
—
said
;
yadā yadā
—
whenevr
;
mām
—
Me
;
smaratha
—
remember
;
tadā
—
then
;
aham
—
I
;
śaraṇāgatān
—
to they who take shelter
;
rakṣitā
—
the protector
;
syām
—
will be
;
kalau
—
in Kali-yuga
;
nūnam
—
indeed
;
iti
—
thus
;
satyam
—
truth
;
vacaḥ
—
words
;
mama
—
of Mine.
Translation
Śrī Balarāma said: In Kali-yuga, whenever you remember Me and take shelter of Me, I will protect you. This is My promise.
Verse text
atra sthale varaṁ prāptaṁ
pūjitaṁ muni-puṅgavaiḥ
ataḥ saṅkarṣaṇa-sthānaṁ
bhaviṣyati kalau yuge
Synonyms
atra
—
here
;
sthale
—
in the place
;
varam
—
blessing
;
prāptam
—
attained
;
pūjitam
—
worshiped
;
muni-puṅgavaiḥ
—
by the great sages
;
ataḥ
—
then
;
saṅkarṣaṇa-sthānam
—
the place of Lord Balarāma
;
bhaviṣyati
—
will be
;
kalau
—
in Kali
;
yuge
—
yuga.
Translation
This place, where the great sages worshiped Lord Balarāma and obtained a boon from Him, in Kali-yuga will be known as Saṅkarṣaṇa-sthāna.
Verse text
yasmin snāsyanti gaṅgāyāṁ
devān sampūjayanti ye
dāsyanti dānaṁ viprebhyo
bhojanaṁ kārayanti ye
viṣṇuṁ sampūjayanti sma
sa-phalaṁ jīvitaṁ kṣitau
te yānti daivata-sthānaṁ
kāmī prāpnoti kāmanam
Synonyms
yasmin
—
where
;
snāsyanti
—
will bathe
;
gaṅgāyām
—
in the Gaṅgā
;
devān
—
demigods
;
sampūjayanti
—
will worship
;
ye
—
who
;
dāsyanti
—
will give
;
dānam
—
charity
;
viprebhyaḥ
—
to the brāhmaṇas
;
bhojanam
—
food
;
kārayanti
—
will do
;
ye
—
who
;
viṣṇum
—
Lord Viṣṇu
;
sampūjayanti
—
worship
;
sma
—
indeed
;
sa-phalam
—
with the result
;
jīvitam
—
living
;
kṣitau
—
on the earth
;
te
—
they
;
yānti
—
go
;
daivata
—
of the Lord
;
sthānam
—
to the place
;
kāmi
—
desiring
;
prāpnoti
—
attain
;
kāmanam
—
desire.
Translation
They who bathe in the Gaṅgā at this place, worship the demigods, feed the brāhmaṇas, give them charity, and worship Lord Viṣṇu, attain the real goal of life. They go to the divine abode. They attain their desires.
Verse text
tataḥ parivṛto rāmaḥ
svāṁ purīṁ saṣjagāma ha
kola-rakṣo-vadhaṁ kṛtvā
snātvā viṣṇu-padī-jale
Synonyms
tataḥ
—
then
;
parivṛtaḥ
—
accompoanied
;
rāmaḥ
—
Lord Balarāma
;
svām
—
to His won
;
purīm
—
city
;
sa 24jagāma
—
went
;
ha
—
indeed
;
kola-rakṣo-vadham
—
the killing of the demon Kola
;
kṛtvā
—
having done
;
snātvā
—
bathing
;
viṣṇu-padī-jale
—
in the water that had washed Lord Viṣṇu's feet.
Translation
In this way, after killing the Kola demon, and after bathing in the Gaṅgā, which is a stream that has washed Lord Viṣṇu's feet, Lord Balarāma, accompanied by His associates, returned to His city.
Verse text
rāmasya baladevasya
kathāṁ yaḥ śṛṇuyān naraḥ
sa yāti paramāṁ gatim
Synonyms
rāmasya baladevasya
—
of Lord Balarāma
;
kathām
—
narration
;
yaḥ
—
one who
;
śṛṇuyāt
—
hears
;
naraḥ
—
a pearson
;
sarva-pāpa
—
from all sins
;
vinirmuktaḥ
—
freed
;
sa
—
he
;
yāti
—
goes
;
paramām
—
to the supreme
;
gatim
—
abode.
Translation
sarva-pāpa-vinirmuktaḥ
A person who hears these pastimes of Lord Balarāma becomes free from all sins and goes to the Lord's supreme abode.
.pa
Chapter Twenty-five
Śrī Mathurā-māhātmya
The Glories of Śrī Mathurā
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
akasmād āgate rāme
tatra tīrtham idaṁ śrutam
aho madhu-purī dhanyā
yatra sannihitaś ca saḥ
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
akasmāt
—
suddenly
;
āgate
—
arrived
;
rāme
—
Lord Balarāma
;
tatra
—
there
;
tīrtham
—
holy place
;
idam
—
this
;
śrutam
—
heard
;
ahaḥ
—
Oh
;
madhu-purī
—
Mathurā
;
dhanyā
—
glorious
;
yatra
—
where
;
sannihitaḥ
—
staying
;
ca
—
and
;
saḥ
—
He.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: I have heard that Lord Balarāma quickly returned to glorious Mathurā City, where He stays eternally.
Verse text
mathurāyās tu ko devaḥ
kaḥ kṣattā kaś ca rakṣati
kaś cāraḥ ko mantri-varaḥ
kair bhūmis tatra sevitā
Synonyms
mathurāyāḥ
—
of Mathurā
;
tu
—
indeed
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
devaḥ
—
the Deity
;
ka
—
who?
;
kṣatta
—
the gatekeeper
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
ca
—
and
;
rakṣati
—
protects
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
cāraḥ
—
the spy
;
kaḥ
—
who?
;
mantri-varaḥ
—
the counselor
;
kaiḥ
—
by whom?
;
bhūmiḥ
—
the ground
;
tatra
—
there
;
sevitā
—
is served.
Translation
Who is the Deity of Mathurā? Who is Mathurā's gatekeeper? Who protects Mathurā? Who brings news to Mathurā? Who is the counselor in Mathurā? Who worships the ground of Mathurā?
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc
chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān hariḥ
svayaṁ hi mathurā-nāthaḥ
keśavaḥ kleśa-nāsanaḥ
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
paripūrṇatamaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
sākṣāc
—
directly
;
chrī-kṛṣṇaḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
bhagavān
—
the Lord
;
hariḥ
—
Hari
;
svayam
—
personally
;
hi
—
indeed
;
mathurā-nāthaḥ
—
the Lord of Mathurā
;
keśavaḥ
—
Kṛṣṇa
;
kleśa-nāsanaḥ
—
the destroyer of sufferings.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, who destroys all sufferings, is the Deity of Mathurā.
Verse text
sākṣād bhagavatā prāptaḥ
kapilāya dvijāya ca
kapilaḥ pradadau yaṁ vai
prasannaḥ śata-manyave
Synonyms
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
bhagavatā
—
by ther Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
prāptaḥ
—
attained
;
kapilāya
—
to Kapila
;
dvijāya
—
the brāhmaṇa
;
ca
—
and
;
kapilaḥ
—
Kapila
;
pradadau
—
gave
;
yam
—
the Deity
;
vai
—
indeed
;
prasannaḥ
—
happy
;
śata-manyave
—
to Śatamanyu.
Translation
The Lord Himself gave this Deity to the brāhmaṇa Kapila, and kind Kapila gave the Deity to Śatamanyu.
Verse text
jitvā devān rākṣasendro
rāvaṇo loka-rāvaṇaḥ
yaṁ stutvā puṣpake sthāpya
laṅkāyāṁ tam apūjayat
Synonyms
jitvā
—
conquering
;
devān
—
the demigods
;
rākṣasendraḥ
—
the king of the demons
;
rāvaṇaḥ
—
Rāvaṇa
;
loka-rāvaṇaḥ
—
who made the entire world cry
;
yam
—
Whom
;
stutvā
—
offering prayers
;
puṣpake
—
on a flower chariot
;
sthāpya
—
placing
;
laṅkāyām
—
in Lankā
;
tam
—
Him
;
apūjayat
—
worshiped.
Translation
After he had conquered the demiogds, the demon-king Rāvaṇa, who made the world cry, offered prayers to this Deity, placed Him on a flower-airplane, and worshiped Him in Laṅkā.
Verse text
jitvā laṅkāṁ rāghavendras
tam ānīya prayatnataḥ
ayodhyāyāṁ ca vārāhaṁ
arcayām āsa maithila
Synonyms
jitvā
—
conquering
;
laṅkām
—
Laṅkā
;
rāghavendraḥ
—
Lord Rāmacandra
;
tam
—
Him
;
ānīya
—
taking
;
prayatnataḥ
—
carefully
;
ayodhyāyām
—
in Ayodhyā
;
ca
—
and
;
vārāham
—
in Varāha-kalpa
;
arcayām āsa
—
worshiped
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā.
Translation
O king of Mithilā, when He conquered Laṅkā, Lord Rāmacandra carefully took this Deity of Lord Varāha and worshiped Him in Ayodhyā.
Verse text
stutvā rāmaṁ ca śatrughno
yam ānīya prayatnataḥ
mathurāyāṁ mahā-puryāṁ
sthāpayitvā nanāma ha
Synonyms
stutvā
—
offering prayers
;
rāmam
—
to Lord Rāmacandra
;
ca
—
and
;
śatrughnaḥ
—
Śatrughna
;
yam
—
whom
;
ānīya
—
taking
;
prayatnataḥ
—
carefully
;
mathurāyām
—
to Mathurā
;
mahā-puryām
—
the great city
;
sthāpayitvā
—
establishing
;
nanāma
—
bowed down
;
ha
—
indeed.
Translation
After offering prayers to Lord Rāmacandra, Śatrughna carefully took this Deity, placed Him in the great city of Mathurā, and bowed down to offer His respects.
Verse text
sevito māthuraiḥ sarvaiḥ
sarveṣāṁ ca vara-pradaḥ
sākṣāt kapila-vārāhaḥ
so 'yaṁ mantri-varaḥ smṛtaḥ
Synonyms
sevitaḥ
—
served
;
māthuraiḥ
—
by the people of Mathurā
;
sarvaiḥ
—
all
;
sarveṣām
—
to all
;
ca
—
and
;
vara-pradaḥ
—
granting benedictions
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
saḥ
—
he
;
ayam
—
he
;
mantri-varaḥ
—
the best counselor
;
smṛtaḥ
—
is considered.
Translation
All the people of Mathurā worship this Deity. This Deity gives blessings to all. Kapila-Varāha is the counselor of Mathurā.
Verse text
kṣattā śrī-mathurāyāś ca
nāmnā bhūteśvaraḥ śivaḥ
dattvā daṇḍaṁ pātakine
bhakty-arthān mantratāṁ vrajat
Synonyms
kṣattā
—
the gatekeeper
;
śrī-mathurāyāḥ
—
of Śrī Mathurā
;
ca
—
and
;
nāmnā
—
by name
;
bhūteśvaraḥ
—
Bhūteśvara
;
śivaḥ
—
Śiva
;
dattvā
—
giving
;
daṇḍam
—
a stick
;
pātakine
—
to a sinner
;
bhakty-arthān
—
for the devotees
;
mantratām
—
advice
;
vrajat
—
going.
Translation
The gatekeeper of Śrī Mathurā is an incarnation of Lord Śiva named Bhūteśvara. He punishes the sinful and instructs the devotees.
Verse text
caṇḍikā tu mahā-vidyā
devī durgārti-nāśinī
siṁhārūḍha sadā rakṣāṁ
mathurāyāḥ karoti hi
Synonyms
caṇḍikā
—
ferocious
;
tu
—
indeed
;
mahā-vidyā
—
the great philosopher
;
devī
—
the goddess
;
durgā
—
Durgā
;
arti
—
sufferings
;
nāśinī
—
destroying
;
siṁhārūḍha
—
riding on a lion
;
sadā
—
always
;
rakṣām
—
protection
;
mathurāyāḥ
—
of Mathurā
;
karoti
—
does
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
Ferocious Goddess Durgā, who is the personification of transcendental knowledge and who destroys all sufferings, rides a lion and eternally protects Mathurā.
Verse text
cāro 'haṁ mathurāyāś ca
paśyal lokān itas tataḥ
vadāmi vārtāṁ sarveṣāṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇāya mahātmane
Synonyms
cāraḥ
—
messenger
;
aham
—
I am
;
mathurāyāḥ
—
of Mathurā
;
ca
—
and
;
paśyan
—
seeing
;
lokān
—
the worlds
;
itaḥ
—
here
;
tataḥ
—
and there
;
vadāmi
—
I tell
;
vārtām
—
the news
;
sarveṣām
—
of all
;
śrī-kṛṣṇāya
—
to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
mahātmane
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
I bring news to Mathurā. I observe what happens in the different planets, and I tell Lord Kṛṣṇa all the news.
Verse text
madhye vai mathurā devī
śubhadā karuṇāmayī
bubhukṣitebhyaḥ sarvebhyo
dadāty annaṁ videha-rāṭ
Synonyms
madhye
—
in the middle
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mathurā
—
Mathurā
;
devī
—
Goddess
;
śubhadā
—
auspciious
;
karuṇāmayī
—
merciful
;
bubhukṣitebhyaḥ
—
to the hungry
;
sarvebhyaḥ
—
all
;
dadāti
—
gives
;
annam
—
food
;
videha-rāṭ
—
O king of Videha.
Translation
O king of Videha, in the middle of the city is auspicious and kind Goddess Mathurā, who feeds all that are hungry.
Verse text
catur-bhujā śyāmalāṅgā
vrajanti pravrajanti ca
mathurāyāṁ mṛtaṁ netuṁ
vimānaiḥ kṛṣṇa-parṣadāḥ
Synonyms
catur-bhujā
—
with four arms
;
śyāmalāṅgā
—
dark forms
;
vrajanti
—
go
;
pravrajanti
—
comes
;
ca
—
and
;
mathurāyām
—
in Mathurā
;
mṛtam
—
dead
;
netum
—
to bring
;
vimānaiḥ
—
with airplanes
;
kṛṣṇa
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
parṣadāḥ
—
the associates.
Translation
Dark-complexioned four-armed associates of Lord Kṛṣṇa go here and there in Mathurā to bring anyone who dies there to the spiritual world.
Verse text
mathurā vai mahā-purī
yasya darśana-mātreṇa
naro yāti kṛtārthatām
Synonyms
śrī-kṛṣṇasya
—
of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
;
aṅga
—
from the body
;
sambhūtā
—
manifested
;
mathurā
—
Mathurā
;
vai
—
indeed
;
mahā-purī
—
the great city
;
yasya
—
of which
;
darśana-mātreṇa
—
simply by seeing
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
yāti
—
attains
;
kṛtārthatām
—
the goal of life.
Translation
śrī-kṛṣṇasyāṅga-sambhūtā
Simply by seeing Mathurā City, which was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's transcendental form, one attains the goal of life.
Verse text
purā vidhiḥ śrī-mathurām upetya
taptvā tapo varṣa-śataṁ nirannaḥ
japan hariṁ brahma paraṁ svayambhūḥ
svāyambhuvaṁ prāpa sutaṁ pravīnam
Synonyms
purā
—
previously
;
vidhiḥ
—
Brahmā
;
śrī-mathurām
—
to Śrī Mathurā
;
upetya
—
going
;
taptvā
—
performed
;
tapaḥ
—
austerities
;
varṣa-śatam
—
for a hundred years
;
nirannaḥ
—
without food
;
japan
—
chanting
;
harim
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
brahma
—
Brahmā
;
param
—
then
;
svayambhūḥ
—
the self-born
;
svāyambhuvam
—
to Svayambhuva Manu
;
prāpa
—
attained
;
sutam
—
sun
;
pravīnam
—
intelligent.
Translation
In the past the demigod Brahmā went to Śrī Mathurā, where for a hundred years he performed austerities, constantly chanting the holy names of Lord Kṛṣṇa, and not eating anything. The result of these austerities was that he fathered a very intelligent son: Svāyambhuva Manu.
Verse text
bhūteśvaro deva-varaḥ satī-patis
taptvā tapo divya-śaran-madhor vane
kṛṣṇa-prasādān nṛpa-rāja sa-tvaraṁ
tasyāḥ pure mathurā-maṇḍalasya
Synonyms
bhūteśvaraḥ
—
Lord Śiva
;
deva-varaḥ
—
the best of the demigods
;
satī-patiḥ
—
the husband of Satī
;
taptvā
—
perfoming
;
tapaḥ
—
austerities
;
divya-śarat
—
for an autumn of the demigods
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
kṛṣṇa-prasādān
—
Lord Kṛṣṇa's mercy
;
nṛpa-rāja
—
O king of kings
;
sa-tvaram
—
quickly
;
tasyāḥ
—
of that
;
pure
—
in the city
;
mathurā-maṇḍalasya
—
of Mathurā.
Translation
O king of kings, Lord Śiva, who is the husband of Satī and the best of the demigods, performed austerities in Mathurā for an autumn of the demigods. In this way He attained Lord Kṛṣṇa's mercy and became the gatekeeper of Mathurā.
Verse text
kṛṣṇa-prasādād aham eva cāro
bhraman sadā māthura-maṇḍalasya
tathā hi durgā mathurāṁ prayāti
śrī-kṛṣṇa-dāsyaṁ prakaroti nūnam
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa-prasādāt
—
by Lord Kṛṣṇa's mercy
;
aham
—
I
;
eva
—
indeed
;
cāraḥ
—
the messenger
;
bhraman
—
wandering
;
sadā
—
always
;
māthura-maṇḍalasya
—
of Mathurā
;
tathā
—
so
;
hi
—
indeed
;
durgā
—
Durgā
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
prayāti
—
goes
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-dāsyam
—
service to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
prakaroti
—
does
;
nūnam
—
indeed.
Translation
By Lord Kṛṣṇa's mercy I wander everywhere as the person that carries news to Mathurā. By Lord Kṛṣṇa's mercy Goddess Durgā comes to Mathurā and serves Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Verse text
taptvā tapaḥ śakra-padaṁ ca śakraḥ
sūryo manuṁ nitya-nidhiṁ kuveraḥ
pāśī ca pāśaṁ samavāpya samyaṅ
madhor vane viṣṇu-padaṁ dhruvaś ca
Synonyms
taptvā tapaḥ
—
performing austerities
;
śakra-padam
—
the post of Indra
;
ca
—
and
;
śakraḥ
—
Indra
;
sūryaḥ
—
Surya
;
manum
—
Manu
;
nitya-nidhim
—
eternal wealth
;
kuveraḥ
—
Kuvera
;
pāśī
—
varuṇa
;
ca
—
and
;
pāśam
—
ropes
;
samavāpya
—
attaining
;
samyak
—
completely
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
viṣṇu-padam
—
the abode of Lord Viṣṇu
;
dhruvaḥ
—
Dhruva
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
By performing austerities in Mathurā, Indra attained his heavenly post, Sūrya attained Vaivasvata Manu as his son, Kuvera attained eternal wealth, Varuṇa attained his ropes, and Dhruva attained the realm of Lord Viṣṇu.
Verse text
tathāmbarīṣaḥ samavāpa muktiṁ
somo 'kṣayaṁ vā lavānāj jayaṁ ca
raghuś ca siddhiṁ kila citraketus
taptvā tapo 'traiva madhor vane ca
Synonyms
tathā
—
so
;
ambarīṣaḥ
—
Ambarīśa
;
samavāpa
—
attained
;
muktim
—
liberation
;
somaḥ
—
Soma
;
akṣayam
—
inviciblitiy
;
vā
—
or
;
lavānāt
—
from Lavana
;
jayam
—
victory
;
ca
—
and
;
raghuḥ
—
Raghu
;
ca
—
and
;
siddhim
—
perfection
;
kila
—
indeed
;
citraketuḥ
—
Citraketu
;
taptvā tapaḥ
—
perfomring austerities
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
By performing austerities in Mathurā, Ambarīṣa attained liberation, Rāmacandra became invincible and defated the demon Lavaṇa, Raghu attained perfection, and Citraketu also attained perfection.
Verse text
taptvā tapo 'traiva madhor vane śubhe
bhūtvā baliṣṭhaś ca madhur mahāsuraḥ
śrī-mādhave māsi ca mādhavena
yuyodha yuddhe madhusūdanena saḥ
Synonyms
taptvā tapaḥ
—
performing austerities
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
śubhe
—
beautiful
;
bhūtvā
—
becoming
;
baliṣṭhaḥ
—
powerful
;
ca
—
and
;
madhuḥ
—
Madhu
;
mahāsuraḥ
—
the great demon
;
śrī-mādhave māsi
—
in the month of mādhava
;
ca
—
and
;
mādhavena
—
with Kṛṣṇa
;
yuyodha
—
fought
;
yuddhe
—
in battle
;
madhusūdanena
—
the killer of Madhu
;
saḥ
—
he.
Translation
By performing austerities in beautiful Mathurā, the great demon Madhu became very powerful. In the month of Mādhava (April-May), he fought with Lord Kṛṣṇa, who later became known as Madhusūdana (the killer of Madhu).
Verse text
saptarṣayaḥ śrī-mathurāṁ sametya
taptvā tapo 'traiva ca yoga-siddhim
prāpuḥ pare vai munayaḥ samantād
gokarṇa-vaiśyo 'pi mahā-nidhiṁ ca
Synonyms
saptarṣayaḥ
—
the seven sages
;
śrī-mathurām
—
to Śrī Mathurā
;
sametya
—
going
;
taptvā tapaḥ
—
performed austerities
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
ca
—
and
;
yoga-siddhim
—
yogic perfections
;
prāpuḥ
—
attained
;
pare
—
other
;
vai
—
indeed
;
munayaḥ
—
sages
;
samantāt
—
completely
;
gokarṇa-vaiśyaḥ
—
the vaiśya Gokarṇa
;
api
—
also
;
mahā-nidhim
—
great wealth
;
ca
—
and.
Translation
By performing austerities in Mathurā, the seven sages and other sages also attained the perfection of yoga, the vaiśya named Gokarṇa attained great wealth.
Verse text
taptvā tapo 'traiva madhor vane śubhe
vijitya devān divi loka-rāvaṇaḥ
nidhāya rakṣāṁsi vidhāya mandiraṁ
āsthāya laṅkāṁ virarāja rāvaṇaḥ
Synonyms
taptvā tapaḥ
—
performed austerities
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
śubhe
—
beautiful
;
vijitya
—
conquering
;
devān
—
the demigods
;
divi
—
in heaven
;
loka-rāvaṇaḥ
—
making the worlds scream
;
nidhāya
—
placing
;
rakṣāṁsi
—
demons
;
vidhāya
—
placing
;
mandiram
—
a palace
;
āsthāya
—
placing
;
laṅkām
—
Laṅkā
;
virarāja
—
shone
;
rāvaṇaḥ
—
Ravana.
Translation
By performing austerities in beautiful Mathurā, the demon Rāvaṇa conquered the demigods, made the wrolds scream in pain, conquered the demons, and built a great city in Laṅkā.
Verse text
taptvā tapo 'traiva madhor vane śubhe
gajāhvayeśo mithileśaḥ śantanuḥ
lebhe sutaṁ bhīṣmam atīva sattamaṁ
tattvārtha-vārān nidhi-karṇadhārakam
Synonyms
taptvā tapaḥ
—
performed austerities
;
atra
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
madhor vane
—
in Mathurā
;
śubhe
—
beautiful
;
gajāhvayeśaḥ
—
the king of Hastināpura
;
mithileśaḥ
—
the king of Mithilā
;
śantanuḥ
—
Śantanu
;
lebhe
—
attained
;
sutam
—
a son
;
bhīṣmam
—
Bhīṣma
;
atīva
—
very
;
sattamam
—
exalted
;
tattvā
—
of truth
;
artha
—
the meaning
;
vārān
—
the waters
;
nidhi-karṇadhārakam
—
the captain.
Translation
By performing austerities in beautiful Mathurā, Śantanu, the king of Mithilā and Hastināpura, attained as his son the great saint Bhīṣma, who was the captain of the ship to cross the ocean of truth.
Verse text
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
mathurāyāś ca māhātmyaṁ
vada devarṣi-sattama
nivāse kiṁ phalaṁ proktaṁ mathurāyāḥ satāṁ nṛṇām
Synonyms
śrī-bahulāśva uvāca
—
Śrī Bahulāśva said
;
mathurāyāḥ
—
of Mathurā
;
ca
—
and
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
vada
—
tell
;
devarṣi-sattama
—
O best of the demigod-sages
;
nivāse
—
in the home
;
kim
—
what?
;
phalam
—
reult
;
proktam
—
said
;
mathurāyāḥ
—
of Mathurā
;
satām
—
of the devotees
;
nṛṇām
—
people.
Translation
Śrī Bahulāśva said: O best of the demigod-sages, please tell me the glories of Mathurā. What result do the devotees obtain by living in Mathurā?
Verse text
śrī-nārada uvāca
ādau varāho dhāraṇīṁ nimagnāṁ
mahā-jale projjhita-vīci-śaṅke
sva-daṁstryoddhṛtya karīva padmaṁ
kareṇa māhātmyam idaṁ jagāda
Synonyms
śrī-nārada uvāca
—
Śrī Nārada said
;
ādau
—
in the beginning
;
varāhaḥ
—
Lord Varāha
;
dhāraṇīm
—
the earth
;
nimagnām
—
plunged
;
mahā-jale
—
in the great ocean
;
projjhita-vīci-śaṅke
—
filled with waves
;
sva-daṁstryā
—
by His tusk
;
uddhṛtya
—
lifting
;
karī
—
an elephant
;
iva
—
like
;
padmam
—
a lotus
;
kareṇa
—
with its trunk
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
idam
—
thus
;
jagāda
—
said.
Translation
Śrī Nārada said: As an elephant holds a lotus flower in its trunk, so in the beginning of creation Lord Varāha lifted with His tusks the earth plunged in the great ocean filled with waves. Lord Varāha then spoke the glories of Mathurā.
Verse text
bruvan jano nāma phalaṁ harer labhec
chṛṇval labhet kṛṣṇa-kathā-phalaṁ naraḥ
spṛśan satāṁ sparśana-jaṁ madhoḥ puri
jighraṁs tulasyā dala-gandha-jaṁ phalam
Synonyms
bruvan
—
speaking
;
janaḥ
—
Jana
;
nāma
—
name
;
phalam
—
the result
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
labhet
—
may attain
;
śṛṇvan
—
hearing
;
labhet
—
may attain
;
kṛṣṇa
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
kathā
—
of the topics
;
phalam
—
the result
;
naraḥ
—
a person
;
spṛśan
—
touching
;
satām
—
of the devotees
;
sparśana-jam
—
manifested from touching
;
madhoḥ purī
—
Mathurā
;
jighran
—
smelling
;
tulasyā
—
of Tulasī
;
dala-gandha-jam
—
the fragrance of the leaves
;
phalam
—
the result.
Translation
By speaking the name "Mathurā" one attains the same result as chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. By hearing the glories of Mathurā one attains the same result as hearing the glories of Lord Kṛṣṇa. By touching Mathurā one attains the same result as touching the great devotees. By smelling the fragrance of Mathurā one attains the same result as smelling the fragrance of Śrīmatī Tulasī-devī's leaves.
Verse text
paśyan harer darśana-jaṁ phalaṁ svato
bhakṣāṁś ca naivedya-bhāvaṁ ramā-pateḥ
kurvan bhujābhyāṁ hari-sevayā phalaṁ
gacchal labhet tīrtha-phalaṁ pade pade
Synonyms
paśyan
—
seeing
;
hareḥ
—
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
darśana-jam
—
manifested from seeing
;
phalam
—
the result
;
svataḥ
—
voulntarily
;
ca
—
and
;
naivedya-bhāvam
—
"rasadam
;
ramā-pateḥ
—
of the husband of the goddess of fortune
;
kurvan
—
doing
;
bhujābhyām
—
with both arms
;
hari-sevayā
—
by service to Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
phalam
—
the result
;
gacchal
—
going
;
labhet
—
attains
;
tīrtha-phalam
—
the result of pilgrimage
;
pade
—
step
;
pade
—
after step.
Translation
By seeing Mathurā one attains the same result as seeing Lord Kṛṣṇa. By eating prasādam in Mathurā one attains the same result as eating prasādam offered to Lord Kṛṣṇa, the husband of the goddess of fortune. By serving Mathurā with one's arms one attains the same result as serving Lord Kṛṣṇa. By walking in Mathurā one attains at every step the same result as visiting many holy places of pilgrimage.
Verse text
rājendra-hantā nija-gotra-ghātakī
trailokya-hantāpi ca koṭi-janmasu
rājan chṛṇu tvaṁ mathurā-nivāsato
yogīśvarāṇāṁ gatim āpnuyān naraḥ
Synonyms
rājendra-hantā
—
killer of the greatest opf kings
;
nija-gotra-ghātakī
—
killer of his own relatives
;
trailokya-hantā
—
a killer of the three worlds
;
api
—
even
;
ca
—
and
;
koṭi-janmasu
—
in millions of births
;
rājan
—
O king
;
śṛṇu
—
please hear
;
tvam
—
you
;
mathurā-nivāsataḥ
—
by living in Mathurā
;
yogīśvarāṇām
—
of the kings of the yogis
;
gatim
—
the destination
;
āpnuyāt
—
attains
;
naraḥ
—
a person.
Translation
O king please listen. A sinner who in millions of lives again and again kills many saintly kings, his own relatives, and numberless other victims in the three worlds, by residing in Mathurā attains the destination of the kings of the yogīs.
Verse text
pādau ca dhig yau na gatu madhor vande
dṛśau ca dhig ye na kadāpi paśyataḥ
karṇau ca dhig yau śṛṇuto na maithila
vācaṁ ca dhig yā na karoty alaṁ manāk
Synonyms
pādau
—
feet
;
ca
—
and
;
dhig
—
fie
;
yau
—
which
;
na
—
not
;
gatu
—
gone
;
madhor vande
—
in Mathurā
;
dṛśau
—
eyes
;
ca
—
and
;
dhig
—
fie
;
ye
—
which
;
na
—
not
;
kadāpi
—
ever
;
paśyataḥ
—
see
;
karṇau
—
the ears
;
ca
—
and
;
dhig
—
fie
;
yau
—
ehich
;
śṛṇutaḥ
—
hear
;
na
—
not
;
maithila
—
O king of Mithilā
;
vācam
—
words
;
ca
—
and
;
dhik
—
fie
;
yā
—
which
;
na
—
not
;
karoti
—
does
;
alam
—
greatly
;
manā
—
slightly.
Translation
Pitiable are the feet that have never walked in Mathurā! Pitiable are the eyes that have never seen Mathurā! Pitiable are the ears that have never heard of Mathurā! Pitiable is the voice that will not glorify Mathurā!
Verse text
dvi-sapta-koṭīni vanāni yatra
tīrthāni vaideha samāsthitāni
ekaikam eteṣu vimukti-dāni
vadāmi sākṣān mathurāṁ namāmi
Synonyms
dvi-sapta-koṭīni
—
fourteen
;
vanāni
—
forests
;
yatra
—
where
;
tīrthāni
—
holy places
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
samāsthitāni
—
established
;
ekaikam
—
one by one
;
eteṣu
—
in them
;
vimukti-dāni
—
giving liberation
;
vadāmi
—
I tell
;
sākṣān
—
directly
;
mathurām
—
to Mathurā
;
namāmi
—
I offer obeisances.
Translation
I tell you that in Mathurā are fourteen forests that contain many holy places. Each of these holy places grants liberation. I bow down to offer my respectful obeisances to Śrī Mathurā.
Verse text
goloka-nāthaḥ paripūrṇa-devaḥ
sākṣād asaṅkhyāṇḍa-patiḥ svayaṁ hi
śrī-kṛṣṇa-candro 'vatatāra yasyāṁ
tasyai namo 'nyāśu purīsu kiṁ vā
Synonyms
goloka
—
of Goloka
;
nāthaḥ
—
the master
;
paripūrṇa-devaḥ
—
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
;
sākṣāt
—
directly
;
asaṅkhyāṇḍa-patiḥ
—
the master of numerless universes
;
svayam
—
personally
;
hi
—
indeed
;
śrī-kṛṣṇa-candraḥ
—
Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra
;
avatatāra
—
descrneded
;
yasyam
—
in which
;
tasyai
—
to it
;
namaḥ
—
obeisances
;
anyāsu
—
other
;
purīsu
—
cities
;
kim
—
whether?
;
vā
—
or.
Translation
Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra, who is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Goloka-dhāma, and the master of numberless universes, personally descended to this world in the city of Mathurā. I offer my repsectful obeisances to Śrī Mathurā. What other city can compare with Mathurā?
Verse text
yan-nāma pāpaṁ vinihanti tat-kṣaṇaṁ
bhavaty alaṁ yaṁ gṛṇuto 'pi muktayaḥ
vīthiṣu vīthiṣu ca muktir asyās
tasmād imaṁ śreṣṭhatamaṁ vidur budhāḥ
Synonyms
yan-nāma
—
the name of which
;
pāpam
—
sin
;
vinihanti
—
kills
;
tat-kṣaṇam
—
that moment
;
bhavati
—
becomes
;
alam
—
greatky
;
yam
—
what
;
gṛṇutaḥ
—
chanting
;
api
—
even
;
muktayaḥ
—
the liberations
;
vīthiṣu
—
on the path
;
vīthiṣu
—
after path
;
ca
—
and
;
muktiḥ
—
liberation
;
asyāḥ
—
others
;
tasmāt
—
therefore
;
imam
—
this
;
śreṣṭhatamam
—
the best
;
viduḥ
—
know
;
budhāḥ
—
the wise.
Translation
The holy name of Mathurā kills all sins in an instant. One who chants the name of Mathurā finds liberation waiting for him on every path. For this reason the wise say Mathurā is the best of holy places.
Verse text
kāśy-ādi-puryo yadi santi loke
tāsāṁ tu madhye mathuraiva dhanyā
yā janma-mauṣjī-vrata-mṛtyu-dāhair
nṛṇāṁ caturdhā vidadhāti muktim
Synonyms
kāśy-ādi-puryaḥ
—
the holy cities headed by Varanasi
;
yadi
—
if
;
santi
—
are
;
loke
—
in the world
;
tāsām
—
of them
;
tu
—
indeed
;
madhye
—
in the middle
;
mathurā
—
Mathurā
;
eva
—
indeed
;
dhanyā
—
glorious
;
yā
—
which
;
janma
—
birth
;
mauṣjī-vrata
—
the sacred-thread ceremony
;
mṛtyu
—
death
;
dāhaiḥ
—
cremation
;
nṛṇām
—
of people
;
caturdhā
—
four kinds
;
vidadhāti
—
gives
;
muktim
—
liberation.
Translation
If Vārāṇasī and the other holy cities of the world were to meet, Mathurā would be the most glorious of them. Mathurā gives liberation to they who are born, accept spiritual initiation, die, or are cremated within her borders.
Verse text
purīśvarīṁ kṛṣṇa-purīṁ vrajeśvarīṁ
tīrtheśvarīṁ yajṣa-tapo-nidhīśvarīm
mokṣa-pradāṁ dharma-dhurandharāṁ parāṁ
madhor vane śrī-mathurāṁ namāmy aham
Synonyms
purīśvarīm
—
the queen of cities
;
kṛṣṇa-purīm
—
the city of Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
vrajeśvarīm
—
the queen of Vraja
;
tīrtheśvarīm
—
the queen of holy places
;
yajṣā-tapo-nidhīśvarīm
—
the queen of yajnas, austerities, and opulences
;
mokṣa-pradām
—
teh giver of liberation
;
dharma-dhurandharām
—
the upholder of the principles of religion
;
parām
—
great
;
madhor vane
—
in the forest of Madhuvana
;
śrī-mathurām
—
Śrī Mathurā
;
namāmi
—
bow down
;
aham
—
I.
Translation
I offer my respectful obeisances to exalted Śrī Mathurā, the queen of cities, the city of Lord Kṛṣṇa, the queen of Vraja, the queen of holy places, the queen of yajṣas, austerities, and opulences, the giver of liberation, the protector of religion.
Verse text
śṛṇvanti māhātmyam idaṁ madhoḥ pure
kṛṣṇaika-cittā niyataś ca yatra ye
vrajanti te tatra parikramāt phalaṁ
vaideha rājendra na cātra saṁśayaḥ
Synonyms
śṛṇvanti
—
hear
;
māhātmyam
—
the glory
;
idam
—
this
;
madhoḥ pure
—
in Mathurā
;
kṛṣṇaika-cittā
—
their thoughts placed on Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
niyataḥ
—
self-controlled
;
ca
—
and
;
yatra
—
where
;
ye
—
who
;
vrajanti
—
go
;
te
—
they
;
tatra
—
there
;
parikramāt
—
by circumambulating
;
phalam
—
the result
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
rājendra
—
O king of kings
;
na
—
not
;
ca
—
and
;
atra
—
here
;
saṁśayaḥ
—
doubt.
Translation
O master of Videha, O king of kings, they who, controlling their senses and fixing their thoughts on Lord Kṛṣṇa, hear this description of Mathurā's glories, attain the same result attained by circumambulating Śrī Mathurā. Of this there is no doubt.
Verse text
khaṇḍaṁ tv idaṁ śrī-mathurā-purasya ye
śṛṇvanti gāyanti paṭhanti sarvataḥ
ihaiva teṣāṁ hi samṛddhi-siddhayo
bhavanti vaideha nisargataḥ sadā
Synonyms
khaṇḍam
—
canto
;
tv
—
indeed
;
idam
—
this
;
śrī-mathurā-purasya
—
of Śrī Mathurā City
;
ye
—
who
;
śṛṇvanti
—
hear
;
gāyanti
—
sing
;
paṭhanti
—
read
;
sarvataḥ
—
in all respects
;
iha
—
here
;
eva
—
indeed
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
hi
—
indeed
;
samṛddhi-siddhayaḥ
—
perfections
;
bhavanti
—
are
;
vaideha
—
O king of Videha
;
nisargataḥ
—
naturally
;
sadā
—
always.
Translation
They who hear, chant, or read this Śrī Mathurā-khaṇḍa become eternally perfect.
Verse text
triḥ-sapta-kṛtvo bahu-vaibhavārthinaḥ śṛṇvanti cainaṁ niyataś ca ye bhṛśam
teṣāṁ gṛha-dvāram alaṅkaroti hi
bhṛṅgāvalī kuṣjara-karṇa-tāḍitā
Synonyms
triḥ-sapta
—
twenty-one times
;
kṛtvaḥ
—
doing
;
bahu-vaibhavārthinaḥ
—
desiring great wealth
;
śṛṇvanti
—
hear
;
ca
—
and
;
enam
—
this
;
niyataḥ
—
controlling the senses
;
ca
—
and
;
ye
—
who
;
bhṛśam
—
greatly
;
teṣām
—
of them
;
gṛha-dvāram
—
the doorway
;
alaṅkaroti
—
decorates
;
hi
—
indeed
;
bhṛṅgāvalī
—
a swarm of bees
;
kuṣjara-karṇa-tāḍitā
—
striking an elephant's ear.
Translation
They who, desiring great wealth, control their senses and twenty-one times hear this Śrī Mathurā-khaṇḍa, find an elephant's ear of of the bees of transcendental wealth and opulences decorating their doorways.
Verse text
vipro 'tha vidvān vijayī nṛpātmajo
vaiśyo nidhiśo vṛṣalo 'pi nirmalaḥ
śrutvedam ārāc ca manoratho bhavet
strīṇāṁ janānām ati-durlabho 'pi hi
Synonyms
vipraḥ
—
a brāhmaṇa
;
atha
—
then
;
vidvān
—
learned
;
vijayī
—
victorious
;
nṛpātmajaḥ
—
a kṣatriya
;
vaiśyaḥ
—
a vaiśya
;
nidhiśaḥ
—
the master of great wealth
;
vṛṣalaḥ
—
a śūdra
;
api
—
also
;
nirmalaḥ
—
pure
;
śrutvā
—
hearing
;
idam
—
this
;
ārāt
—
nearby
;
ca
—
and
;
manorathaḥ
—
desire
;
bhavet
—
may be
;
strīṇām
—
of women
;
janānām
—
of men
;
ati-durlabhaḥ
—
difficult to attain
;
api
—
also
;
hi
—
indeed.
Translation
By hearing this Śrī Mathurā-khaṇḍa a brāhmaṇa becames wise and learned, a kṣatriya becomes victorious in battle, a vaiśya becomes the master of great wealth, and a śūdra becomes pure-hearted. Whatever difficult-to-attain thing any man or woman desires, they will attain.
Verse text
niṣkāraṇo bhakti-yuto mahī-tale
śṛṇoti cedaṁ hari-lagna-mānasaḥ
vijitya vighnān pravijitya nākapān
goloka-dhāma-pravaraṁ prayāti saḥ
Synonyms
niṣkāraṇaḥ
—
causeless
;
bhakti-yutaḥ
—
devotee
;
mahī-tale
—
on the earth
;
śṛṇoti
—
hears
;
ca
—
and
;
idam
—
this
;
hari
—
on Lord Kṛṣṇa
;
lagna
—
placed
;
mānasaḥ
—
thoughts
;
vijitya
—
overcoming
;
vighnān
—
obstacles
;
pravijitya
—
surpassing
;
nākapān
—
the demigods
;
goloka-dhāma-pravaram
—
the transcendental abode of Goloka
;
prayāti
—
goes
;
saḥ
—
he.
Translation
A person on this earth who is engaged in unmotivated devotional service, whose thoughts rest on Lord Kṛṣṇa, and who hears this Śrī Mathurā-khaṇḍa, travels past the homes of the demigods and enters the transcendental abode of Śrī Goloka.